From c333f062ddcba9b35330647bf6cbd0a07f2d786e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Thu, 11 May 2017 14:55:55 +0200 Subject: New upstream version 1.8.0 --- docs/api/Makefile.am | 6 +- docs/api/Makefile.in | 29 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml | 2 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml | 25 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml | 2 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml | 37 + ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml | 2 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml | 2 +- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml | 2 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml | 2 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.xml | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml | 2 +- .../dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml | 2 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml | 2 +- ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml | 2 +- ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml | 2 +- .../dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml | 2 +- ...edesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml | 2 +- ...bus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml | 2 +- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml | 4 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml | 2 +- docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml | 21 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html | 119 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 | 714 ++--- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html | 26 +- docs/api/html/ch01.html | 133 + docs/api/html/dbus-secret-agent.html | 32 + docs/api/html/dbus-types.html | 15 +- docs/api/html/dbus-vpn-types.html | 32 + ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html | 18 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html | 14 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html | 48 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html | 18 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html | 18 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html | 14 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html | 14 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html | 10 +- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html | 10 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html | 70 + ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html | 10 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html | 10 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html | 10 +- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.html | 10 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html | 10 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html | 10 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html | 10 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html | 18 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html | 10 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html | 10 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html | 10 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html | 10 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html | 10 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html | 14 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html | 14 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html | 10 +- ...dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html | 18 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.html | 16 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html | 18 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html | 18 +- .../gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html | 14 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html | 14 +- ...desktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html | 18 +- ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html | 18 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html | 20 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html | 18 +- .../html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html | 41 +- docs/api/html/index.html | 266 +- docs/api/html/ix01.html | 1326 +++++++--- docs/api/html/manpages.html | 33 +- docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html | 345 ++- docs/api/html/nm-online.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html | 94 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html | 18 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings.html | 725 +++-- docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html | 44 +- docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html | 60 +- docs/api/html/nmcli.html | 76 +- docs/api/html/nmtui.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/ref-dbus-access-points.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-active-connections.html | 37 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-agent-manager.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-devices.html | 100 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp4-configs.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp6-configs.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dns-manager.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip4-configs.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip6-configs.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-manager.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings-manager.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings.html | 32 + docs/api/html/ref-settings.html | 2775 +------------------- docs/api/html/secret-agents.html | 38 + docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html | 14 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html | 89 + .../html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html | 173 ++ docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html | 179 ++ docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html | 335 +++ docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html | 161 ++ docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html | 113 + docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html | 83 + docs/api/html/settings-bond.html | 83 + docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html | 89 + docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html | 125 + docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html | 101 + docs/api/html/settings-connection.html | 185 ++ docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html | 161 ++ docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html | 69 + docs/api/html/settings-generic.html | 69 + docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html | 149 ++ docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html | 101 + docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html | 143 + docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html | 197 ++ docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html | 203 ++ docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html | 119 + docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html | 95 + docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html | 179 ++ docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html | 95 + docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html | 95 + docs/api/html/settings-serial.html | 101 + docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html | 77 + docs/api/html/settings-team.html | 83 + docs/api/html/settings-tun.html | 107 + docs/api/html/settings-user.html | 77 + docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html | 107 + docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html | 107 + docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html | 167 ++ docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html | 83 + docs/api/html/spec.html | 160 +- docs/api/html/vpn-plugins.html | 42 + docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml | 240 +- docs/api/settings-spec.xml | 889 ++++--- docs/api/settings-spec.xsl | 63 +- docs/api/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in | 13 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 112 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 112 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html | 308 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html | 244 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 40 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 80 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 84 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html | 70 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html | 64 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 92 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html | 194 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html | 120 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 50 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html | 28 +- .../html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html | 58 +- .../html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib-docs.xml | 7 +- docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib.types | 52 +- docs/libnm-glib/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in | 13 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 264 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 132 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 282 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 64 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 154 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 130 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 8 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 62 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 242 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 190 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 186 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 12 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 90 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 120 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 138 +- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 134 +- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 4 +- .../libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 416 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 6 +- docs/libnm-util/libnm-util-docs.sgml | 5 + docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm/Makefile.in | 13 +- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 133 +- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 592 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 254 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 393 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html | 81 + docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 68 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html | 944 +++++++ docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 130 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 116 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 194 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 138 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 116 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 992 +++++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 35 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 11 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 57 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 63 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 27 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 187 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 135 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html | 116 + docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 9 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 108 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 13 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 13 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 571 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 79 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 33 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html | 710 +++++ docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 33 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 23 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 181 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 15 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 37 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 7 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 7 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 51 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 89 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 67 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 119 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 11 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 145 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 147 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 127 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 470 +++- docs/libnm/html/ch02.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ch03.html | 6 + docs/libnm/html/ch04.html | 6 + docs/libnm/html/index.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 237 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 649 +++-- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 30 + docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 186 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 23 +- docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html | 46 +- docs/libnm/html/usage.html | 166 ++ docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml | 153 +- docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt | 114 +- docs/libnm/libnm.types | 5 + docs/libnm/version.xml | 2 +- 308 files changed, 19052 insertions(+), 10414 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ch01.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/dbus-secret-agent.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/dbus-vpn-types.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-access-points.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-active-connections.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-agent-manager.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-devices.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp4-configs.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp6-configs.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dns-manager.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip4-configs.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip6-configs.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-manager.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings-manager.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/secret-agents.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-bond.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-connection.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-generic.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-serial.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-team.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-tun.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-user.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/vpn-plugins.html create mode 100644 docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html create mode 100644 docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html create mode 100644 docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html create mode 100644 docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html create mode 100644 docs/libnm/html/usage.html (limited to 'docs') diff --git a/docs/api/Makefile.am b/docs/api/Makefile.am index bb54fb35..f5def7b8 100644 --- a/docs/api/Makefile.am +++ b/docs/api/Makefile.am @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ XMLS = $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/introspection/nm-*.xml) GENERATED_FILES = -if SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE +if BUILD_DOCS settings-spec.xml: settings-spec.xsl $(top_builddir)/libnm/nm-settings-docs.xml $(AM_V_GEN) xsltproc --output $@ $^ @@ -38,8 +38,9 @@ MKTMPL_OPTIONS= # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml MKHTML_OPTIONS=--path="$(abs_srcdir)" -# Non-autogenerated SGML files to be included in $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) +# Files to be included in $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) content_files = \ + $(GENERATED_FILES) \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml \ @@ -51,6 +52,7 @@ content_files = \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml \ + dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml \ diff --git a/docs/api/Makefile.in b/docs/api/Makefile.in index d76b3d47..f316d853 100644 --- a/docs/api/Makefile.in +++ b/docs/api/Makefile.in @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ -@SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE_TRUE@am__append_1 = settings-spec.xml +@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@am__append_1 = settings-spec.xml @CONFIG_PLUGIN_IFCFG_RH_TRUE@am__append_2 = $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml subdir = docs/api ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 @@ -185,6 +185,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GENHTML = @GENHTML@ @@ -206,8 +208,6 @@ GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@ GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@ GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@ GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@ -GUDEV_CFLAGS = @GUDEV_CFLAGS@ -GUDEV_LIBS = @GUDEV_LIBS@ HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ @@ -241,22 +241,25 @@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@ +LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@ +LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ -LIBM = @LIBM@ LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ LIBNL_CFLAGS = @LIBNL_CFLAGS@ LIBNL_LIBS = @LIBNL_LIBS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ +LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSOUP_CFLAGS = @LIBSOUP_CFLAGS@ -LIBSOUP_LIBS = @LIBSOUP_LIBS@ LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@ +LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@ @@ -445,8 +448,9 @@ MKTMPL_OPTIONS = # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml MKHTML_OPTIONS = --path="$(abs_srcdir)" -# Non-autogenerated SGML files to be included in $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) -content_files = dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml \ +# Files to be included in $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) +content_files = $(GENERATED_FILES) \ + dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml \ @@ -457,6 +461,7 @@ content_files = dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml \ + dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml \ dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml \ @@ -775,13 +780,13 @@ uninstall-am: uninstall-local .PRECIOUS: Makefile -@SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE_TRUE@settings-spec.xml: settings-spec.xsl $(top_builddir)/libnm/nm-settings-docs.xml -@SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN) xsltproc --output $@ $^ +@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@settings-spec.xml: settings-spec.xsl $(top_builddir)/libnm/nm-settings-docs.xml +@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN) xsltproc --output $@ $^ # Top-level SGML file includes (depends on) settings-spec.xml -@SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE_TRUE@$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE): settings-spec.xml +@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE): settings-spec.xml -@SETTING_DOCS_AVAILABLE_TRUE@all: $(GENERATED_FILES) +@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@all: $(GENERATED_FILES) gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml index 41816641..e37d4ff7 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint Wi-Fi Access Point Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml index 2f074cbe..d411fc2c 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager Secret Agent Manager Methods Register (IN s identifier); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml index 36bbe0c2..cea4ce0b 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml @@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active Active Connection Signals +StateChanged (u state, + u reason); PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); @@ -51,6 +53,27 @@ Signal Details + + The "StateChanged" signal + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::StateChanged + +StateChanged (u state, + u reason); + + Emitted when the state of the active connection has changed. + Since: 1.8 + + + + u state: + (NMActiveConnectionState) The new state of the active connection. + + + u reason: + (NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state. + + + The "PropertiesChanged" signal org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml index e50f3fe6..6ea8e530 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config IPv4 DHCP Client State Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml index bd3bb4c7..1ee1ca4a 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config IPv6 DHCP Client State Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml index b1e12b2f..3fd726cf 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl ADSL Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml index ceb4f70c..815d26fe 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth Bluetooth Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml index b44af671..7ac07ab3 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond Bonding Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml index 2e34b368..aabe5ef3 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge Bridging Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76e41649 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy Dummy Device + Signals + +PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); + + + + Description + + + + Signal Details + + The "PropertiesChanged" signal + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy::PropertiesChanged + +PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); + + DEPRECATED. Use the standard "PropertiesChanged" signal from "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.2.0. + + + + a{sv} properties: + A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml index ea7761f7..853dcffa 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic Unrecognized Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml index 9e25e3d4..cf6a8f91 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel IP Tunneling Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml index b48327a7..cd03752c 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband Infiniband Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml index cfcb3f02..246d8bb7 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec MACSec Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml index 644550fa..d060be4c 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan MAC VLAN Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml index 7841771d..65c66a97 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem Modem Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml index 9e6c36d2..e15d40ba 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh OLPC Wireless Mesh Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml index 0c063ee0..8bc9acd6 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics Device Statistic Counters Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml index a97b633a..5bd8802e 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team Teaming Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml index e2d9f466..901ee895 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun Userspace Tunneling Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml index 2086d618..3d7745c3 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth Virtual Ethernet Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml index a4e7348f..3154b3c2 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan Virtual LAN Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml index d8e45816..4786905e 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan VXLAN Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.xml index d3c1487f..f14aca72 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax WiMax Device Methods GetNspList (OUT ao nsps); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml index adf7e35a..32f6e399 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired Wired Ethernet Device Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml index 3652c937..19519dde 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless Wi-Fi Device Methods GetAccessPoints (OUT ao access_points); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml index 883c5d75..e8c8ffca 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device Device Methods Reapply (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml index 33ec88ff..4529e7d4 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager DNS Configuration State Properties Mode readable s diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml index 2a337154..22e6f243 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config IPv4 Configuration Set Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml index 99fe3324..d4cf6836 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config IPv6 Configuration Set Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml index 79370cd3..1d3fa72e 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP Helper interface for a PPP plugin Methods NeedSecrets (OUT s username, diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml index 0a77ec15..43eaef64 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent User Secret Agent Methods GetSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml index 2de23972..c5938c0a 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection Connection Settings Profile Methods Update (IN a{sa{sv}} properties); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml index 9882f812..a0f61b21 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings Connection Settings Profile Manager Methods ListConnections (OUT ao connections); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml index 523acbba..106b324c 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection Active VPN Connection Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ VpnStateChanged (u state, u reason: - (NMVpnConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state. + (NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state. diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml index 80eaebc3..2084cbc5 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin VPN Service Methods Connect (IN a{sa{sv}} connection); diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml index f8f7c5ab..0ef23d79 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager org.freedesktop.NetworkManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager Connection Manager Methods Reload (IN u flags); @@ -705,6 +705,13 @@ Capabilities readable au State readable u The overall state of the NetworkManager daemon. + This takes state of all active connections and the connectivity state into account + to produce a single indicator of the network accessibility status. + The graphical shells may use this property to provide network connection status + indication and applications may use this to check if Internet connection is + accessible. Shell that is able to cope with captive portals should use the + "Connectivity" property to decide whether to present a captive portal authentication + dialog. Returns: NMState @@ -714,7 +721,17 @@ State readable u Connectivity readable u - The network connectivity state. + The result of the last connectivity check. The connectivity check is triggered + automatically when a default connection becomes available, periodically and by + calling a CheckConnectivity() method. + This property is in general useful for the graphical shell to determine whether + the Internet access is being hijacked by an authentication gateway (a "captive + portal"). In such case it would typically present a web browser window to give + the user a chance to authenticate and call CheckConnectivity() when the user + submits a form or dismisses the window. + To determine the whether the user is able to access the Internet without dealing + with captive portals (e.g. to provide a network connection indicator or disable + controls that require Internet access), the "State" property is more suitable. Returns: NMConnectivityState diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html index 70f10154..b43f5ac5 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ NetworkManager.conf: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ Home Up -Prev -Next +Prev +Next
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

-

Description

+

Description

NetworkManager.conf is the configuration file for NetworkManager. It is used to set up various aspects of NetworkManager's behavior. The location of the main file and configuration directories may be changed @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

-

File Format

+

File Format

The configuration file format is so-called key file (sort of ini-style format). It consists of sections (groups) of @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ plugins-=remove-me

-

+

main section

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ plugins-=remove-me clients to be installed. The internal option uses a built-in DHCP client which is not currently as featureful as the external clients.

-

If this key is missing, it defaults to dhclient. +

If this key is missing, it defaults to internal. It the chosen plugin is not available, clients are looked for in this order: dhclient, dhcpcd, internal.

@@ -267,6 +267,34 @@ no-auto-default=*

+ + + +

hostname-mode

+

+ Set the management mode of the hostname. This parameter will + affect only the transient hostname. If a valid static hostname is set, + NetworkManager will skip the update of the hostname despite the value of + this option. An hostname empty or equal to 'localhost', 'localhost6', + 'localhost.localdomain' or 'localhost6.localdomain' is considered invalid. +

+

default: NetworkManager will update the hostname + with the one provided via DHCP on the main connection (the one with a default + route). If not present, the hostname will be updated to the last one set + outside NetworkManager. If it is not valid, NetworkManager will try to recover + the hostname from the reverse lookup of the IP address of the main connection. + If this fails too, the hostname will be set to 'localhost.localdomain'. +

+

dhcp: NetworkManager will update the transient hostname + only with information coming from DHCP. No fallback nor reverse lookup will be + performed, but when the dhcp connection providing the hostname is deactivated, + the hostname is reset to the last hostname set outside NetworkManager or + 'localhost' if none valid is there. +

+

none: NetworkManager will not manage the transient + hostname and will never set it. +

+

dns

Set the DNS (resolv.conf) processing mode. @@ -286,7 +314,7 @@ no-auto-default=* resolv.conf to point to the local nameserver. It is possible to pass custom options to the dnsmasq instance by adding them to files in the - "${prefix}/etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d/" + "/etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d/" directory. Note that when multiple upstream servers are available, dnsmasq will initially contact them in parallel and then use the fastest to respond, probing again other servers @@ -312,15 +340,17 @@ no-auto-default=* options, and this version of NetworkManager was build with a default of "symlink". Regardless of this setting, NetworkManager will - always write resolv.conf to its runtime state directory.

-

symlink: NetworkManager will symlink - /etc/resolv.conf to its private - resolv.conf file in the runtime state directory. If - /etc/resolv.conf - already is a symlink pointing to a different location, the file - will not be modified. This allows the user to disable managing - by pointing the link /etc/resolv.conf to - somewhere else.

+ always write resolv.conf to its runtime state directory + /var/run/NetworkManager/resolv.conf.

+

symlink: If /etc/resolv.conf is + a regular file, NetworkManager will replace the file on update. If + /etc/resolv.conf is instead a symlink, NetworkManager + will leave it alone. Unless the symlink points to the internal file + /var/run/NetworkManager/resolv.conf, + in which case the symlink will be updated to emit an inotify notification. + This allows the user to conveniently instruct NetworkManager not + to manage /etc/resolv.conf by replacing it with + a symlink.

file: NetworkManager will write /etc/resolv.conf as file. If it finds a symlink, it will follow the symlink and update the target @@ -370,7 +400,7 @@ no-auto-default=*

-

+

keyfile section

This section contains keyfile-plugin-specific options, and is normally only used when you are not using any other @@ -393,7 +423,7 @@ no-auto-default=*

path

The location where keyfiles are read and stored. - This defaults to "${prefix}/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d". + This defaults to "/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections".

@@ -422,7 +452,7 @@ unmanaged-devices=mac:00:22:68:1c:59:b1;mac:00:1E:65:30:D1:C4;interface-name:eth

-

+

ifupdown section

This section contains ifupdown-specific options and thus only has effect when using the ifupdown plugin.

@@ -456,7 +486,7 @@ unmanaged-devices=mac:00:22:68:1c:59:b1;mac:00:1E:65:30:D1:C4;interface-name:eth

-

+

logging section

This section controls NetworkManager's logging. Any settings here are overridden by the --log-level @@ -511,7 +541,7 @@ unmanaged-devices=mac:00:22:68:1c:59:b1;mac:00:1E:65:30:D1:C4;interface-name:eth "debug" uses syslog and logs to standard error. If NetworkManager is started in debug mode (--debug) this option is ignored and "debug" is always used. - Otherwise, the default is "journal". + Otherwise, the default is "syslog".

@@ -520,7 +550,7 @@ unmanaged-devices=mac:00:22:68:1c:59:b1;mac:00:1E:65:30:D1:C4;interface-name:eth auditd, the audit daemon. If false, audit records will be sent only to the NetworkManager logging system. If set to true, they will be also - sent to auditd. The default value is true. + sent to auditd. The default value is false.

@@ -529,7 +559,7 @@ unmanaged-devices=mac:00:22:68:1c:59:b1;mac:00:1E:65:30:D1:C4;interface-name:eth

-

+

connection section

Specify default values for connections.

@@ -543,7 +573,7 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

-

Supported Properties

+

Supported Properties

Not all properties can be overwritten, only the following properties are supported to have their default values configured @@ -730,7 +760,7 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=1

-

+

device section

Contains per-device persistent configuration.

@@ -745,7 +775,7 @@ unmanaged=1

-

Supported Properties

+

Supported Properties

The following properties can be configured per-device.

@@ -811,6 +841,14 @@ unmanaged=1 for details.

+ +

sriov-num-vfs

+

+ Specify the number of virtual functions (VF) to enable + for a PCI physical device that supports single-root I/O + virtualization (SR-IOV). +

+

@@ -818,7 +856,7 @@ unmanaged=1


-

Sections

+

Sections

The [device] section works the same as the [connection] section. That is, multiple sections that all start with the prefix "device" can be specified. @@ -830,7 +868,7 @@ unmanaged=1

-

+

connectivity section

This section controls NetworkManager's optional connectivity checking functionality. This allows NetworkManager to detect @@ -876,7 +914,7 @@ unmanaged=1

-

+

global-dns section

This section specifies global DNS settings that override connection-specific configuration.

@@ -906,7 +944,7 @@ unmanaged=1

-

+

global-dns-domain sections

Sections with a name starting with the "global-dns-domain-" prefix allow to define global DNS configuration for specific @@ -942,7 +980,7 @@ unmanaged=1

-

+

.config sections

This is a special section that contains options which apply to the configuration file that contains the option. @@ -1045,7 +1083,7 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16

-

Plugins

+

Plugins

@@ -1135,7 +1173,7 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16
-

Appendix

+

Appendix

Device List Format

@@ -1188,6 +1226,13 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16 Globbing is not supported.

+

driver:DRIVER

+

Match the device driver as reported by "nmcli -f GENERAL.DRIVER,GENERAL.DRIVER-VERSION device show". + "DRIVER" must match the driver name exactly and does not support globbing. + Optionally, a driver version may be specified separated by '/'. Globbing is supported for the version. +

+ +

except:SPEC

Negative match of a device. SPEC must be explicitly qualified with a prefix such as interface-name:. A negative match has higher priority then the positive @@ -1225,7 +1270,7 @@ interface-name:vboxnet*,except:interface-name:vboxnet2

-

See Also

+

See Also

NetworkManager(8), nmcli(1), diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 index e7291ee8..b77a879d 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 @@ -2,31 +2,79 @@ + + + - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - - + + + + + + + + - - + + + + @@ -42,23 +90,43 @@ - - + + + + + + + + + - - - - + + + + + + + + + - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -106,6 +174,12 @@ + + + + + + @@ -119,24 +193,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -148,26 +204,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -199,6 +235,10 @@ + + + + @@ -213,6 +253,7 @@ + @@ -326,10 +367,31 @@ - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -353,34 +415,21 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -397,237 +446,276 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html index 3fa72590..bd6db0dc 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ NetworkManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ Home Up -Prev -Next +Prev +Next

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

NetworkManager [OPTIONS...]

-

Description

+

Description

The NetworkManager daemon attempts to make networking configuration and operation as painless and automatic as @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

-

Dispatcher scripts

+

Dispatcher scripts

NetworkManager will execute scripts in the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

-

Options

+

Options

The following options are understood:

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
-

Udev Properties

+

Udev Properties

udev(7) device manager is used for the network device discovery. The following @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@

-

SIGNALS

+

SIGNALS

NetworkManager process handles the following signals:

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@

-

Debugging

+

Debugging

The following environment variables are supported to help debugging. When used in conjunction with the @@ -516,14 +516,14 @@

-

Bugs

+

Bugs

Please report any bugs you find in NetworkManager at the NetworkManager bug tracker.

-

See Also

+

See Also

NetworkManager home page, NetworkManager.conf(5), diff --git a/docs/api/html/ch01.html b/docs/api/html/ch01.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4faa0c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ch01.html @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + + +Configuration Settings: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+

+Configuration Settings

+
+
+connection — General Connection Profile Settings +
+
+802-1x — AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings +
+
+adsl — ADSL Settings +
+
+bluetooth — Bluetooth Settings +
+
+bond — Bonding Settings +
+
+bridge — Bridging Settings +
+
+bridge-port — Bridge Port Settings +
+
+cdma — CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings +
+
+dcb — Data Center Bridging Settings +
+
+dummy — Dummy Link Settings +
+
+generic — Generic Link Settings +
+
+gsm — GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings +
+
+infiniband — Infiniband Settings +
+
+ipv4 — IPv4 Settings +
+
+ipv6 — IPv6 Settings +
+
+ip-tunnel — IP Tunneling Settings +
+
+macsec — MACSec Settings +
+
+macvlan — MAC VLAN Settings +
+
+802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings +
+
+ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings +
+
+pppoe — PPP-over-Ethernet Settings +
+
+proxy — WWW Proxy Settings +
+
+serial — Serial Link Settings +
+
+team — Teaming Settings +
+
+team-port — Team Port Settings +
+
+tun — Tunnel Settings +
+
+user — General User Profile Settings +
+
+vlan — VLAN Settings +
+
+vpn — VPN Settings +
+
+vxlan — VXLAN Settings +
+
+wimax — WiMax Settings +
+
+802-3-ethernet — Wired Ethernet Settings +
+
+802-11-wireless — Wi-Fi Settings +
+
+802-11-wireless-security — Wi-Fi Security Settings +
+
+
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/dbus-secret-agent.html b/docs/api/html/dbus-secret-agent.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db133a82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/dbus-secret-agent.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +Secret agents: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+

+Secret agents

+ +
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html index 7180e901..14a90057 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - + + @@ -16,11 +16,16 @@ Home Up -Prev +Prev Next -

-Types

+ diff --git a/docs/api/html/dbus-vpn-types.html b/docs/api/html/dbus-vpn-types.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12806ac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/dbus-vpn-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html index d0113f82..73315894 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,27 +20,27 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint — Wi-Fi Access Point

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Flags       readable   u
 WpaFlags    readable   u
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html
index 2c425a52..4cd46169 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@
                   Description
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager — Secret Agent Manager

diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html index 5ea85290..9cfc1a5a 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,27 +20,29 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active — Active Connection

-

Signals

+

Signals

+StateChanged      (u     state,
+                   u     reason);
 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Connection      readable   o
 SpecificObject  readable   o
@@ -80,6 +82,34 @@
 

Signal Details

+

The "StateChanged" signal

+
+StateChanged (u state,
+              u reason);
+
+

Emitted when the state of the active connection has changed. +

+

Since: 1.8 +

+
++++ + + + + + + + + + + +

u state:

(NMActiveConnectionState) The new state of the active connection.

u reason:

(NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state.

+
+
+

The "PropertiesChanged" signal

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html
index a9963ed8..7acb1288 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,27 +20,27 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config — IPv4 DHCP Client State

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Options  readable   a{sv}
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html index 707b39ab..7f5671b1 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,27 +20,27 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config — IPv6 DHCP Client State

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Options  readable   a{sv}
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html index ab5b8192..dd87e1d3 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - + + @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev +Up +Prev Next
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl — ADSL Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Carrier  readable   b
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html index c9149fd5..e64c4763 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + - + @@ -20,27 +20,27 @@ Signals Home -Up +Up Prev -Next +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth — Bluetooth Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress       readable   s
 Name            readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html
index 80bb5969..d0f3821f 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond — Bonding Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress  readable   s
 Carrier    readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html
index 99e3e8a1..54f3eb14 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge — Bridging Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress  readable   s
 Carrier    readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..179250e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+
+
+
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy: NetworkManager Reference Manual
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + +
+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy — Dummy Device

+
+
+

Signals

+
+PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
+
+
+
+

Description

+

+
+
+

Signal Details

+
+

The "PropertiesChanged" signal

+
+PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
+
+

DEPRECATED. Use the standard "PropertiesChanged" signal from "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.2.0. +

+
++++ + + + + +

a{sv} properties:

A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values

+
+
+
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html index be8471b8..a8eb18eb 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Signals Home -Up +Up Prev Next @@ -29,18 +29,18 @@

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic — Unrecognized Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress        readable   s
 TypeDescription  readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html
index 26ecb40e..3f943671 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel — IP Tunneling Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Mode                readable   u
 Parent              readable   o
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html
index 1f25e486..c21a6e2a 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband — Infiniband Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress  readable   s
 Carrier    readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.html
index 3caa79f6..c994f2e6 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec — MACSec Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Parent         readable   o
 Sci            readable   t
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html
index 0ad93634..e960b9f5 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan — MAC VLAN Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Parent     readable   o
 Mode       readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html
index 134c40c7..9dfe927a 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem — Modem Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 ModemCapabilities    readable   u
 CurrentCapabilities  readable   u
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html
index bf9f3b22..8ece0883 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress      readable   s
 Companion      readable   o
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html
index 5ca6a026..5e820c55 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,27 +20,27 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics — Device Statistic Counters

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 RefreshRateMs  readwrite  u
 TxBytes        readable   t
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html
index e62077fd..240ab0fd 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team — Teaming Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress  readable   s
 Carrier    readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html
index 9605d5eb..ae4c4e3e 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun — Userspace Tunneling Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Owner       readable   x
 Group       readable   x
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html
index 8b3738e9..0bb9e30b 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth — Virtual Ethernet Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Peer  readable   o
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html index 85fbdb3c..bcdb41aa 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Signals Home -Up +Up Prev Next @@ -29,18 +29,18 @@

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan — Virtual LAN Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress  readable   s
 Carrier    readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html
index 4cb9693d..d11c39af 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan — VXLAN Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Parent      readable   o
 HwAddress   readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html
index 27e1987b..d5f63e56 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
-Next
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax — WiMax Device

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 NspAdded          (o     nsp);
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Nsps             readable   ao
 HwAddress        readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html
index 9ad5d2cc..5d2cd59f 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
+Up
+Prev
 Next
 
 
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired — Wired Ethernet Device

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress        readable   s
 PermHwAddress    readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html
index 39914887..b6208657 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
+Up
 Prev
 Next
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless — Wi-Fi Device

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged  (a{sv} properties);
 AccessPointAdded   (o     access_point);
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 HwAddress             readable   s
 PermHwAddress         readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html
index 8e0e3807..b46b05ed 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device — Device

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 StateChanged (u new_state,
               u old_state,
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Udi                   readable   s
 Interface             readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.html
index 30c008db..faa22047 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -19,21 +19,21 @@
                   Properties
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager — DNS Configuration State

-

Properties

+

Properties

 Mode           readable   s
 RcManager      readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html
index 33f57443..de6d4ac7 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,27 +20,27 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config — IPv4 Configuration Set

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Addresses    readable   aau
 AddressData  readable   aa{sv}
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html
index 65d596ef..a8affa7c 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,27 +20,27 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config — IPv6 Configuration Set

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Addresses    readable   a(ayuay)
 AddressData  readable   aa{sv}
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html
index 3b5b0952..0a6e5171 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@
                   Description
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP — Helper interface for a PPP plugin

diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html index 889b5acf..11eb273b 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Description Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent — User Secret Agent

diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html index 0e204915..ce051c36 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection — Connection Settings Profile

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 Updated           ();
 Removed           ();
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Unsaved  readable   b
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html index 6a5062d0..e0bda2e1 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings — Connection Settings Profile Manager

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 NewConnection     (o     connection);
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Connections  readable   ao
 Hostname     readable   s
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html
index 339777f2..9e652a3a 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection: NetworkManager Reference Manual
 
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -20,21 +20,21 @@
                   Signals
 
 Home
-Up
-Prev
-Next
+Up
+Prev
+Next
 
 

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection — Active VPN Connection

-

Signals

+

Signals

 PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
 VpnStateChanged   (u     state,
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 VpnState  readable   u
 Banner    readable   s
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ VpnStateChanged (u state,
 
 
 

u reason:

-

(NMVpnConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state.

+

(NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state.

diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html index 1a133fcc..62c5a04c 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin — VPN Service

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 StateChanged    (u     state);
 SecretsRequired (s     message,
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 State  readable   u
 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html index 0163abd2..84407127 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Signals Home -Up -Prev -Next +Up +Prev +Next

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager

-

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager

+

org.freedesktop.NetworkManager — Connection Manager

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
-

Signals

+

Signals

 CheckPermissions  ();
 StateChanged      (u     state);
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
-

Properties

+

Properties

 Devices                  readable   ao
 AllDevices               readable   ao
@@ -831,6 +831,15 @@ State  readable   u
 

The overall state of the NetworkManager daemon.

+

This takes state of all active connections and the connectivity state into account + to produce a single indicator of the network accessibility status. +

+

The graphical shells may use this property to provide network connection status + indication and applications may use this to check if Internet connection is + accessible. Shell that is able to cope with captive portals should use the + "Connectivity" property to decide whether to present a captive portal authentication + dialog. +

Returns: NMState

@@ -840,7 +849,19 @@ State readable u
 Connectivity  readable   u
 
-

The network connectivity state. +

The result of the last connectivity check. The connectivity check is triggered + automatically when a default connection becomes available, periodically and by + calling a CheckConnectivity() method. +

+

This property is in general useful for the graphical shell to determine whether + the Internet access is being hijacked by an authentication gateway (a "captive + portal"). In such case it would typically present a web browser window to give + the user a chance to authenticate and call CheckConnectivity() when the user + submits a form or dismisses the window. +

+

To determine the whether the user is able to access the Internet without dealing + with captive portals (e.g. to provide a network connection indicator or disable + controls that require Internet access), the "State" property is more suitable.

Returns: NMConnectivityState

diff --git a/docs/api/html/index.html b/docs/api/html/index.html index 31b20cb5..59c9f18a 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/index.html +++ b/docs/api/html/index.html @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ NetworkManager Reference Manual: NetworkManager Reference Manual + - + @@ -14,9 +15,13 @@
-

Version 1.6.2 -

-
+

+ for NetworkManager 1.8.0 + + The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at + https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/stable/. +

+

Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this @@ -39,23 +44,46 @@

+
+

Abstract

+

+ This manual is the reference documentation for NetworkManager, the standard + Linux network management service. It is intended for system administrators and + integrators who need to understand the capabilities of NetworkManager, its + configuration options, command line tools and the D-Bus API for programmatic + control of the service. +

+

+ The end users NetworkManager should instead refer to respective documentation + of their desktop environment of choice. +

+

+ The application developers who prefer not to use the D-Bus API directly can use the + libnm library + shipped with NetworkManager or its bindings to a higher level language such as + Python, Ruby or Vala via GObject introspection. +

+

-
Manual Pages
+
I. Manual Pages
-nmcli — command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager +NetworkManager — network management daemon
-nmtui — Text User Interface for controlling NetworkManager +NetworkManager.conf — NetworkManager configuration file
-nm-online — ask NetworkManager whether the network is connected +nmcli — command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager
-NetworkManager.conf — NetworkManager configuration file +nmcli-examples — usage examples of nmcli +
+
+nmtui — Text User Interface for controlling NetworkManager
nm-settings — Description of settings and properties of NetworkManager connection profiles @@ -67,139 +95,263 @@ nm-settings-ifcfg-rh — Description of ifcfg-rh settings plugin
-nmcli-examples — usage examples of nmcli -
-
-NetworkManager — network management daemon +nm-online — ask NetworkManager whether the network is connected
-
D-Bus API Reference
+
II. Network Configuration Setting Specification
-
Interfaces
+
Configuration Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +connection — General Connection Profile Settings +
+
+802-1x — AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings +
+
+adsl — ADSL Settings +
+
+bluetooth — Bluetooth Settings +
+
+bond — Bonding Settings +
+
+bridge — Bridging Settings +
+
+bridge-port — Bridge Port Settings +
+
+cdma — CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings +dcb — Data Center Bridging Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager +dummy — Dummy Link Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint +generic — Generic Link Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +gsm — GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection +infiniband — Infiniband Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection +ipv4 — IPv4 Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +ipv6 — IPv6 Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device +ip-tunnel — IP Tunneling Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl +macsec — MACSec Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond +macvlan — MAC VLAN Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge +802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth +ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +pppoe — PPP-over-Ethernet Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic +proxy — WWW Proxy Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband +serial — Serial Link Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel +team — Teaming Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec +team-port — Team Port Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan +tun — Tunnel Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem +user — General User Profile Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh +vlan — VLAN Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team +vpn — VPN Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun +vxlan — VXLAN Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth +wimax — WiMax Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan +802-3-ethernet — Wired Ethernet Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan +802-11-wireless — Wi-Fi Settings
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless +802-11-wireless-security — Wi-Fi Security Settings +
+
+
Secret flag types
+
+
III. D-Bus API Reference
+
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager object
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager — Connection Manager +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AgentManager object
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager — Secret Agent Manager +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DnsManager object
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager — DNS Configuration State +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings object
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings — Connection Settings Profile Manager +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection — Connection Settings Profile +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Devices/* objects
+
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device — Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics — Device Statistic Counters +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl — ADSL Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond — Bonding Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge — Bridging Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth — Bluetooth Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy — Dummy Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired — Wired Ethernet Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic — Unrecognized Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband — Infiniband Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel — IP Tunneling Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec — MACSec Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan — MAC VLAN Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem — Modem Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team — Teaming Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun — Userspace Tunneling Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth — Virtual Ethernet Device
-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan — Virtual LAN Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan — VXLAN Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless — Wi-Fi Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax — WiMax Device +
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP — Helper interface for a PPP plugin
-
Types
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/ActiveConnection/* objects
-NetworkManager D-Bus API Types +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active — Active Connection
-VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection — Active VPN Connection
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP4Config/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config — IPv4 Configuration Set +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP6Config/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config — IPv6 Configuration Set +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config — IPv4 DHCP Client State +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config — IPv6 DHCP Client State +
+
The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AccessPoint/* objects
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint — Wi-Fi Access Point +
+
Types
+
+NetworkManager D-Bus API Types +
+
+
IV. Secret Agent D-Bus API Reference
+
+
Secret agents
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent — User Secret Agent +
-
Network Configuration Setting Specification
+
V. VPN Plugin D-Bus API Reference
-
Configuration Settings
-
Secret flag types
+
VPN services
+
+org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin — VPN Service +
+
Types
+
+VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types +
Index
A. License
diff --git a/docs/api/html/ix01.html b/docs/api/html/ix01.html index 75c36502..f08bb66e 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ix01.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ix01.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -16,804 +16,1368 @@ Home -Prev +Prev Next

-Index

+Index

Symbols

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:CipherSuite, The "CipherSuite" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:EncodingSa, The "EncodingSa" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Encrypt, The "Encrypt" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:CipherSuite, The "CipherSuite" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Es, The "Es" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:EncodingSa, The "EncodingSa" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IcvLength, The "IcvLength" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Encrypt, The "Encrypt" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IncludeSci, The "IncludeSci" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Es, The "Es" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IcvLength, The "IcvLength" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Protect, The "Protect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IncludeSci, The "IncludeSci" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:ReplayProtect, The "ReplayProtect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Scb, The "Scb" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Protect, The "Protect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Sci, The "Sci" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:ReplayProtect, The "ReplayProtect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Validation, The "Validation" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Scb, The "Scb" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Window, The "Window" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Sci, The "Sci" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Validation, The "Validation" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Window, The "Window" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Configuration, The "Configuration" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:RcManager, The "RcManager" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Configuration, The "Configuration" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:RcManager, The "RcManager" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property

A

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property +
+
addr-gen-mode, ipv6 +
+
address-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
addresses, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
ageing, vxlan +
+
ageing-time, bridge +
+
altsubject-matches, 802-1x +
+
anonymous-identity, 802-1x +
+
apn, gsm +
+
app-fcoe-flags, dcb +
+
app-fcoe-mode, dcb +
+
app-fcoe-priority, dcb +
+
app-fip-flags, dcb +
+
app-fip-priority, dcb +
+
app-iscsi-flags, dcb +
+
app-iscsi-priority, dcb +
+
assigned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
auth-alg, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
auth-timeout, 802-1x +
+
auto-negotiate, 802-3-ethernet +
+
autoconnect, connection +
+
autoconnect-priority, connection +
+
autoconnect-retries, connection +
+
autoconnect-slaves, connection +
+
+
+
+

B

+
+
band, 802-11-wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
baud, ppp, serial
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property +
bdaddr, bluetooth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property +
bits, serial
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property +
browser-only, proxy
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property +
bssid, 802-11-wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
+
+
+

C

+
+
ca-cert, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
ca-cert-password, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property +
ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
ca-path, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
channel, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property +
client-cert, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property +
client-cert-password, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property +
client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property +
cloned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property +
config, team, team-port
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property +
crtscts, ppp

D

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +
dad-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
data, user, vpn +
+
destination-port, vxlan +
+
device-id, gsm +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
dhcp-anycast-address, 802-11-olpc-mesh
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property +
dhcp-client-id, ipv4
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config +
dhcp-fqdn, ipv4
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
dhcp-hostname, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dhcp-send-hostname, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dhcp-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property +
+
dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dns-options, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dns-priority, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dns-search, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
domain-suffix-match, 802-1x +
+
duplex, 802-3-ethernet +
+
+
+
+

E

+
+
eap, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property +
egress-priority-map, vlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config +
encapsulation, adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
encapsulation-limit, ip-tunnel
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property +
encrypt, macsec +
+
+
+
+

F

+
+
flags, vlan +
+
flow-label, ip-tunnel +
+
forward-delay, bridge +
+
+
+
+

G

+
+
gateway, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
gateway-ping-timeout, connection +
+
generate-mac-address-mask, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
group, tun, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
+
+
+

H

+
+
hairpin-mode, bridge-port +
+
hello-time, bridge +
+
hidden, 802-11-wireless +
+
home-only, gsm +
+
+
+
+

I

+
+
id, connection, vlan, vxlan +
+
identity, 802-1x +
+
ignore-auto-dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
ignore-auto-routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
ingress-priority-map, vlan +
+
input-key, ip-tunnel +
+
interface-name, connection, bond, bridge, team, vlan +
+
ip6-privacy, ipv6 +
+
+
+
+

K

+
key-mgmt, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
+
+

L

+
+
l2-miss, vxlan +
+
l3-miss, vxlan +
+
lcp-echo-failure, ppp +
+
lcp-echo-interval, ppp +
+
leap-password, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
leap-password-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
leap-username, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
learning, vxlan +
+
limit, vxlan +
+
lldp, connection +
+
local, ip-tunnel, vxlan

M

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +
mac-address, bridge, infiniband, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
mac-address-blacklist, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
mac-address-randomization, 802-11-wireless +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property +
master, connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property +
max-age, bridge +
+
may-fail, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
metered, connection +
+
method, ipv4, ipv6, proxy +
+
mka-cak, macsec +
+
mka-cak-flags, macsec +
+
mka-ckn, macsec +
+
mode, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, tun, 802-11-wireless +
+
mppe-stateful, ppp +
+
mru, ppp +
+
mtu, cdma, gsm, infiniband, ip-tunnel, ppp, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
multi-queue, tun +
+
multicast-snooping, bridge

N

-
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags +
name, connection, 802-1x, adsl, bluetooth, bond, bridge, bridge-port, cdma, dcb, dummy, generic, gsm, infiniband, ipv4, ipv6, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, 802-11-olpc-mesh, ppp, pppoe, proxy, serial, team, team-port, tun, user, vlan, vpn, vxlan, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
network-id, gsm +
+
network-name, wimax +
+
never-default, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags +
+
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags +
+
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode
-
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags +
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState
-
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode +
NMActiveConnectionStateReason, enum NMActiveConnectionStateReason
-
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState +
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities
-
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities +
NMCapability, enum NMCapability
-
NMCapability, enum NMCapability +
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags
-
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags +
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState
-
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState +
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities
-
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities +
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities
-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities +
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState
-
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState +
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason
-
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason +
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType
-
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType +
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
-
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities +
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode
-
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode +
NMMetered, enum NMMetered
-
NMMetered, enum NMMetered +
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult
-
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult +
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities
-
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities +
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
-
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags +
NMState, enum NMState
-
NMState, enum NMState +
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState
-
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState +
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason
-
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason +
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure
-
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure +
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState
-
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState +
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType +
no-vj-comp, ppp +
+
noauth, ppp +
+
nobsdcomp, ppp +
+
nodeflate, ppp +
+
number, cdma, gsm +
+
+
+
+

O

+
+
options, bond +
+
output-key, ip-tunnel +
+
owner, tun

P

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +
p-key, infiniband +
+
pac-file, 802-1x +
+
pac-script, proxy +
+
pac-url, proxy +
+
pairwise, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
parent, infiniband, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, vlan, vxlan +
+
parity, serial +
+
password, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
+
password-flags, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
+
password-raw, 802-1x +
+
password-raw-flags, 802-1x +
+
path-cost, bridge-port +
+
path-mtu-discovery, ip-tunnel +
+
permissions, connection +
+
persistent, vpn +
+
phase1-auth-flags, 802-1x +
+
phase1-fast-provisioning, 802-1x +
+
phase1-peaplabel, 802-1x +
+
phase1-peapver, 802-1x +
+
phase2-altsubject-matches, 802-1x +
+
phase2-auth, 802-1x +
+
phase2-autheap, 802-1x +
+
phase2-ca-cert, 802-1x +
+
phase2-ca-cert-password, 802-1x +
+
phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
+
phase2-ca-path, 802-1x +
+
phase2-client-cert, 802-1x +
+
phase2-client-cert-password, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
phase2-client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
phase2-domain-suffix-match, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
phase2-private-key, 802-1x
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method +
phase2-private-key-password, 802-1x +
+
phase2-private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
+
phase2-subject-match, 802-1x +
+
pi, tun +
+
pin, 802-1x, gsm +
+
pin-flags, 802-1x, gsm +
+
port, macsec, 802-3-ethernet +
+
powersave, 802-11-wireless +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method +
+
priority, bridge, bridge-port +
+
priority-bandwidth, dcb +
+
priority-flow-control, dcb +
+
priority-flow-control-flags, dcb +
+
priority-group-bandwidth, dcb +
+
priority-group-flags, dcb +
+
priority-group-id, dcb +
+
priority-strict-bandwidth, dcb +
+
priority-traffic-class, dcb +
+
private-key, 802-1x +
+
private-key-password, 802-1x +
+
private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
+
promiscuous, macvlan +
+
proto, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
protocol, adsl +
+
proxy, vxlan +
+
psk, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
psk-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
+
+
+

R

+
+
rate, 802-11-wireless +
+
read-only, connection +
+
refuse-chap, ppp +
+
refuse-eap, ppp +
+
refuse-mschap, ppp +
+
refuse-mschapv2, ppp +
+
refuse-pap, ppp +
+
remote, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
+
require-mppe, ppp +
+
require-mppe-128, ppp +
+
route-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
route-metric, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
rsc, vxlan +
+
+
+
+

S

+
+
s390-nettype, 802-3-ethernet +
+
s390-options, 802-3-ethernet +
+
s390-subchannels, 802-3-ethernet +
+
secondaries, connection +
+
secrets, vpn +
+
security, 802-11-wireless +
+
seen-bssids, 802-11-wireless +
+
send-delay, serial +
+
service, pppoe +
+
service-type, vpn +
+
sim-id, gsm +
+
sim-operator-id, gsm +
+
slave-type, connection +
+
source-port-max, vxlan +
+
source-port-min, vxlan +
+
speed, 802-3-ethernet +
+
ssid, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless +
+
stable-id, connection +
+
stopbits, serial +
+
stp, bridge +
+
subject-match, 802-1x +
+
system-ca-certs, 802-1x +
+
+
+
+

T

+
+
tap, macvlan +
+
timeout, vpn +
+
timestamp, connection +
+
token, ipv6 +
+
tos, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
+
transport-mode, infiniband +
+
ttl, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
+
tx-power, 802-11-wireless +
+
type, connection, bluetooth +
+
+
+
+

U

+
+
user-name, vpn +
+
username, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
+
uuid, connection

V

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection +
validation, macsec +
+
vci, adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
vnet-hdr, tun
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal +
vpi, adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property +
+
+
+
+

W

+
+
wake-on-lan, 802-3-ethernet +
+
wake-on-lan-password, 802-3-ethernet +
+
wep-key-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-key-type, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-key0, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-key1, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-key2, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-key3, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
wep-tx-keyidx, 802-11-wireless-security
+
+

Z

+
zone, connection +
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html index c3d51edc..7971b211 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Home Up Prev -Next +Next
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

The range 0x7000 - 0x7FFF of capabilities is guaranteed not to be used by upstream NetworkManager. It could thus be used for downstream extensions.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

NMState values indicate the current overall networking state.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

enum NMConnectivityState

-

Values

+

Values

-

networking state is unknown

+

Networking state is unknown. This indicates a daemon error that makes it unable to reasonably assess the state. In such event the applications are expected to assume Internet connectivity might be present and not disable controls that require network access. The graphical shells may hide the network accessibility indicator altogether since no meaningful status indication can be provided.

  -

networking is not enabled

+

Networking is not enabled, the system is being suspended or resumed from suspend.

  -

there is no active network connection

+

There is no active network connection. The graphical shell should indicate no network connectivity and the applications should not attempt to access the network.

  -

network connections are being cleaned up

+

Network connections are being cleaned up. The applications should tear down their network sessions.

  -

a network connection is being started

+

A network connection is being started The graphical shell should indicate the network is being connected while the applications should still make no attempts to connect the network.

  -

there is only local IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity

+

There is only local IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity, but no default route to access the Internet. The graphical shell should indicate no network connectivity.

  -

there is only site-wide IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity

+

There is only site-wide IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity. This means a default route is available, but the Internet connectivity check (see "Connectivity" property) did not succeed. The graphical shell should indicate limited network connectivity.

  -

there is global IPv4 and/or IPv6 Internet connectivity

+

There is global IPv4 and/or IPv6 Internet connectivity This means the Internet connectivity check succeeded, the graphical shell should indicate full network connectivity.

 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by a device object.

-

Values

+

Values

-

Network connectivity is unknown.

+

Network connectivity is unknown. This means the connectivity checks are disabled (e.g. on server installations) or has not run yet. The graphical shell should assume the Internet connection might be available and not present a captive portal window.

  -

The host is not connected to any network.

+

The host is not connected to any network. There's no active connection that contains a default route to the internet and thus it makes no sense to even attempt a connectivity check. The graphical shell should use this state to indicate the network connection is unavailable.

  -

The host is behind a captive portal and cannot reach the full Internet.

+

The Internet connection is hijacked by a captive portal gateway. The graphical shell may open a sandboxed web browser window (because the captive portals typically attempt a man-in-the-middle attacks agains the https connections) for the purpose of authenticating to a gateway and retrigger the connectivity check with CheckConnectivity() when the browser window is dismissed.

  -

The host is connected to a network, but does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet.

+

The host is connected to a network, does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, but a captive portal has not been detected.

 
@@ -637,6 +637,21 @@ + + + + + +
 
+

NM_DEVICE_TYPE_DUMMY

+

+
+

= 22

+

+
+

a dummy interface

+

+
 
@@ -647,7 +662,7 @@

General device capability flags.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -716,6 +731,21 @@ + + + + + +
 
+

NM_DEVICE_CAP_SRIOV

+

+
+

= 0x00000008

+

+
+

this device supports single-root I/O virtualization

+

+
 
@@ -726,7 +756,7 @@

802.11 specific device encryption and authentication capabilities.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -925,7 +955,7 @@

802.11 access point flags.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -974,7 +1004,7 @@

802.11 access point security and authentication flags. These flags describe the current security requirements of an access point as determined from the access point's beacon.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1158,7 +1188,7 @@

Indicates the 802.11 mode an access point or device is currently in.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1237,7 +1267,7 @@

NMBluetoothCapabilities values indicate the usable capabilities of a Bluetooth device.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1301,7 +1331,7 @@

NMDeviceModemCapabilities values indicate the generic radio access technology families a modem device supports. For more information on the specific access technologies the device supports use the ModemManager D-Bus API.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1395,7 +1425,7 @@

WiMAX network type.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1473,7 +1503,7 @@

enum NMDeviceState

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -1687,7 +1717,7 @@

Device state change reason codes

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -2651,7 +2681,7 @@

Since: 1.2

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -2745,7 +2775,7 @@

NMActiveConnectionState values indicate the state of a connection to a specific network while it is starting, connected, or disconnecting from that network.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -2835,11 +2865,256 @@
+

enum NMActiveConnectionStateReason

+

Active connection state reasons.

+

Since: 1.8

+

+
+

Values

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_UNKNOWN

+

+
+

= 0

+

+
+

The reason for the active connection state change is unknown.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NONE

+

+
+

= 1

+

+
+

No reason was given for the active connection state change.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_USER_DISCONNECTED

+

+
+

= 2

+

+
+

The active connection changed state because the user disconnected it.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_DISCONNECTED

+

+
+

= 3

+

+
+

The active connection changed state because the device it was using was disconnected.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_STOPPED

+

+
+

= 4

+

+
+

The service providing the VPN connection was stopped.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_IP_CONFIG_INVALID

+

+
+

= 5

+

+
+

The IP config of the active connection was invalid.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

+

+
+

= 6

+

+
+

The connection attempt to the VPN service timed out.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_TIMEOUT

+

+
+

= 7

+

+
+

A timeout occurred while starting the service providing the VPN connection.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_FAILED

+

+
+

= 8

+

+
+

Starting the service providing the VPN connection failed.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NO_SECRETS

+

+
+

= 9

+

+
+

Necessary secrets for the connection were not provided.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_LOGIN_FAILED

+

+
+

= 10

+

+
+

Authentication to the server failed.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECTION_REMOVED

+

+
+

= 11

+

+
+

The connection was deleted from settings.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEPENDENCY_FAILED

+

+
+

= 12

+

+
+

Master connection of this connection failed to activate.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_REALIZE_FAILED

+

+
+

= 13

+

+
+

Could not create the software device link.

+

+
 
+

NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_REMOVED

+

+
+

= 14

+

+
+

The device this connection depended on disappeared.

+

+
 
+
+
+
+

enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags

NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags values modify the behavior of a GetSecrets request.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -2948,7 +3223,7 @@

NMSecretAgentCapabilities indicate various capabilities of the agent.

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -2998,7 +3273,7 @@

Since: 1.2

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -3168,7 +3443,7 @@

Since: 1.4

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -3248,7 +3523,7 @@

Since: 1.4

-

Values

+

Values

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html index b13bd4c5..f497fde2 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ nm-online: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ - - + +
Home UpPrevNextPrevNext
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html index abea717e..afd683e9 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ nm-settings-ifcfg-rh: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Home Up Prev -Next +Next
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ DEVICETYPE=TeamPort are NetworkManager specific extensions not understood by traditional initscripts.

-

Table 65. 802-1x setting

+

Table 33. 802-1x setting

@@ -382,6 +382,17 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_FAST_PROVISIONING="allow-auth allow-unauth"< Allowed values: space-separated list of these values [allow-auth, allow-unauth] + + + + + + @@ -523,11 +534,18 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_PRIVATE_KEY=/home/joe/mykey.p12 + + + + + +
phase1-auth-flagsIEEE_8021X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS(+) + Authentication flags for the supplicant + +Example: IEEE_8021X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS="tls-1-0-disable tls-1-1-disable" + +Allowed values: space-separated list of authentication flags names
phase2-auth IEEE_8021X_INNER_AUTH_METHODS(+)   The property is not handled by ifcfg-rh plugin.
auth-timeoutIEEE_8021X_AUTH_TIMEOUT(+) +0Timeout in seconds for the 802.1X authentication. Zero means the global default or 25.

-

Table 66. bond setting

+

Table 34. bond setting

@@ -552,7 +570,7 @@ Example: BONDING_OPTS="miimon=100 mode=broadcast"

-

Table 67. bridge-port setting

+

Table 35. bridge-port setting

@@ -593,7 +611,7 @@ Allowed values: 1 - 65535

-

Table 68. bridge setting

+

Table 36. bridge setting

@@ -673,7 +691,7 @@ Allowed values: 0 or 1

-

Table 69. connection setting

+

Table 37. connection setting

@@ -832,7 +850,7 @@ Allowed values: boolean value or 'rx'

-

Table 70. dcb setting

+

Table 38. dcb setting

@@ -967,7 +985,25 @@ Example: DCB_PG_UP2TC=01623701 used explicitly to enable DCB so that the rest of the DCB_* variables can apply.

-

Table 71. infiniband setting

+

Table 39. dummy setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
+
+
+

Table 40. infiniband setting

@@ -1022,7 +1058,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=ib0

-

Table 72. ipv4 setting

+

Table 41. ipv4 setting

@@ -1077,7 +1113,7 @@ Example: GATEWAY=10.5.5.1 - + @@ -1174,7 +1210,7 @@ Example: DHCP_FQDN=foo.bar.com
routesADDRESS1, NETMASK1, GATEWAY1, METRIC1, ...ADDRESS1, NETMASK1, GATEWAY1, METRIC1, OPTIONS1, ...   List of static routes. They are not stored in ifcfg-* file, but in route-* file instead.

-

Table 73. ipv6 setting

+

Table 42. ipv6 setting

@@ -1311,7 +1347,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

-

Table 74. macsec setting

+

Table 43. macsec setting

@@ -1329,7 +1365,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

-

Table 75. proxy setting

+

Table 44. proxy setting

@@ -1382,7 +1418,7 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 76. team-port setting

+

Table 45. team-port setting

@@ -1405,7 +1441,7 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 77. team setting

+

Table 46. team setting

@@ -1428,7 +1464,25 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 78. 802-3-ethernet setting

+

Table 47. user setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
+
+
+

Table 48. 802-3-ethernet setting

@@ -1529,7 +1583,7 @@ Allowed values: "qeth", "lcs" or "ctc"

-

Table 79. 802-11-wireless-security setting

+

Table 49. 802-11-wireless-security setting

@@ -1681,7 +1735,7 @@ Example: KEY1=s:ahoj, KEY1=0a1c45bc02, KEY_PASSPHRASE1=mysuperse

-

Table 80. 802-11-wireless setting

+

Table 50. 802-11-wireless setting

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html index bd2b1920..4ea43e48 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ nm-settings-keyfile: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ id=4
802-11-wireless-security = wifi-security
-

Table 57. bridge setting (section)

+

Table 25. bridge setting (section)

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Example: mac-address=00:22:68:12:79:A2 mac-address=0;34;104;18;1

-

Table 58. infiniband setting (section)

+

Table 26. infiniband setting (section)

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Example: mac-address= 80:00:00:6d:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:

-

Table 59. ipv4 setting (section)

+

Table 27. ipv4 setting (section)

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Example: route1=8.8.8.0/24,10.1.1.1,77 route2=7.7.0.0/16

-

Table 60. ipv6 setting (section)

+

Table 28. ipv6 setting (section)

@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Example: route1=2001:4860:4860::/64,2620:52:0:2219:222:68ff:fe11

-

Table 61. serial setting (section)

+

Table 29. serial setting (section)

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Example: parity=n

-

Table 62. vpn setting (section)

+

Table 30. vpn setting (section)

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Example: password=Popocatepetl

-

Table 63. 802-3-ethernet setting (section)

+

Table 31. 802-3-ethernet setting (section)

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79

-

Table 64. 802-11-wireless setting (section)

+

Table 32. 802-11-wireless setting (section)

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html index 9501aa71..38c28d64 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ nm-settings: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - + + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - +
Home UpPrevPrev Next
@@ -93,9 +93,171 @@
-
-

Table 25. 802-1x setting

-
+
+

connection setting

+

General Connection Profile Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+autoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.
+autoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.
+autoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).
+autoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32) Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
+gateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.
+idstring A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".
+interface-namestring The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface.
+lldpint32-1Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.
+masterstring Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.
+meteredNMMetered (int32) Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
+namestringconnectionThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+permissionsarray of string[]An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.
+read-onlybooleanFALSEFALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.
+secondariesarray of string[]List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.
+slave-typestring Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
+stable-idstring Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
+timestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).
+typestring Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).
+uuidstring A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").
+zonestring The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
+
+
+
+

802-1x setting

+

AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings.

+
@@ -125,6 +287,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -132,6 +301,20 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -146,6 +329,20 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -209,6 +406,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -258,6 +462,20 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -272,6 +490,20 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -282,7 +514,7 @@ phase2-private-key - + - +
+auth-timeoutint320A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.
ca-cert byte array  
+ca-cert-passwordstring The password used to access the CA certificate stored in "ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
+ca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32) Flags indicating how to handle the "ca-cert-password" property. (see the section called “Secret flag types:” for flag values)
ca-path string  
+client-cert-passwordstring The password used to access the client certificate stored in "client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
+client-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32) Flags indicating how to handle the "client-cert-password" property. (see the section called “Secret flag types:” for flag values)
domain-suffix-match string  
+phase1-auth-flagsuint320Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
phase1-fast-provisioning string  
+phase2-ca-cert-passwordstring The password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in "phase2-ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
+phase2-ca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32) Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-ca-cert-password" property. (see the section called “Secret flag types:” for flag values)
phase2-ca-path string  
+phase2-client-cert-passwordstring The password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in "phase2-client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
+phase2-client-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32) Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-client-cert-password" property. (see the section called “Secret flag types:” for flag values)
phase2-domain-suffix-match string   byte array  Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.
@@ -324,7 +556,7 @@ private-key byte array  Contains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.Contains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.
@@ -357,9 +589,11 @@
-
-

Table 26. adsl setting

-
+
+
+

adsl setting

+

ADSL Settings.

+
@@ -432,9 +666,11 @@
-
-

Table 27. bluetooth setting

-
+
+
+

bluetooth setting

+

Bluetooth Settings.

+
@@ -472,9 +708,11 @@
-
-

Table 28. bond setting

-
+
+
+

bond setting

+

Bonding Settings.

+
@@ -512,9 +750,11 @@
-
-

Table 29. bridge setting

-
+
+
+

bridge setting

+

Bridging Settings.

+
@@ -601,9 +841,11 @@
-
-

Table 30. bridge-port setting

-
+
+
+

bridge-port setting

+

Bridge Port Settings.

+
@@ -648,9 +890,11 @@
-
-

Table 31. cdma setting

-
+
+
+

cdma setting

+

CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings.

+
@@ -666,6 +910,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -702,168 +953,11 @@
+mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
name string cdma
-
-

Table 32. connection setting

-
------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
-autoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.
-autoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.
-autoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).
-autoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32) Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
-gateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.
-idstring A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".
-interface-namestring The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface.
-lldpint32-1Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.
-masterstring Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.
-meteredNMMetered (int32) Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
-namestringconnectionThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
-permissionsarray of string[]An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.
-read-onlybooleanFALSEFALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.
-secondariesarray of string[]List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.
-slave-typestring Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
-stable-idstring Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
-timestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).
-typestring Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).
-uuidstring A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").
-zonestring The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
-
-
-

Table 33. dcb setting

-
+
+
+

dcb setting

+

Data Center Bridging Settings.

+
@@ -992,9 +1086,37 @@
-
-

Table 34. generic setting

-
+
+
+

dummy setting

+

Dummy Link Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+namestringdummyThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+
+
+
+

generic setting

+

Generic Link Settings.

+
@@ -1016,9 +1138,11 @@
-
-

Table 35. gsm setting

-
+
+
+

gsm setting

+

GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings.

+
@@ -1055,6 +1179,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -1126,9 +1257,11 @@
+mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
name string gsm
-
-

Table 36. infiniband setting

-
+
+
+

infiniband setting

+

Infiniband Settings.

+
@@ -1187,9 +1320,11 @@
-
-

Table 37. ipv4 setting

-
+
+
+

ipv4 setting

+

IPv4 Settings.

+
@@ -1360,9 +1495,11 @@
-
-

Table 38. ipv6 setting

-
+
+
+

ipv6 setting

+

IPv6 Settings.

+
@@ -1540,9 +1677,11 @@
-
-

Table 39. ip-tunnel setting

-
+
+
+

ip-tunnel setting

+

IP Tunneling Settings.

+
@@ -1650,9 +1789,11 @@
-
-

Table 40. macsec setting

-
+
+
+

macsec setting

+

MACSec Settings.

+
@@ -1732,9 +1873,11 @@
-
-

Table 41. macvlan setting

-
+
+
+

macvlan setting

+

MAC VLAN Settings.

+
@@ -1786,9 +1929,11 @@
-
-

Table 42. 802-11-olpc-mesh setting

-
+
+
+

802-11-olpc-mesh setting

+

OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings.

+
@@ -1833,9 +1978,11 @@
-
-

Table 43. ppp setting

-
+
+
+

ppp setting

+

Point-to-Point Protocol Settings.

+
@@ -1985,9 +2132,11 @@
-
-

Table 44. pppoe setting

-
+
+
+

pppoe setting

+

PPP-over-Ethernet Settings.

+
@@ -2039,9 +2188,11 @@
-
-

Table 45. proxy setting

-
+
+
+

proxy setting

+

WWW Proxy Settings.

+
@@ -2093,9 +2244,11 @@
-
-

Table 46. serial setting

-
+
+
+

serial setting

+

Serial Link Settings.

+
@@ -2154,9 +2307,11 @@
-
-

Table 47. team setting

-
+
+
+

team setting

+

Teaming Settings.

+
@@ -2194,9 +2349,11 @@
-
-

Table 48. team-port setting

-
+
+
+

team-port setting

+

Team Port Settings.

+
@@ -2227,9 +2384,11 @@
-
-

Table 49. tun setting

-
+
+
+

tun setting

+

Tunnel Settings.

+
@@ -2295,9 +2454,46 @@
-
-

Table 50. vlan setting

-
+
+
+

user setting

+

General User Profile Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+datadict of string to string{}A dictionary of key/value pairs with user data. This data is ignored by NetworkManager and can be used at the users discretion. The keys only support a strict ascii format, but the values can be arbitrary UTF8 strings up to a certain length.
+namestringuserThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+
+
+
+

vlan setting

+

VLAN Settings.

+
@@ -2363,9 +2559,11 @@
-
-

Table 51. vpn setting

-
+
+
+

vpn setting

+

VPN Settings.

+
@@ -2431,9 +2629,11 @@
-
-

Table 52. vxlan setting

-
+
+
+

vxlan setting

+

VXLAN Settings.

+
@@ -2569,9 +2769,11 @@
-
-

Table 53. wimax setting

-
+
+
+

wimax setting

+

WiMax Settings.

+
@@ -2609,9 +2811,11 @@
-
-

Table 54. 802-3-ethernet setting

-
+
+
+

802-3-ethernet setting

+

Wired Ethernet Settings.

+
@@ -2740,9 +2944,11 @@
-
-

Table 55. 802-11-wireless setting

-
+
+
+

802-11-wireless setting

+

Wi-Fi Settings.

+
@@ -2892,9 +3098,11 @@
-
-

Table 56. 802-11-wireless-security setting

-
+
+
+

802-11-wireless-security setting

+

Wi-Fi Security Settings.

+
@@ -3037,7 +3245,8 @@
-
+
+

Secret flag types:

Each secret property in a setting has an associated flags property diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html index ce80a5ee..625468a7 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ - - - + + +

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

VPN daemon states

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

VPN connection states

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

VPN connection state reasons

-

Values

+

Values

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

- - + +
-

= 0

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_UNKNOWN

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

-

= 1

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NONE

@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

-

= 2

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_USER_DISCONNECTED

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

-

= 3

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_DISCONNECTED

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

-

= 4

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_STOPPED

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

-

= 5

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_IP_CONFIG_INVALID

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@

-

= 6

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

-

= 7

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_TIMEOUT

@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

-

= 8

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_FAILED

@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

-

= 9

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NO_SECRETS

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@

-

= 10

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_LOGIN_FAILED

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

-

= 11

+

= NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECTION_REMOVED

@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@

VPN plugin failure reasons

-

Values

+

Values

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html b/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html index 5a979cdf..63708031 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ nmcli-examples: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ - - + +
Home UpPrevNextPrevNext
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

nmcli [OPTIONS...]

-

Description

+

Description

nmcli is a command-line client for NetworkManager. It allows controlling NetworkManager and reporting its status. For more information @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@

-

Examples

+

Examples

-

Example 1. Listing available Wi-Fi APs

+

Example 1. Listing available Wi-Fi APs

$ nmcli device wifi list
 *  SSID               MODE    CHAN  RATE       SIGNAL  BARS  SECURITY
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 

-

Example 2. Showing general information and properties for a Wi-Fi interface

+

Example 2. Showing general information and properties for a Wi-Fi interface

$ nmcli -p -f general,wifi-properties device show wlan0
 ===========================================================================
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ WIFI-PROPERTIES.ADHOC:    yes
 

-

Example 3. Listing NetworkManager polkit permissions

+

Example 3. Listing NetworkManager polkit permissions

$ nmcli general permissions
 PERMISSION                                                VALUE
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.reload                     auth

-

Example 4. Listing NetworkManager log level and domains

+

Example 4. Listing NetworkManager log level and domains

$ nmcli general logging
 LEVEL  DOMAINS
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 5. Changing NetworkManager logging

+

Example 5. Changing NetworkManager logging

$ nmcli g log level DEBUG domains CORE,ETHER,IP
 $ nmcli g log level INFO domains DEFAULT
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 6. Adding a bonding master and two slave connection profiles

+

Example 6. Adding a bonding master and two slave connection profiles

$ nmcli con add type bond ifname mybond0 mode active-backup
 $ nmcli con add type ethernet ifname eth1 master mybond0
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 7. Adding a team master and two slave connection profiles

+

Example 7. Adding a team master and two slave connection profiles

$ nmcli con add type team con-name Team1 ifname Team1 config team1-master-json.conf
 $ nmcli con add type ethernet con-name Team1-slave1 ifname em1 master Team1
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 8. Adding a bridge and two slave profiles

+

Example 8. Adding a bridge and two slave profiles

$ nmcli con add type bridge con-name TowerBridge ifname TowerBridge
 $ nmcli con add type ethernet con-name br-slave-1 ifname ens3 master TowerBridge
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 9. Adding an ethernet connection profile with manual IP configuration

+

Example 9. Adding an ethernet connection profile with manual IP configuration

$ nmcli con add con-name my-con-em1 ifname em1 type ethernet \
   ip4 192.168.100.100/24 gw4 192.168.100.1 ip4 1.2.3.4 ip6 abbe::cafe
@@ -259,7 +259,27 @@ B,DISPATCH

-

Example 10. Escaping colon characters in tabular mode

+

Example 10. Convenient field values retrieval for scripting

+
+
$ nmcli -g ip4.address connection show my-con-eth0
+192.168.1.12/24
+
$ nmcli -g ip4.address,ip4.dns connection show my-con-eth0
+192.168.1.12/24
+192.168.1.1
+
$ nmcli -g ip4 connection show my-con-eth0
+IP4:192.168.1.12/24:192.168.1.1::192.168.1.1::
+

+ This example shows retrieval of ip4 connection field values via the --get-values + option. Multiple comma separated fields can be provided: they will be printed one + per line. If a whole section is provided instead of a single field, the name of the + section will be printed followed by all the related field values on the same line. + See also --terse, --mode, --fields and --escape options in nmcli(1) + manual page for more customized output. +

+
+
+
+

Example 11. Escaping colon characters in tabular mode

$ nmcli -t -f general -e yes -m tab dev show eth0
 GENERAL:eth0:ethernet:Intel Corporation:82567LM Gigabit Network Connection:
@@ -274,7 +294,7 @@ nager/ActiveConnection/9

-

Example 11. nmcli usage in a NetworkManager dispatcher script to make Ethernet and Wi-Fi mutually exclusive

+

Example 12. nmcli usage in a NetworkManager dispatcher script to make Ethernet and Wi-Fi mutually exclusive

 #!/bin/bash
@@ -312,7 +332,7 @@ fi
 

Example sessions of interactive connection editor

-

Example 12. Adding an ethernet connection profile in interactive editor (a)

+

Example 13. Adding an ethernet connection profile in interactive editor (a)

$ nmcli connection edit type ethernet
 
@@ -550,7 +570,7 @@ Connection 'ethernet-4' (de89cdeb-a3e1-4d53-8fa0-c22546c775f4) successfully
 
-

See Also

+

See Also

nmcli(1), NetworkManager(8), diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html index e293bd71..02d3528b 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ nmcli: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@

Home UpPrevNextPrevNext
@@ -121,10 +121,19 @@ all is used to print all valid field values of the command. common is used to print common field values of the command.

-

If omitted, default is common. The option is - mandatory when --terse is used. In this case, generic values - all and common cannot be used. This - is to maintain compatibility when new fields are added in the future.

+

If omitted, default is common.

+ + + +

-g | --get-values { field1,field2... | all | common }

+ +

This option is used to print values from specific fields. It is basically + a shortcut for --mode tabular --terse --fields and is a convenient + way to retrieve values for particular fields. The values are printed one per line + without headers.

+

If a section is specified instead of a field, the section name will be printed + followed by colon separated values of the fields belonging to that section, all on + the same line.

@@ -646,6 +655,7 @@
  • ip-tunnel

  • macvlan

  • vxlan

  • +
  • dummy

  • The most typical uses are described in the Examples section.

    Aside from the properties and values two special options are accepted:

    @@ -1201,7 +1211,7 @@ disambiguate these options from the options of the same name that are valid for multiple connection types (such as mtu).

    -

    Table 1. Options for all connections

    +

    Table 1. Options for all connections

    @@ -1256,7 +1266,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 2. PPPoE options

    +

    Table 2. PPPoE options

    @@ -1283,7 +1293,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 3. Wired Ethernet options

    +

    Table 3. Wired Ethernet options

    @@ -1310,7 +1320,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 4. Infiniband options

    +

    Table 4. Infiniband options

    @@ -1345,7 +1355,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 5. Wi-Fi options

    +

    Table 5. Wi-Fi options

    @@ -1380,7 +1390,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 6. WiMax options

    +

    Table 6. WiMax options

    @@ -1403,7 +1413,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 7. GSM options

    +

    Table 7. GSM options

    @@ -1430,7 +1440,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 8. CDMA options

    +

    Table 8. CDMA options

    @@ -1453,7 +1463,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

    -

    Table 9. Bluetooth options

    +

    Table 9. Bluetooth options

    @@ -1484,7 +1494,7 @@ appropriate gsm.* or cdma.*
    -

    Table 10. VLAN options

    +

    Table 10. VLAN options

    @@ -1519,7 +1529,7 @@ appropriate gsm.* or cdma.*
    -

    Table 11. Bonding options

    +

    Table 11. Bonding options

    @@ -1549,7 +1559,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 12. Team options

    +

    Table 12. Team options

    @@ -1569,7 +1579,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 13. Team port options

    +

    Table 13. Team port options

    @@ -1589,7 +1599,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 14. Bridge options

    +

    Table 14. Bridge options

    @@ -1648,7 +1658,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 15. VPN options

    +

    Table 15. VPN options

    @@ -1671,7 +1681,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 16. OLPC Mesh options

    +

    Table 16. OLPC Mesh options

    @@ -1698,7 +1708,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 17. ADSL options

    +

    Table 17. ADSL options

    @@ -1729,7 +1739,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 18. MACVLAN options

    +

    Table 18. MACVLAN options

    @@ -1756,7 +1766,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 19. VxLAN options

    +

    Table 19. VxLAN options

    @@ -1799,7 +1809,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 20. Tun options

    +

    Table 20. Tun options

    @@ -1838,7 +1848,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 21. IP tunneling options

    +

    Table 21. IP tunneling options

    @@ -1869,7 +1879,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

    -

    Table 22. IPv4 options

    +

    Table 22. IPv4 options

    @@ -1900,7 +1910,7 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv4.addresses syntax and

    -

    Table 23. IPv6 options

    +

    Table 23. IPv6 options

    @@ -1931,7 +1941,7 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv6.addresses syntax and

    -

    Table 24. Proxy options

    +

    Table 24. Proxy options

    diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmtui.html b/docs/api/html/nmtui.html index 7a4d5f84..30449050 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmtui.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmtui.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ nmtui: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ - - + +
    Home UpPrevNextPrevNext
    diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-access-points.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-access-points.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b7bb457 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-access-points.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AccessPoint/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AccessPoint/* objects

    + +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-active-connections.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-active-connections.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..022a17b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-active-connections.html @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/ActiveConnection/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/ActiveConnection/* objects

    +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active — Active Connection +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection — Active VPN Connection +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-agent-manager.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-agent-manager.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1aafd12b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-agent-manager.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AgentManager object: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AgentManager object

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager — Secret Agent Manager +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-devices.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-devices.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e54543e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-devices.html @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Devices/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Devices/* objects

    +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device — Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics — Device Statistic Counters +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl — ADSL Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond — Bonding Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge — Bridging Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth — Bluetooth Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy — Dummy Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired — Wired Ethernet Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic — Unrecognized Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband — Infiniband Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel — IP Tunneling Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec — MACSec Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan — MAC VLAN Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem — Modem Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team — Teaming Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun — Userspace Tunneling Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth — Virtual Ethernet Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan — Virtual LAN Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan — VXLAN Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless — Wi-Fi Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax — WiMax Device +
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP — Helper interface for a PPP plugin +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp4-configs.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp4-configs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0a04ca1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp4-configs.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config — IPv4 DHCP Client State +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp6-configs.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp6-configs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2700a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dhcp6-configs.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config — IPv6 DHCP Client State +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dns-manager.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dns-manager.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d838bac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-dns-manager.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DnsManager object: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DnsManager object

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager — DNS Configuration State +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip4-configs.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip4-configs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1752bfd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip4-configs.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP4Config/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP4Config/* objects

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config — IPv4 Configuration Set +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip6-configs.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip6-configs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5988457 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-ip6-configs.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP6Config/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP6Config/* objects

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config — IPv6 Configuration Set +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-manager.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-manager.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a327895 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-manager.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager object: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager object

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager — Connection Manager +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings-manager.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings-manager.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce185508 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings-manager.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings object: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings object

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings — Connection Settings Profile Manager +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings.html b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bec0d09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-dbus-settings.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings/* objects: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings/* objects

    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection — Connection Settings Profile +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html index ceb81fd4..997c3725 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ -Network Configuration Setting Specification: NetworkManager Reference Manual +Part II. Network Configuration Setting Specification: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - + + @@ -16,16 +16,123 @@ Home -Prev -Next +Prev +Next -
    +

    -Network Configuration Setting Specification

    - +Part II. Network Configuration Setting Specification
    +
    +

    Table of Contents

    +
    +
    Configuration Settings
    +
    +
    +connection — General Connection Profile Settings +
    +
    +802-1x — AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings +
    +
    +adsl — ADSL Settings +
    +
    +bluetooth — Bluetooth Settings +
    +
    +bond — Bonding Settings +
    +
    +bridge — Bridging Settings +
    +
    +bridge-port — Bridge Port Settings +
    +
    +cdma — CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings +
    +
    +dcb — Data Center Bridging Settings +
    +
    +dummy — Dummy Link Settings +
    +
    +generic — Generic Link Settings +
    +
    +gsm — GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings +
    +
    +infiniband — Infiniband Settings +
    +
    +ipv4 — IPv4 Settings +
    +
    +ipv6 — IPv6 Settings +
    +
    +ip-tunnel — IP Tunneling Settings +
    +
    +macsec — MACSec Settings +
    +
    +macvlan — MAC VLAN Settings +
    +
    +802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings +
    +
    +ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings +
    +
    +pppoe — PPP-over-Ethernet Settings +
    +
    +proxy — WWW Proxy Settings +
    +
    +serial — Serial Link Settings +
    +
    +team — Teaming Settings +
    +
    +team-port — Team Port Settings +
    +
    +tun — Tunnel Settings +
    +
    +user — General User Profile Settings +
    +
    +vlan — VLAN Settings +
    +
    +vpn — VPN Settings +
    +
    +vxlan — VXLAN Settings +
    +
    +wimax — WiMax Settings +
    +
    +802-3-ethernet — Wired Ethernet Settings +
    +
    +802-11-wireless — Wi-Fi Settings +
    +
    +802-11-wireless-security — Wi-Fi Security Settings +
    +
    +
    Secret flag types
    +
    +

    This part documents the properties and value types of each "Setting" object that composes the basic unit of NetworkManager configuration, @@ -33,2652 +140,6 @@ setting names (like "802-3-ethernet" or "bluetooth") to a dictionary of key/value pairs that represents each itself.

    -
    -

    -Configuration Settings

    -
    -

    Table 81. 802-1x setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    altsubject-matches
    array of string
    []
    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.
    anonymous-identity
    string
    Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.
    ca-cert
    byte array
    Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    ca-path
    string
    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "ca-cert" property.
    client-cert
    byte array
    Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.
    domain-suffix-match
    string
    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.
    eap
    array of string
    []
    The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the properties of this setting; refer to wpa_supplicant documentation for the allowed combinations.
    identity
    string
    Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.
    name
    string
    802-1x
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pac-file
    string
    UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.
    password
    string
    UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    password-raw
    byte array
    Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.
    password-raw-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property.
    phase1-fast-provisioning
    string
    Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase1-peaplabel
    string
    Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase1-peapver
    string
    Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version. To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version.
    phase2-altsubject-matches
    array of string
    []
    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.
    phase2-auth
    string
    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are "pap", "chap", "mschap", "mschapv2", "gtc", "otp", "md5", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase2-autheap
    string
    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are "md5", "mschapv2", "otp", "gtc", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase2-ca-cert
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    phase2-ca-path
    string
    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "phase2-ca-cert" property.
    phase2-client-cert
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    phase2-domain-suffix-match
    string
    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.
    phase2-private-key
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.
    phase2-private-key-password
    string
    The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.
    phase2-private-key-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-private-key-password" property.
    phase2-subject-match
    string
    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.
    pin
    string
    PIN used for EAP authentication methods.
    pin-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.
    private-key
    byte array
    Contains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.
    private-key-password
    string
    The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.
    private-key-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key-password" property.
    subject-match
    string
    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.
    system-ca-certs
    boolean
    FALSE
    When TRUE, overrides the "ca-path" and "phase2-ca-path" properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in addition to any certificates specified by the "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties. If the path provided with --system-ca-path is rather a file name (bundle of trusted CA certificates), it overrides "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant).
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 82. adsl setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encapsulation
    string
    Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".
    name
    string
    adsl
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    password
    string
    Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    protocol
    string
    ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".
    username
    string
    Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.
    vci
    uint32
    0
    VCI of ADSL connection
    vpi
    uint32
    0
    VPI of ADSL connection
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 83. bluetooth setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    bdaddr
    byte array
    The Bluetooth address of the device.
    name
    string
    bluetooth
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    type
    string
    Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 84. bond setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bond's interface name.
    name
    string
    bond
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    options
    dict of string to string
    {'mode': 'balance-rr'}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 85. bridge setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    ageing-time
    uint32
    300
    The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.
    forward-delay
    uint32
    15
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.
    hello-time
    uint32
    2
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.
    max-age
    uint32
    20
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.
    multicast-snooping
    boolean
    TRUE
    Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved.
    name
    string
    bridge
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    priority
    uint32
    32768
    Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.
    stp
    boolean
    TRUE
    Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 86. bridge-port setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    hairpin-mode
    boolean
    FALSE
    Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.
    name
    string
    bridge-port
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    path-cost
    uint32
    100
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.
    priority
    uint32
    32
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 87. cdma setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    cdma
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    number
    string
    The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (#777) is used when required.
    password
    string
    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    username
    string
    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 88. connection setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    autoconnect
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.
    autoconnect-priority
    int32
    0
    The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.
    autoconnect-retries
    int32
    -1
    The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).
    autoconnect-slaves
    NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)
    Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
    gateway-ping-timeout
    uint32
    0
    If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.
    id
    string
    A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".
    interface-name
    string
    The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface.
    lldp
    int32
    -1
    Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.
    master
    string
    Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.
    metered
    NMMetered (int32)
    Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
    name
    string
    connection
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    permissions
    array of string
    []
    An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.
    read-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.
    secondaries
    array of string
    []
    List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.
    slave-type
    string
    Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
    stable-id
    string
    Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
    timestamp
    uint64
    0
    The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).
    type
    string
    Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).
    uuid
    string
    A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").
    zone
    string
    The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 89. dcb setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    app-fcoe-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-fcoe-mode
    string
    "fabric"
    The FCoE controller mode; either "fabric" (default) or "vn2vn".
    app-fcoe-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fcoe-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    app-fip-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-fip-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fip-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    app-iscsi-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-iscsi-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    name
    string
    dcb
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    priority-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent.
    priority-flow-control
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.
    priority-flow-control-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    priority-group-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent.
    priority-group-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    priority-group-id
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.
    priority-strict-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.
    priority-traffic-class
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 90. generic setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    generic
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 91. gsm setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    apn
    string
    The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has access to the Internet or just a provider-specific walled-garden, so it is important to use the correct APN for the user's mobile broadband plan. The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM 03.60 Section 14.9.
    device-id
    string
    The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.
    home-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.
    name
    string
    gsm
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    network-id
    string
    The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. This can be used to ensure that the device does not roam when direct roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.
    number
    string
    Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.
    password
    string
    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    pin
    string
    If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.
    pin-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.
    sim-id
    string
    The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier.
    sim-operator-id
    string
    A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator.
    username
    string
    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 92. infiniband setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
    name
    string
    infiniband
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    p-key
    int32
    -1
    The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" P_Key.
    parent
    string
    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the "p_key" property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or "mac-address".
    transport-mode
    string
    The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 93. ipv4 setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    address-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.
    addresses
    array of array of uint32
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet.
    dad-timeout
    int32
    -1
    Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
    dhcp-client-id
    string
    A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.
    dhcp-fqdn
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-hostname
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-send-hostname
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
    dhcp-timeout
    int32
    0
    A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
    dns
    array of uint32
    []
    Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers)
    dns-options
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.
    dns-priority
    int32
    0
    Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used.
    dns-search
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS search domains.
    gateway
    string
    The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set.
    ignore-auto-dns
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.
    ignore-auto-routes
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.
    may-fail
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.
    method
    string
    IP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.
    name
    string
    ipv4
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    never-default
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.
    route-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'gateway' entry, containing the gateway IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.
    route-metric
    int64
    -1
    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
    routes
    array of array of uint32
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv4 route structures. Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.)
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 94. ipv6 setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    addr-gen-mode
    int32
    1
    Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.
    address-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.
    addresses
    array of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv6 address structures. Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.
    dad-timeout
    int32
    -1
    Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
    dhcp-hostname
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-send-hostname
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
    dhcp-timeout
    int32
    0
    A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
    dns
    array of byte array
    []
    Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order)
    dns-options
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.
    dns-priority
    int32
    0
    Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used.
    dns-search
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS search domains.
    gateway
    string
    The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set.
    ignore-auto-dns
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.
    ignore-auto-routes
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.
    ip6-privacy
    NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy (int32)
    Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.
    may-fail
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.
    method
    string
    IP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.
    name
    string
    ipv6
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    never-default
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.
    route-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.
    route-metric
    int64
    -1
    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
    routes
    array of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device.
    token
    string
    Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 95. ip-tunnel setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encapsulation-limit
    uint32
    0
    How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
    flow-label
    uint32
    0
    The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
    input-key
    string
    The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
    local
    string
    The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    mode
    uint32
    0
    The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP (1) or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE (2).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    None
    name
    string
    ip-tunnel
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    output-key
    string
    The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.
    path-mtu-discovery
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.
    remote
    string
    The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    tos
    uint32
    0
    The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.
    ttl
    uint32
    0
    The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 96. macsec setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encrypt
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.
    mka-cak
    string
    The pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec Key Agreement.
    mka-cak-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "mka-cak" property.
    mka-ckn
    string
    The pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for MACsec Key Agreement.
    mode
    int32
    0
    Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.
    name
    string
    macsec
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    port
    int32
    1
    The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.
    validation
    int32
    2
    Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 97. macvlan setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mode
    uint32
    0
    The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.
    name
    string
    macvlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    promiscuous
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.
    tap
    boolean
    FALSE
    Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 98. 802-11-olpc-mesh setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    channel
    uint32
    0
    Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.
    dhcp-anycast-address
    byte array
    Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request.
    name
    string
    802-11-olpc-mesh
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    ssid
    byte array
    SSID of the mesh network to join.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 99. ppp setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    baud
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.
    crtscts
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set to FALSE.
    lcp-echo-failure
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero value if this property is used.
    lcp-echo-interval
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not possible to autodetect this.
    mppe-stateful
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.
    mru
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.
    name
    string
    ppp
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    no-vj-comp
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.
    noauth
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.
    nobsdcomp
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.
    nodeflate
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.
    refuse-chap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-eap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-mschap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-mschapv2
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-pap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.
    require-mppe
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
    require-mppe-128
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 100. pppoe setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    pppoe
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    password
    string
    Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    service
    string
    If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.
    username
    string
    Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 101. proxy setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    browser-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    Whether the proxy configuration is for browser only.
    method
    int32
    0
    Method for proxy configuration, Default is NM_SETTING_PROXY_METHOD_NONE (0)
    name
    string
    proxy
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pac-script
    string
    PAC script for the connection.
    pac-url
    string
    PAC URL for obtaining PAC file.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 102. serial setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    baud
    uint32
    57600
    Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.
    bits
    uint32
    8
    Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.
    name
    string
    serial
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parity
    byte
    The connection parity: 69 (ASCII 'E') for even parity, 111 (ASCII 'o') for odd, 110 (ASCII 'n') for none.
    send-delay
    uint64
    0
    Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.
    stopbits
    uint32
    1
    Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 103. team setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    config
    string
    The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the team's interface name.
    name
    string
    team
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 104. team-port setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    config
    string
    The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.
    name
    string
    team-port
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 105. tun setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    group
    string
    The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.
    mode
    uint32
    1
    The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN (1) to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP (2) to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 one.
    multi-queue
    boolean
    FALSE
    If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.
    name
    string
    tun
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    owner
    string
    The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.
    pi
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.
    vnet-hdr
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 106. vlan setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    egress-priority-map
    array of string
    []
    For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".
    flags
    NMVlanFlags (uint32)
    One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (0x1) (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (0x2) (use of the GVRP protocol), and NM_VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING (0x4) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). NM_VLAN_FLAG_MVRP (0x8) (use of the MVRP protocol). The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0.
    id
    uint32
    0
    The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.
    ingress-priority-map
    array of string
    []
    For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name.
    name
    string
    vlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 107. vpn setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    data
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.
    name
    string
    vpn
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    persistent
    boolean
    FALSE
    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.
    secrets
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.
    service-type
    string
    D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.
    timeout
    uint32
    0
    Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.
    user-name
    string
    If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty. If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 108. vxlan setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    ageing
    uint32
    300
    Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.
    destination-port
    uint32
    8472
    Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    id
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.
    l2-miss
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.
    l3-miss
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.
    learning
    boolean
    TRUE
    Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.
    limit
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.
    local
    string
    If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.
    name
    string
    vxlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.
    proxy
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.
    remote
    string
    Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.
    rsc
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.
    source-port-max
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    source-port-min
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    tos
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.
    ttl
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 109. wimax setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing). Deprecated: 1
    name
    string
    wimax
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    network-name
    string
    Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use. Deprecated: 1
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 110. 802-3-ethernet setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    assigned-mac-address
    string
    The new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".
    auto-negotiate
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped.
    cloned-mac-address
    byte array
    This D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".
    duplex
    string
    Can be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.
    generate-mac-address-mask
    string
    With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mac-address-blacklist
    array of string
    []
    If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.
    name
    string
    802-3-ethernet
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    port
    string
    Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.
    s390-nettype
    string
    s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.
    s390-options
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).
    s390-subchannels
    array of string
    []
    Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels. The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character.
    speed
    uint32
    0
    Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.
    wake-on-lan
    uint32
    1
    The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY (0x2), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST (0x4), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST (0x8), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_BROADCAST (0x10), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_ARP (0x20), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC (0x40) or the special values NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_DEFAULT (0x1) (to use global settings) and NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_IGNORE (0x8000) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager).
    wake-on-lan-password
    string
    If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 111. 802-11-wireless setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    assigned-mac-address
    string
    The new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".
    band
    string
    802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not associate with the same network in the 2.4GHz band even if the network's settings are compatible. This setting depends on specific driver capability and may not work with all drivers.
    bssid
    byte array
    If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.
    channel
    uint32
    0
    Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set.
    cloned-mac-address
    byte array
    This D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".
    generate-mac-address-mask
    string
    With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
    hidden
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mac-address-blacklist
    array of string
    []
    A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").
    mac-address-randomization
    uint32
    0
    One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (0) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (1) (never randomize the MAC address), or NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_ALWAYS (2) (always randomize the MAC address). This property is deprecated for 'cloned-mac-address'. Deprecated: 1
    mode
    string
    Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.
    name
    string
    802-11-wireless
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    powersave
    uint32
    0
    One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved.
    rate
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static bitrate.
    security
    None
    This property is deprecated, but can be set to the value '802-11-wireless-security' when a wireless security setting is also present in the connection dictionary, for compatibility with very old NetworkManager daemons.
    seen-bssids
    array of string
    []
    A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved.
    ssid
    byte array
    SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.
    tx-power
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.
    -
    -


    -
    -

    Table 112. 802-11-wireless-security setting

    -
    ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    auth-alg
    string
    When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the "leap-username" and "leap-password" properties must be specified.
    group
    array of string
    []
    A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".
    key-mgmt
    string
    Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.
    leap-password
    string
    The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").
    leap-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "leap-password" property.
    leap-username
    string
    The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").
    name
    string
    802-11-wireless-security
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pairwise
    array of string
    []
    A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".
    proto
    array of string
    []
    List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.
    psk
    string
    Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (as specified in the 802.11i standard) and is interpreted as a WPA passphrase, and is hashed to derive the actual WPA-PSK used when connecting to the Wi-Fi network.
    psk-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property.
    wep-key-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "wep-key0", "wep-key1", "wep-key2", and "wep-key3" properties.
    wep-key-type
    NMWepKeyType (uint32)
    Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY (1), in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; or NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_PASSPHRASE (2), in which case the passphrase is provided as a string and will be hashed using the de-facto MD5 method to derive the actual WEP key.
    wep-key0
    string
    Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key1
    string
    Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key2
    string
    Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key3
    string
    Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-tx-keyidx
    uint32
    0
    When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.
    -
    -


    -
    diff --git a/docs/api/html/secret-agents.html b/docs/api/html/secret-agents.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9e6b9c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/secret-agents.html @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + +Part IV. Secret Agent D-Bus API Reference: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +Part IV. Secret Agent D-Bus API Reference

    +
    +

    Table of Contents

    +
    +
    Secret agents
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent — User Secret Agent +
    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html b/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html index 821d977b..92dc9d79 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html +++ b/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Secret flag types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - - + + + @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ Home Up -Prev -Next +Prev +Next -
    -

    +
    +

    Secret flag types

    Each secret property in a setting has an associated "flags" property diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a72f0aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + +802-11-olpc-mesh: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    802-11-olpc-mesh

    +

    802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 69. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    channel
    uint32
    0
    Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.
    dhcp-anycast-address
    byte array
    Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request.
    name
    string
    802-11-olpc-mesh
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    ssid
    byte array
    SSID of the mesh network to join.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0031026e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ + + + + +802-11-wireless-security: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    802-11-wireless-security

    +

    802-11-wireless-security — Wi-Fi Security Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 84. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    auth-alg
    string
    When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the "leap-username" and "leap-password" properties must be specified.
    group
    array of string
    []
    A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".
    key-mgmt
    string
    Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.
    leap-password
    string
    The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").
    leap-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "leap-password" property.
    leap-username
    string
    The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").
    name
    string
    802-11-wireless-security
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pairwise
    array of string
    []
    A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".
    proto
    array of string
    []
    List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.
    psk
    string
    Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (as specified in the 802.11i standard) and is interpreted as a WPA passphrase, and is hashed to derive the actual WPA-PSK used when connecting to the Wi-Fi network.
    psk-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property.
    wep-key-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "wep-key0", "wep-key1", "wep-key2", and "wep-key3" properties.
    wep-key-type
    NMWepKeyType (uint32)
    Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY (1), in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; or NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_PASSPHRASE (2), in which case the passphrase is provided as a string and will be hashed using the de-facto MD5 method to derive the actual WEP key.
    wep-key0
    string
    Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key1
    string
    Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key2
    string
    Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-key3
    string
    Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
    wep-tx-keyidx
    uint32
    0
    When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..917294f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + + + + +802-11-wireless: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    802-11-wireless

    +

    802-11-wireless — Wi-Fi Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 83. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    assigned-mac-address
    string
    The new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".
    band
    string
    802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not associate with the same network in the 2.4GHz band even if the network's settings are compatible. This setting depends on specific driver capability and may not work with all drivers.
    bssid
    byte array
    If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.
    channel
    uint32
    0
    Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set.
    cloned-mac-address
    byte array
    This D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".
    generate-mac-address-mask
    string
    With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
    hidden
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mac-address-blacklist
    array of string
    []
    A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").
    mac-address-randomization
    uint32
    0
    One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (0) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (1) (never randomize the MAC address), or NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_ALWAYS (2) (always randomize the MAC address). This property is deprecated for 'cloned-mac-address'. Deprecated: 1
    mode
    string
    Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.
    name
    string
    802-11-wireless
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    powersave
    uint32
    0
    One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved.
    rate
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static bitrate.
    security
    None
    This property is deprecated, but can be set to the value '802-11-wireless-security' when a wireless security setting is also present in the connection dictionary, for compatibility with very old NetworkManager daemons.
    seen-bssids
    array of string
    []
    A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved.
    ssid
    byte array
    SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.
    tx-power
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cce8faa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ + + + + +802-1x: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    802-1x

    +

    802-1x — AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 52. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    altsubject-matches
    array of string
    []
    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.
    anonymous-identity
    string
    Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.
    auth-timeout
    int32
    0
    A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.
    ca-cert
    byte array
    Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    ca-cert-password
    string
    The password used to access the CA certificate stored in "ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
    ca-cert-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "ca-cert-password" property.
    ca-path
    string
    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "ca-cert" property.
    client-cert
    byte array
    Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.
    client-cert-password
    string
    The password used to access the client certificate stored in "client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
    client-cert-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "client-cert-password" property.
    domain-suffix-match
    string
    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.
    eap
    array of string
    []
    The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the properties of this setting; refer to wpa_supplicant documentation for the allowed combinations.
    identity
    string
    Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.
    name
    string
    802-1x
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pac-file
    string
    UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.
    password
    string
    UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    password-raw
    byte array
    Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.
    password-raw-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property.
    phase1-auth-flags
    uint32
    0
    Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase1-fast-provisioning
    string
    Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase1-peaplabel
    string
    Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase1-peapver
    string
    Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version. To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version.
    phase2-altsubject-matches
    array of string
    []
    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.
    phase2-auth
    string
    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are "pap", "chap", "mschap", "mschapv2", "gtc", "otp", "md5", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase2-autheap
    string
    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are "md5", "mschapv2", "otp", "gtc", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
    phase2-ca-cert
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    phase2-ca-cert-password
    string
    The password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in "phase2-ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
    phase2-ca-cert-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-ca-cert-password" property.
    phase2-ca-path
    string
    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "phase2-ca-cert" property.
    phase2-client-cert
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.
    phase2-client-cert-password
    string
    The password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in "phase2-client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.
    phase2-client-cert-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-client-cert-password" property.
    phase2-domain-suffix-match
    string
    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.
    phase2-private-key
    byte array
    Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.
    phase2-private-key-password
    string
    The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.
    phase2-private-key-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-private-key-password" property.
    phase2-subject-match
    string
    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.
    pin
    string
    PIN used for EAP authentication methods.
    pin-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.
    private-key
    byte array
    Contains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.
    private-key-password
    string
    The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.
    private-key-password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key-password" property.
    subject-match
    string
    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.
    system-ca-certs
    boolean
    FALSE
    When TRUE, overrides the "ca-path" and "phase2-ca-path" properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in addition to any certificates specified by the "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties. If the path provided with --system-ca-path is rather a file name (bundle of trusted CA certificates), it overrides "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant).
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06990061 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ + + + + +802-3-ethernet: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    802-3-ethernet

    +

    802-3-ethernet — Wired Ethernet Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 82. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    assigned-mac-address
    string
    The new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".
    auto-negotiate
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped.
    cloned-mac-address
    byte array
    This D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".
    duplex
    string
    Can be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.
    generate-mac-address-mask
    string
    With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mac-address-blacklist
    array of string
    []
    If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.
    name
    string
    802-3-ethernet
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    port
    string
    Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.
    s390-nettype
    string
    s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.
    s390-options
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).
    s390-subchannels
    array of string
    []
    Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels. The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character.
    speed
    uint32
    0
    Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.
    wake-on-lan
    uint32
    1
    The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY (0x2), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST (0x4), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST (0x8), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_BROADCAST (0x10), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_ARP (0x20), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC (0x40) or the special values NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_DEFAULT (0x1) (to use global settings) and NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_IGNORE (0x8000) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager).
    wake-on-lan-password
    string
    If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html b/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c144b5b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + + + + +adsl: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    adsl

    +

    adsl — ADSL Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 53. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encapsulation
    string
    Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".
    name
    string
    adsl
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    password
    string
    Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    protocol
    string
    ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".
    username
    string
    Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.
    vci
    uint32
    0
    VCI of ADSL connection
    vpi
    uint32
    0
    VPI of ADSL connection
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..661b6bac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + +bluetooth: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    bluetooth

    +

    bluetooth — Bluetooth Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 54. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    bdaddr
    byte array
    The Bluetooth address of the device.
    name
    string
    bluetooth
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    type
    string
    Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acd5af30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + +bond: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    bond

    +

    bond — Bonding Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 55. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bond's interface name.
    name
    string
    bond
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    options
    dict of string to string
    {'mode': 'balance-rr'}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b7c3aa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + +bridge-port: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    bridge-port

    +

    bridge-port — Bridge Port Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 57. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    hairpin-mode
    boolean
    FALSE
    Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.
    name
    string
    bridge-port
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    path-cost
    uint32
    100
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.
    priority
    uint32
    32
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aff78df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ + + + + +bridge: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    bridge

    +

    bridge — Bridging Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 56. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    ageing-time
    uint32
    300
    The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.
    forward-delay
    uint32
    15
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.
    hello-time
    uint32
    2
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name.
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.
    max-age
    uint32
    20
    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.
    multicast-snooping
    boolean
    TRUE
    Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved.
    name
    string
    bridge
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    priority
    uint32
    32768
    Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.
    stp
    boolean
    TRUE
    Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html b/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a47e5fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + +cdma: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    cdma

    +

    cdma — CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 58. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
    name
    string
    cdma
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    number
    string
    The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (#777) is used when required.
    password
    string
    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    username
    string
    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f810113 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ + + + + +connection: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    connection

    +

    connection — General Connection Profile Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 51. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    autoconnect
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.
    autoconnect-priority
    int32
    0
    The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.
    autoconnect-retries
    int32
    -1
    The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).
    autoconnect-slaves
    NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)
    Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
    gateway-ping-timeout
    uint32
    0
    If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.
    id
    string
    A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".
    interface-name
    string
    The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface.
    lldp
    int32
    -1
    Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.
    master
    string
    Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.
    metered
    NMMetered (int32)
    Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
    name
    string
    connection
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    permissions
    array of string
    []
    An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.
    read-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.
    secondaries
    array of string
    []
    List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.
    slave-type
    string
    Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
    stable-id
    string
    Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
    timestamp
    uint64
    0
    The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).
    type
    string
    Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).
    uuid
    string
    A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").
    zone
    string
    The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html b/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c512d53f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ + + + + +dcb: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    dcb

    +

    dcb — Data Center Bridging Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 59. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    app-fcoe-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-fcoe-mode
    string
    "fabric"
    The FCoE controller mode; either "fabric" (default) or "vn2vn".
    app-fcoe-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fcoe-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    app-fip-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-fip-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fip-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    app-iscsi-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    app-iscsi-priority
    int32
    -1
    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.
    name
    string
    dcb
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    priority-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent.
    priority-flow-control
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.
    priority-flow-control-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    priority-group-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent.
    priority-group-flags
    NMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)
    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
    priority-group-id
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.
    priority-strict-bandwidth
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.
    priority-traffic-class
    array of uint32
    [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html b/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9f3ec3f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + +dummy: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    dummy

    +

    dummy — Dummy Link Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 60. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    dummy
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html b/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc8602bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + +generic: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    generic

    +

    generic — Generic Link Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 61. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    generic
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html b/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f262e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ + + + + +gsm: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    gsm

    +

    gsm — GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 62. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    apn
    string
    The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has access to the Internet or just a provider-specific walled-garden, so it is important to use the correct APN for the user's mobile broadband plan. The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM 03.60 Section 14.9.
    device-id
    string
    The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.
    home-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
    name
    string
    gsm
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    network-id
    string
    The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. This can be used to ensure that the device does not roam when direct roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.
    number
    string
    Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.
    password
    string
    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    pin
    string
    If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.
    pin-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.
    sim-id
    string
    The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier.
    sim-operator-id
    string
    A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator.
    username
    string
    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html b/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c86b32ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + +infiniband: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    infiniband

    +

    infiniband — Infiniband Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 63. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.
    name
    string
    infiniband
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    p-key
    int32
    -1
    The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" P_Key.
    parent
    string
    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the "p_key" property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or "mac-address".
    transport-mode
    string
    The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92b97ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ + + + + +ip-tunnel: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    ip-tunnel

    +

    ip-tunnel — IP Tunneling Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 66. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encapsulation-limit
    uint32
    0
    How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
    flow-label
    uint32
    0
    The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
    input-key
    string
    The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
    local
    string
    The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    mode
    uint32
    0
    The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP (1) or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE (2).
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    None
    name
    string
    ip-tunnel
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    output-key
    string
    The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.
    path-mtu-discovery
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.
    remote
    string
    The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    tos
    uint32
    0
    The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.
    ttl
    uint32
    0
    The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..807555ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ + + + + +ipv4: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    ipv4

    +

    ipv4 — IPv4 Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 64. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    address-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.
    addresses
    array of array of uint32
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet.
    dad-timeout
    int32
    -1
    Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
    dhcp-client-id
    string
    A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.
    dhcp-fqdn
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-hostname
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-send-hostname
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
    dhcp-timeout
    int32
    0
    A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
    dns
    array of uint32
    []
    Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers)
    dns-options
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.
    dns-priority
    int32
    0
    Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used.
    dns-search
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS search domains.
    gateway
    string
    The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set.
    ignore-auto-dns
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.
    ignore-auto-routes
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.
    may-fail
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.
    method
    string
    IP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.
    name
    string
    ipv4
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    never-default
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.
    route-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'gateway' entry, containing the gateway IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.
    route-metric
    int64
    -1
    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
    routes
    array of array of uint32
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv4 route structures. Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.)
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..633ff29c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + + + + +ipv6: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    ipv6

    +

    ipv6 — IPv6 Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 65. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    addr-gen-mode
    int32
    1
    Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.
    address-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.
    addresses
    array of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv6 address structures. Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.
    dad-timeout
    int32
    -1
    Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
    dhcp-hostname
    string
    If the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.
    dhcp-send-hostname
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
    dhcp-timeout
    int32
    0
    A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
    dns
    array of byte array
    []
    Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order)
    dns-options
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.
    dns-priority
    int32
    0
    Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used.
    dns-search
    array of string
    []
    Array of DNS search domains.
    gateway
    string
    The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set.
    ignore-auto-dns
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.
    ignore-auto-routes
    boolean
    FALSE
    When "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.
    ip6-privacy
    NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy (int32)
    Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.
    may-fail
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.
    method
    string
    IP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.
    name
    string
    ipv6
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    never-default
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.
    route-data
    array of vardict
    Array of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.
    route-metric
    int64
    -1
    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
    routes
    array of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))
    []
    Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device.
    token
    string
    Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html b/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba17d06d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + + + + +macsec: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    macsec

    +

    macsec — MACSec Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 67. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    encrypt
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.
    mka-cak
    string
    The pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec Key Agreement.
    mka-cak-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "mka-cak" property.
    mka-ckn
    string
    The pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for MACsec Key Agreement.
    mode
    int32
    0
    Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.
    name
    string
    macsec
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    port
    int32
    1
    The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.
    validation
    int32
    2
    Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1fc3311 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + +macvlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    macvlan

    +

    macvlan — MAC VLAN Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 68. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mode
    uint32
    0
    The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.
    name
    string
    macvlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    promiscuous
    boolean
    TRUE
    Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.
    tap
    boolean
    FALSE
    Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f520cd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + + + + +ppp: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    ppp

    +

    ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 70. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    baud
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.
    crtscts
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set to FALSE.
    lcp-echo-failure
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero value if this property is used.
    lcp-echo-interval
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not possible to autodetect this.
    mppe-stateful
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.
    mru
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.
    mtu
    uint32
    0
    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.
    name
    string
    ppp
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    no-vj-comp
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.
    noauth
    boolean
    TRUE
    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.
    nobsdcomp
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.
    nodeflate
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.
    refuse-chap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-eap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-mschap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-mschapv2
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.
    refuse-pap
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.
    require-mppe
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
    require-mppe-128
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html b/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f86c7e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + +pppoe: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    pppoe

    +

    pppoe — PPP-over-Ethernet Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 71. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    name
    string
    pppoe
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    password
    string
    Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.
    password-flags
    NMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)
    Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.
    service
    string
    If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.
    username
    string
    Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html b/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e34d9b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + +proxy: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    proxy

    +

    proxy — WWW Proxy Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 72. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    browser-only
    boolean
    FALSE
    Whether the proxy configuration is for browser only.
    method
    int32
    0
    Method for proxy configuration, Default is NM_SETTING_PROXY_METHOD_NONE (0)
    name
    string
    proxy
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    pac-script
    string
    PAC script for the connection.
    pac-url
    string
    PAC URL for obtaining PAC file.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html b/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a60aa61b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + +serial: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    serial

    +

    serial — Serial Link Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 73. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    baud
    uint32
    57600
    Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.
    bits
    uint32
    8
    Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.
    name
    string
    serial
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parity
    byte
    The connection parity: 69 (ASCII 'E') for even parity, 111 (ASCII 'o') for odd, 110 (ASCII 'n') for none.
    send-delay
    uint64
    0
    Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.
    stopbits
    uint32
    1
    Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html b/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96dea572 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + +team-port: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    team-port

    +

    team-port — Team Port Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 75. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    config
    string
    The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.
    name
    string
    team-port
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-team.html b/docs/api/html/settings-team.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4210aa3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-team.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + +team: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    team

    +

    team — Teaming Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 74. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    config
    string
    The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the team's interface name.
    name
    string
    team
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html b/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bd464bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + +tun: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    tun

    +

    tun — Tunnel Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 76. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    group
    string
    The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.
    mode
    uint32
    1
    The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN (1) to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP (2) to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 one.
    multi-queue
    boolean
    FALSE
    If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.
    name
    string
    tun
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    owner
    string
    The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.
    pi
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.
    vnet-hdr
    boolean
    FALSE
    If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-user.html b/docs/api/html/settings-user.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be82df58 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-user.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + +user: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    user

    +

    user — General User Profile Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 77. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    data
    dict of string to string
    {}
    A dictionary of key/value pairs with user data. This data is ignored by NetworkManager and can be used at the users discretion. The keys only support a strict ascii format, but the values can be arbitrary UTF8 strings up to a certain length.
    name
    string
    user
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51587d7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + +vlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    vlan

    +

    vlan — VLAN Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 78. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    egress-priority-map
    array of string
    []
    For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".
    flags
    NMVlanFlags (uint32)
    One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (0x1) (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (0x2) (use of the GVRP protocol), and NM_VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING (0x4) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). NM_VLAN_FLAG_MVRP (0x8) (use of the MVRP protocol). The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0.
    id
    uint32
    0
    The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.
    ingress-priority-map
    array of string
    []
    For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".
    interface-name
    string
    Deprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name.
    name
    string
    vlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08168850 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + +vpn: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    vpn

    +

    vpn — VPN Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 79. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    data
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.
    name
    string
    vpn
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    persistent
    boolean
    FALSE
    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.
    secrets
    dict of string to string
    {}
    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.
    service-type
    string
    D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.
    timeout
    uint32
    0
    Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.
    user-name
    string
    If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty. If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bf640d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + + + +vxlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    vxlan

    +

    vxlan — VXLAN Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 80. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    ageing
    uint32
    300
    Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.
    destination-port
    uint32
    8472
    Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    id
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.
    l2-miss
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.
    l3-miss
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.
    learning
    boolean
    TRUE
    Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.
    limit
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.
    local
    string
    If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.
    name
    string
    vxlan
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    parent
    string
    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.
    proxy
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.
    remote
    string
    Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.
    rsc
    boolean
    FALSE
    Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.
    source-port-max
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    source-port-min
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
    tos
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.
    ttl
    uint32
    0
    Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html b/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b091b5a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + +wimax: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    wimax

    +

    wimax — WiMax Settings

    +
    +
    +

    + Properties +

    +
    +

    Table 81. 

    +
    ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
    mac-address
    byte array
    If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing). Deprecated: 1
    name
    string
    wimax
    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
    network-name
    string
    Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use. Deprecated: 1
    +
    +


    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/spec.html b/docs/api/html/spec.html index ce4086ea..a530df55 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/spec.html +++ b/docs/api/html/spec.html @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ -D-Bus API Reference: NetworkManager Reference Manual +Part III. D-Bus API Reference: NetworkManager Reference Manual - - + + @@ -16,140 +16,146 @@ Home -Prev -Next +Prev +Next -
    +

    -D-Bus API Reference

    -
    -
    Interfaces
    +Part III. D-Bus API Reference

    +
    +

    Table of Contents

    +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager object
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager — Connection Manager +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AgentManager object
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager — Secret Agent Manager +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DnsManager object
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager — DNS Configuration State +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings object
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings — Connection Settings Profile Manager +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection — Connection Settings Profile +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Devices/* objects
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device — Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics — Device Statistic Counters
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl — ADSL Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond — Bonding Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge — Bridging Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth — Bluetooth Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy — Dummy Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired — Wired Ethernet Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic — Unrecognized Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband — Infiniband Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel — IP Tunneling Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec — MACSec Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan — MAC VLAN Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem — Modem Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team — Teaming Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun — Userspace Tunneling Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth — Virtual Ethernet Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan — Virtual LAN Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan — VXLAN Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless — Wi-Fi Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax — WiMax Device
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics -
    -
    -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP — Helper interface for a PPP plugin
    -
    Types
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/ActiveConnection/* objects
    -NetworkManager D-Bus API Types +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active — Active Connection
    -VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection — Active VPN Connection
    -
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP4Config/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config — IPv4 Configuration Set +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP6Config/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config — IPv6 Configuration Set +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config — IPv4 DHCP Client State +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config — IPv6 DHCP Client State +
    +
    The /org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AccessPoint/* objects
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint — Wi-Fi Access Point +
    +
    Types
    +
    +NetworkManager D-Bus API Types +
    + +

    This part documents the D-Bus interface used to access the NetworkManager daemon.

    -

    -Interfaces

    diff --git a/docs/api/html/vpn-plugins.html b/docs/api/html/vpn-plugins.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..836fe020 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/vpn-plugins.html @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + +Part V. VPN Plugin D-Bus API Reference: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +Part V. VPN Plugin D-Bus API Reference

    +
    +

    Table of Contents

    +
    +
    VPN services
    +
    +org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin — VPN Service +
    +
    Types
    +
    +VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types +
    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml index 45164ce0..dd5f0e47 100644 --- a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml +++ b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml @@ -6,7 +6,11 @@ NetworkManager Reference Manual - Version &version; + + for NetworkManager &version; + The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at + https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/stable/. + 2012 @@ -14,6 +18,7 @@ 2014 2015 2016 + 2017 The NetworkManager Authors @@ -38,78 +43,42 @@ + + + + This manual is the reference documentation for NetworkManager, the standard + Linux network management service. It is intended for system administrators and + integrators who need to understand the capabilities of NetworkManager, its + configuration options, command line tools and the D-Bus API for programmatic + control of the service. + + + The end users NetworkManager should instead refer to respective documentation + of their desktop environment of choice. + + + The application developers who prefer not to use the D-Bus API directly can use the + libnm library + shipped with NetworkManager or its bindings to a higher level language such as + Python, Ruby or Vala via GObject introspection. + + - + Manual Pages + + + - - - - - - - - D-Bus API Reference - - - This part documents the D-Bus interface used to access the - NetworkManager daemon. - - -
    - Interfaces - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    - Types - - -
    -
    + + - + Network Configuration Setting Specification This part documents the properties and value types of each "Setting" @@ -120,16 +89,16 @@ -
    + Configuration Settings (NetworkManager was built without full introspection support. Setting documentation is not available.) -
    +
    -
    + Secret flag types Each secret property in a setting has an associated "flags" property @@ -163,8 +132,141 @@ -
    - + + + + + D-Bus API Reference + + + This part documents the D-Bus interface used to access the + NetworkManager daemon. + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager</literal> object + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AgentManager</literal> object + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DnsManager</literal> object + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings</literal> object + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Settings/*</literal> objects + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/Devices/*</literal> objects + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/ActiveConnection/*</literal> objects + + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP4Config/*</literal> objects + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/IP6Config/*</literal> objects + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/*</literal> objects + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/DHCP4Config/*</literal> objects + + + + + + The <literal>/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/AccessPoint/*</literal> objects + + + + + + Types + + + + + + Secret Agent D-Bus API Reference + + + Secret agents + + + + + + + VPN Plugin D-Bus API Reference + + + VPN services + + + + + Types + + + Index diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml index fcce8c26..704221a3 100644 --- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml +++ b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml @@ -1,402 +1,489 @@ - -
    Configuration Settings - 802-1x settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - altsubject-matchesarray of string[]List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed. - anonymous-identitystringAnonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS. - ca-certbyte arrayContains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. - ca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "ca-cert" property. - client-certbyte arrayContains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. - domain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. - eaparray of string[]The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the properties of this setting; refer to wpa_supplicant documentation for the allowed combinations. - identitystringIdentity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name. - namestring802-1xThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - pac-filestringUTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST. - passwordstringUTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred. - password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. - password-rawbyte arrayPassword used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred. - password-raw-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property. - phase1-fast-provisioningstringEnables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. - phase1-peaplabelstringForces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. - phase1-peapverstringForces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version. To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version. - phase2-altsubject-matchesarray of string[]List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed. - phase2-authstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are "pap", "chap", "mschap", "mschapv2", "gtc", "otp", "md5", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. - phase2-autheapstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are "md5", "mschapv2", "otp", "gtc", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. - phase2-ca-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. - phase2-ca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "phase2-ca-cert" property. - phase2-client-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. - phase2-domain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. - phase2-private-keybyte arrayContains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. - phase2-private-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. - phase2-private-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-private-key-password" property. - phase2-subject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match. - pinstringPIN used for EAP authentication methods. - pin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property. - private-keybyte arrayContains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data. - private-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. - private-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key-password" property. - subject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match. - system-ca-certsbooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, overrides the "ca-path" and "phase2-ca-path" properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in addition to any certificates specified by the "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties. If the path provided with --system-ca-path is rather a file name (bundle of trusted CA certificates), it overrides "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant). -
    - adsl settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - encapsulationstringEncapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc". - namestringadslThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - passwordstringPassword used to authenticate with the ADSL service. - password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. - protocolstringADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm". - usernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the ADSL service. - vciuint320VCI of ADSL connection - vpiuint320VPI of ADSL connection -
    - bluetooth settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - bdaddrbyte arrayThe Bluetooth address of the device. - namestringbluetoothThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - typestringEither "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile. -
    - bond settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - interface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bond's interface name. - namestringbondThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - optionsdict of string to string{'mode': 'balance-rr'}Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]). -
    - bridge settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - ageing-timeuint32300The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds. - forward-delayuint3215The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds. - hello-timeuint322The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds. - interface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name. - mac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match. - max-ageuint3220The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds. - multicast-snoopingbooleanTRUEControls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved. - namestringbridgeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - priorityuint3232768Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge. - stpbooleanTRUEControls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge. -
    - bridge-port settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - hairpin-modebooleanFALSEEnables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on. - namestringbridge-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - path-costuint32100The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port. - priorityuint3232The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port. -
    - cdma settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - namestringcdmaThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - numberstringThe number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (#777) is used when required. - passwordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here. - password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. - usernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here. -
    - connection settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - autoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection. - autoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority. - autoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). - autoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0. - gateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping. - idstringA human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G". - interface-namestringThe name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface. - lldpint32-1Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection. - masterstringInterface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection. - meteredNMMetered (int32)Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately. - namestringconnectionThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - permissionsarray of string[]An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8. - read-onlybooleanFALSEFALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified. - secondariesarray of string[]List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported. - slave-typestringSetting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave. - stable-idstringToken to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions. - timestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved). - typestringBase type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc). - uuidstringA universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-"). - zonestringThe trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately. -
    - dcb settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - app-fcoe-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). - app-fcoe-modestring"fabric"The FCoE controller mode; either "fabric" (default) or "vn2vn". - app-fcoe-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fcoe-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. - app-fip-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). - app-fip-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fip-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. - app-iscsi-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). - app-iscsi-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. - namestringdcbThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - priority-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent. - priority-flow-controlarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause. - priority-flow-control-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). - priority-group-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent. - priority-group-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). - priority-group-idarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group. - priority-strict-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group. - priority-traffic-classarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped. -
    - generic settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - namestringgenericThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". -
    - gsm settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - apnstringThe GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has access to the Internet or just a provider-specific walled-garden, so it is important to use the correct APN for the user's mobile broadband plan. The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM 03.60 Section 14.9. - device-idstringThe device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device. - home-onlybooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made. - namestringgsmThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - network-idstringThe Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. This can be used to ensure that the device does not roam when direct roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible. - numberstringNumber to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically. - passwordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here. - password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. - pinstringIf the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device. - pin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property. - sim-idstringThe SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier. - sim-operator-idstringA MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator. - usernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here. -
    - infiniband settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - mac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). - mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames. - namestringinfinibandThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - p-keyint32-1The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" P_Key. - parentstringThe interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the "p_key" property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or "mac-address". - transport-modestringThe IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected". -
    - ipv4 settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - address-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses. - addressesarray of array of uint32[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet. - dad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. - dhcp-client-idstringA string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options. - dhcp-fqdnstringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. - dhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. - dhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. - dhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. - dnsarray of uint32[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers) - dns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. - dns-priorityint320Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. - dns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains. - gatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. - ignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used. - ignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used. - may-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully. - methodstringIP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. - namestringipv4The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - never-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager. - route-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'gateway' entry, containing the gateway IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes. - route-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric. - routesarray of array of uint32[]Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv4 route structures. Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.) -
    - ipv6 settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - addr-gen-modeint321Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option. - address-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses. - addressesarray of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv6 address structures. Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet. - dad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. - dhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. - dhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. - dhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. - dnsarray of byte array[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order) - dns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. - dns-priorityint320Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. - dns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains. - gatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. - ignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used. - ignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used. - ip6-privacyNMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy (int32)Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses. - may-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully. - methodstringIP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. - namestringipv6The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - never-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager. - route-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes. - route-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric. - routesarray of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. - tokenstringConfigure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode. -
    - ip-tunnel settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - encapsulation-limituint320How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. - flow-labeluint320The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. - input-keystringThe key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used. - localstringThe local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address. - modeuint320The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP (1) or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE (2). - mtuuint320None - namestringip-tunnelThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - output-keystringThe key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used. - parentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface. - path-mtu-discoverybooleanTRUEWhether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel. - remotestringThe remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address. - tosuint320The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets. - ttluint320The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value. -
    - macsec settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - encryptbooleanTRUEWhether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted. - mka-cakstringThe pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec Key Agreement. - mka-cak-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "mka-cak" property. - mka-cknstringThe pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for MACsec Key Agreement. - modeint320Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained. - namestringmacsecThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - parentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. - portint321The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534. - validationint322Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames. -
    - macvlan settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - modeuint320The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device. - namestringmacvlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - parentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. - promiscuousbooleanTRUEWhether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode. - tapbooleanFALSEWhether the interface should be a MACVTAP. -
    - 802-11-olpc-mesh settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - channeluint320Channel on which the mesh network to join is located. - dhcp-anycast-addressbyte arrayAnycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request. - namestring802-11-olpc-meshThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - ssidbyte arraySSID of the mesh network to join. -
    - ppp settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - bauduint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed. - crtsctsbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set to FALSE. - lcp-echo-failureuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero value if this property is used. - lcp-echo-intervaluint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not possible to autodetect this. - mppe-statefulbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE. - mruuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384. - mtuuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size. - namestringpppThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - no-vj-compbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested. - noauthbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE. - nobsdcompbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested. - nodeflatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested. - refuse-chapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used. - refuse-eapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used. - refuse-mschapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used. - refuse-mschapv2booleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used. - refuse-papbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used. - require-mppebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections. - require-mppe-128booleanFALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. -
    - pppoe settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - namestringpppoeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - passwordstringPassword used to authenticate with the PPPoE service. - password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. - servicestringIf specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required. - usernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the PPPoE service. -
    - proxy settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - browser-onlybooleanFALSEWhether the proxy configuration is for browser only. - methodint320Method for proxy configuration, Default is NM_SETTING_PROXY_METHOD_NONE (0) - namestringproxyThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - pac-scriptstringPAC script for the connection. - pac-urlstringPAC URL for obtaining PAC file. -
    - serial settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - bauduint3257600Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed. - bitsuint328Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example. - namestringserialThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - paritybyteThe connection parity: 69 (ASCII 'E') for even parity, 111 (ASCII 'o') for odd, 110 (ASCII 'n') for none. - send-delayuint640Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds. - stopbitsuint321Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example. -
    - team settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - configstringThe JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details. - interface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the team's interface name. - namestringteamThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". -
    - team-port settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - configstringThe JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details. - namestringteam-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". -
    - tun settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - groupstringThe group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device. - modeuint321The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN (1) to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP (2) to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 one. - multi-queuebooleanFALSEIf the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue. - namestringtunThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - ownerstringThe user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device. - pibooleanFALSEIf TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets. - vnet-hdrbooleanFALSEIf TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header. -
    - vlan settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - egress-priority-maparray of string[]For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3". - flagsNMVlanFlags (uint32)One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (0x1) (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (0x2) (use of the GVRP protocol), and NM_VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING (0x4) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). NM_VLAN_FLAG_MVRP (0x8) (use of the MVRP protocol). The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0. - iduint320The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095. - ingress-priority-maparray of string[]For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3". - interface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name. - namestringvlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - parentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. -
    - vpn settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - datadict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings. - namestringvpnThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - persistentbooleanFALSEIf the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected. - secretsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings. - service-typestringD-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin. - timeoutuint320Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds. - user-namestringIf the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty. If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection. -
    - vxlan settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - ageinguint32300Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel. - destination-portuint328472Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. - iduint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use. - l2-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated. - l3-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated. - learningbooleanTRUESpecifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database. - limituint320Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries. - localstringIf given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets. - namestringvxlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - parentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID. - proxybooleanFALSESpecifies whether ARP proxy is turned on. - remotestringSpecifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join. - rscbooleanFALSESpecifies whether route short circuit is turned on. - source-port-maxuint320Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. - source-port-minuint320Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. - tosuint320Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets. - ttluint320Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets. -
    - wimax settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - mac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing). Deprecated: 1 - namestringwimaxThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - network-namestringNetwork Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use. Deprecated: 1 -
    - 802-3-ethernet settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - assigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address". - auto-negotiatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped. - cloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address". - duplexstringCan be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it. - generate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered. - mac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). - mac-address-blacklistarray of string[]If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55). - mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames. - namestring802-3-ethernetThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - portstringSpecific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored. - s390-nettypestrings390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems. - s390-optionsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]). - s390-subchannelsarray of string[]Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels. The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character. - speeduint320Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it. - wake-on-lanuint321The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY (0x2), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST (0x4), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST (0x8), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_BROADCAST (0x10), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_ARP (0x20), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC (0x40) or the special values NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_DEFAULT (0x1) (to use global settings) and NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_IGNORE (0x8000) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager). - wake-on-lan-passwordstringIf specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required. -
    - 802-11-wireless settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - assigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address". - bandstring802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not associate with the same network in the 2.4GHz band even if the network's settings are compatible. This setting depends on specific driver capability and may not work with all drivers. - bssidbyte arrayIf specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future. - channeluint320Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set. - cloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address". - generate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered. - hiddenbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution. - mac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). - mac-address-blacklistarray of string[]A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55"). - mac-address-randomizationuint320One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (0) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (1) (never randomize the MAC address), or NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_ALWAYS (2) (always randomize the MAC address). This property is deprecated for 'cloned-mac-address'. Deprecated: 1 - modestringWi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed. - mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames. - namestring802-11-wirelessThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - powersaveuint320One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved. - rateuint320If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static bitrate. - securityNoneThis property is deprecated, but can be set to the value '802-11-wireless-security' when a wireless security setting is also present in the connection dictionary, for compatibility with very old NetworkManager daemons. - seen-bssidsarray of string[]A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved. - ssidbyte arraySSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified. - tx-poweruint320If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power. -
    - 802-11-wireless-security settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description - auth-algstringWhen WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the "leap-username" and "leap-password" properties must be specified. - grouparray of string[]A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp". - key-mgmtstringKey management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for any Wi-Fi connection that uses security. - leap-passwordstringThe login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap"). - leap-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "leap-password" property. - leap-usernamestringThe login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap"). - namestring802-11-wireless-securityThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". - pairwisearray of string[]A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp". - protoarray of string[]List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed. - pskstringPre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (as specified in the 802.11i standard) and is interpreted as a WPA passphrase, and is hashed to derive the actual WPA-PSK used when connecting to the Wi-Fi network. - psk-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property. - wep-key-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "wep-key0", "wep-key1", "wep-key2", and "wep-key3" properties. - wep-key-typeNMWepKeyType (uint32)Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY (1), in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; or NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_PASSPHRASE (2), in which case the passphrase is provided as a string and will be hashed using the de-facto MD5 method to derive the actual WEP key. - wep-key0stringIndex 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. - wep-key1stringIndex 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. - wep-key2stringIndex 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. - wep-key3stringIndex 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. - wep-tx-keyidxuint320When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4. -
    -
    + +Configuration Settings + connectionGeneral Connection Profile Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + autoconnectautoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection. + autoconnect-priorityautoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority. + autoconnect-retriesautoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). + autoconnect-slavesautoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0. + gateway-ping-timeoutgateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping. + ididstringA human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G". + interface-nameinterface-namestringThe name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings). For software devices this specifies the name of the created device. For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface. + lldplldpint32-1Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection. + mastermasterstringInterface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection. + meteredmeteredNMMetered (int32)Whether the connection is metered. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately. + namenamestringconnectionThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + permissionspermissionsarray of string[]An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah". At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed. Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use. [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8. + read-onlyread-onlybooleanFALSEFALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified. + secondariessecondariesarray of string[]List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported. + slave-typeslave-typestringSetting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave. + stable-idstable-idstringToken to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions. + timestamptimestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved). + typetypestringBase type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc). + uuiduuidstringA universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network. For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-"). + zonezonestringThe trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall. When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately. +
    + 802-1xAIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + altsubject-matchesaltsubject-matchesarray of string[]List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed. + anonymous-identityanonymous-identitystringAnonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS. + auth-timeoutauth-timeoutint320A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds. + ca-certca-certbyte arrayContains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. + ca-cert-passwordca-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the CA certificate stored in "ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login. + ca-cert-password-flagsca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "ca-cert-password" property. + ca-pathca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "ca-cert" property. + client-certclient-certbyte arrayContains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. + client-cert-passwordclient-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the client certificate stored in "client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login. + client-cert-password-flagsclient-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "client-cert-password" property. + domain-suffix-matchdomain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. + eapeaparray of string[]The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the properties of this setting; refer to wpa_supplicant documentation for the allowed combinations. + identityidentitystringIdentity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name. + namenamestring802-1xThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + pac-filepac-filestringUTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST. + passwordpasswordstringUTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred. + password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. + password-rawpassword-rawbyte arrayPassword used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred. + password-raw-flagspassword-raw-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property. + phase1-auth-flagsphase1-auth-flagsuint320Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. + phase1-fast-provisioningphase1-fast-provisioningstringEnables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. + phase1-peaplabelphase1-peaplabelstringForces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. + phase1-peapverphase1-peapverstringForces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version. To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version. + phase2-altsubject-matchesphase2-altsubject-matchesarray of string[]List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed. + phase2-authphase2-authstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are "pap", "chap", "mschap", "mschapv2", "gtc", "otp", "md5", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. + phase2-autheapphase2-autheapstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are "md5", "mschapv2", "otp", "gtc", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. + phase2-ca-certphase2-ca-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. + phase2-ca-cert-passwordphase2-ca-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in "phase2-ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login. + phase2-ca-cert-password-flagsphase2-ca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-ca-cert-password" property. + phase2-ca-pathphase2-ca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "phase2-ca-cert" property. + phase2-client-certphase2-client-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. + phase2-client-cert-passwordphase2-client-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in "phase2-client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login. + phase2-client-cert-password-flagsphase2-client-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-client-cert-password" property. + phase2-domain-suffix-matchphase2-domain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. + phase2-private-keyphase2-private-keybyte arrayContains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. + phase2-private-key-passwordphase2-private-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. + phase2-private-key-password-flagsphase2-private-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-private-key-password" property. + phase2-subject-matchphase2-subject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match. + pinpinstringPIN used for EAP authentication methods. + pin-flagspin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property. + private-keyprivate-keybyte arrayContains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data. + private-key-passwordprivate-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. + private-key-password-flagsprivate-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key-password" property. + subject-matchsubject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and its use is deprecated in favor of NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match. + system-ca-certssystem-ca-certsbooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, overrides the "ca-path" and "phase2-ca-path" properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in addition to any certificates specified by the "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties. If the path provided with --system-ca-path is rather a file name (bundle of trusted CA certificates), it overrides "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant). +
    + adslADSL Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + encapsulationencapsulationstringEncapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc". + namenamestringadslThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + passwordpasswordstringPassword used to authenticate with the ADSL service. + password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. + protocolprotocolstringADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm". + usernameusernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the ADSL service. + vcivciuint320VCI of ADSL connection + vpivpiuint320VPI of ADSL connection +
    + bluetoothBluetooth Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + bdaddrbdaddrbyte arrayThe Bluetooth address of the device. + namenamestringbluetoothThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + typetypestringEither "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile. +
    + bondBonding Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bond's interface name. + namenamestringbondThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + optionsoptionsdict of string to string{'mode': 'balance-rr'}Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]). +
    + bridgeBridging Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + ageing-timeageing-timeuint32300The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds. + forward-delayforward-delayuint3215The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds. + hello-timehello-timeuint322The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds. + interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name. + mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match. + max-agemax-ageuint3220The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds. + multicast-snoopingmulticast-snoopingbooleanTRUEControls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved. + namenamestringbridgeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + prioritypriorityuint3232768Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge. + stpstpbooleanTRUEControls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge. +
    + bridge-portBridge Port Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + hairpin-modehairpin-modebooleanFALSEEnables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on. + namenamestringbridge-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + path-costpath-costuint32100The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port. + prioritypriorityuint3232The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port. +
    + cdmaCDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames. + namenamestringcdmaThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + numbernumberstringThe number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (#777) is used when required. + passwordpasswordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here. + password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. + usernameusernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here. +
    + dcbData Center Bridging Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + app-fcoe-flagsapp-fcoe-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). + app-fcoe-modeapp-fcoe-modestring"fabric"The FCoE controller mode; either "fabric" (default) or "vn2vn". + app-fcoe-priorityapp-fcoe-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fcoe-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. + app-fip-flagsapp-fip-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). + app-fip-priorityapp-fip-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fip-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. + app-iscsi-flagsapp-iscsi-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). + app-iscsi-priorityapp-iscsi-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag. + namenamestringdcbThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + priority-bandwidthpriority-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent. + priority-flow-controlpriority-flow-controlarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause. + priority-flow-control-flagspriority-flow-control-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). + priority-group-bandwidthpriority-group-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent. + priority-group-flagspriority-group-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4). + priority-group-idpriority-group-idarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group. + priority-strict-bandwidthpriority-strict-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group. + priority-traffic-classpriority-traffic-classarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped. +
    + dummyDummy Link Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + namenamestringdummyThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". +
    + genericGeneric Link Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + namenamestringgenericThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". +
    + gsmGSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + apnapnstringThe GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has access to the Internet or just a provider-specific walled-garden, so it is important to use the correct APN for the user's mobile broadband plan. The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM 03.60 Section 14.9. + device-iddevice-idstringThe device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device. + home-onlyhome-onlybooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made. + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames. + namenamestringgsmThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + network-idnetwork-idstringThe Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. This can be used to ensure that the device does not roam when direct roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible. + numbernumberstringNumber to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically. + passwordpasswordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here. + password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. + pinpinstringIf the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device. + pin-flagspin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property. + sim-idsim-idstringThe SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier. + sim-operator-idsim-operator-idstringA MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator. + usernameusernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here. +
    + infinibandInfiniband Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames. + namenamestringinfinibandThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + p-keyp-keyint32-1The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" P_Key. + parentparentstringThe interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the "p_key" property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or "mac-address". + transport-modetransport-modestringThe IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected". +
    + ipv4IPv4 Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + address-dataaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses. + addressesaddressesarray of array of uint32[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet. + dad-timeoutdad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. + dhcp-client-iddhcp-client-idstringA string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options. + dhcp-fqdndhcp-fqdnstringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. + dhcp-hostnamedhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. + dhcp-send-hostnamedhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. + dhcp-timeoutdhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. + dnsdnsarray of uint32[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers) + dns-optionsdns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. + dns-prioritydns-priorityint320Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. + dns-searchdns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains. + gatewaygatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. + ignore-auto-dnsignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used. + ignore-auto-routesignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used. + may-failmay-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully. + methodmethodstringIP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. + namenamestringipv4The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + never-defaultnever-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager. + route-dataroute-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'gateway' entry, containing the gateway IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes. + route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric. + routesroutesarray of array of uint32[]Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv4 route structures. Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.) +
    + ipv6IPv6 Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + addr-gen-modeaddr-gen-modeint321Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option. + address-dataaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses. + addressesaddressesarray of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv6 address structures. Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet. + dad-timeoutdad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. + dhcp-hostnamedhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time. + dhcp-send-hostnamedhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. + dhcp-timeoutdhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. + dnsdnsarray of byte array[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order) + dns-optionsdns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. + dns-prioritydns-priorityint320Intra-connection DNS priority. The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top of the file. Zero selects the default value, which is 50 for VPNs and 100 for other connections. Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. For that, just specify the DNS servers in the desired order. When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, the one with an active default route will be preferred. Note that when using dns=dnsmasq the order is meaningless since dnsmasq forwards queries to all known servers at the same time. Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater priority value; so in presence of at least a negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. + dns-searchdns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains. + gatewaygatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. + ignore-auto-dnsignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used. + ignore-auto-routesignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used. + ip6-privacyip6-privacyNMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy (int32)Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses. + may-failmay-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully. + methodmethodstringIP configuration method. NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. + namenamestringipv6The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + never-defaultnever-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager. + route-dataroute-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes. + route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric. + routesroutesarray of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. + tokentokenstringConfigure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode. +
    + ip-tunnelIP Tunneling Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + encapsulation-limitencapsulation-limituint320How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. + flow-labelflow-labeluint320The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. + input-keyinput-keystringThe key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used. + locallocalstringThe local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address. + modemodeuint320The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP (1) or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE (2). + mtumtuuint320None + namenamestringip-tunnelThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + output-keyoutput-keystringThe key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used. + parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface. + path-mtu-discoverypath-mtu-discoverybooleanTRUEWhether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel. + remoteremotestringThe remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address. + tostosuint320The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets. + ttlttluint320The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value. +
    + macsecMACSec Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + encryptencryptbooleanTRUEWhether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted. + mka-cakmka-cakstringThe pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec Key Agreement. + mka-cak-flagsmka-cak-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "mka-cak" property. + mka-cknmka-cknstringThe pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for MACsec Key Agreement. + modemodeint320Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained. + namenamestringmacsecThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. + portportint321The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534. + validationvalidationint322Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames. +
    + macvlanMAC VLAN Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + modemodeuint320The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device. + namenamestringmacvlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. + promiscuouspromiscuousbooleanTRUEWhether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode. + taptapbooleanFALSEWhether the interface should be a MACVTAP. +
    + 802-11-olpc-meshOLPC Wireless Mesh Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + channelchanneluint320Channel on which the mesh network to join is located. + dhcp-anycast-addressdhcp-anycast-addressbyte arrayAnycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request. + namenamestring802-11-olpc-meshThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + ssidssidbyte arraySSID of the mesh network to join. +
    + pppPoint-to-Point Protocol Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + baudbauduint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed. + crtsctscrtsctsbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set to FALSE. + lcp-echo-failurelcp-echo-failureuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero value if this property is used. + lcp-echo-intervallcp-echo-intervaluint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not possible to autodetect this. + mppe-statefulmppe-statefulbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE. + mrumruuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384. + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size. + namenamestringpppThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + no-vj-compno-vj-compbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested. + noauthnoauthbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE. + nobsdcompnobsdcompbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested. + nodeflatenodeflatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested. + refuse-chaprefuse-chapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used. + refuse-eaprefuse-eapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used. + refuse-mschaprefuse-mschapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used. + refuse-mschapv2refuse-mschapv2booleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used. + refuse-paprefuse-papbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used. + require-mpperequire-mppebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections. + require-mppe-128require-mppe-128booleanFALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. +
    + pppoePPP-over-Ethernet Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + namenamestringpppoeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + passwordpasswordstringPassword used to authenticate with the PPPoE service. + password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property. + serviceservicestringIf specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required. + usernameusernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the PPPoE service. +
    + proxyWWW Proxy Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + browser-onlybrowser-onlybooleanFALSEWhether the proxy configuration is for browser only. + methodmethodint320Method for proxy configuration, Default is NM_SETTING_PROXY_METHOD_NONE (0) + namenamestringproxyThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + pac-scriptpac-scriptstringPAC script for the connection. + pac-urlpac-urlstringPAC URL for obtaining PAC file. +
    + serialSerial Link Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + baudbauduint3257600Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed. + bitsbitsuint328Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example. + namenamestringserialThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + parityparitybyteThe connection parity: 69 (ASCII 'E') for even parity, 111 (ASCII 'o') for odd, 110 (ASCII 'n') for none. + send-delaysend-delayuint640Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds. + stopbitsstopbitsuint321Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example. +
    + teamTeaming Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + configconfigstringThe JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details. + interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the team's interface name. + namenamestringteamThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". +
    + team-portTeam Port Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + configconfigstringThe JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details. + namenamestringteam-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". +
    + tunTunnel Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + groupgroupstringThe group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device. + modemodeuint321The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN (1) to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP (2) to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 one. + multi-queuemulti-queuebooleanFALSEIf the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue. + namenamestringtunThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + ownerownerstringThe user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device. + pipibooleanFALSEIf TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets. + vnet-hdrvnet-hdrbooleanFALSEIf TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header. +
    + userGeneral User Profile Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + datadatadict of string to string{}A dictionary of key/value pairs with user data. This data is ignored by NetworkManager and can be used at the users discretion. The keys only support a strict ascii format, but the values can be arbitrary UTF8 strings up to a certain length. + namenamestringuserThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". +
    + vlanVLAN Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + egress-priority-mapegress-priority-maparray of string[]For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3". + flagsflagsNMVlanFlags (uint32)One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (0x1) (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (0x2) (use of the GVRP protocol), and NM_VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING (0x4) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). NM_VLAN_FLAG_MVRP (0x8) (use of the MVRP protocol). The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0. + ididuint320The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095. + ingress-priority-mapingress-priority-maparray of string[]For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3". + interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name. + namenamestringvlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property. +
    + vpnVPN Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + datadatadict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings. + namenamestringvpnThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + persistentpersistentbooleanFALSEIf the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected. + secretssecretsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings. + service-typeservice-typestringD-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin. + timeouttimeoutuint320Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds. + user-nameuser-namestringIf the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty. If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection. +
    + vxlanVXLAN Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + ageingageinguint32300Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel. + destination-portdestination-portuint328472Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. + ididuint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use. + l2-missl2-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated. + l3-missl3-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated. + learninglearningbooleanTRUESpecifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database. + limitlimituint320Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries. + locallocalstringIf given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets. + namenamestringvxlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID. + proxyproxybooleanFALSESpecifies whether ARP proxy is turned on. + remoteremotestringSpecifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join. + rscrscbooleanFALSESpecifies whether route short circuit is turned on. + source-port-maxsource-port-maxuint320Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. + source-port-minsource-port-minuint320Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. + tostosuint320Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets. + ttlttluint320Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets. +
    + wimaxWiMax Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing). Deprecated: 1 + namenamestringwimaxThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + network-namenetwork-namestringNetwork Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use. Deprecated: 1 +
    + 802-3-ethernetWired Ethernet Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + assigned-mac-addressassigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address". + auto-negotiateauto-negotiatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped. + cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address". + duplexduplexstringCan be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it. + generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered. + mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). + mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of string[]If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55). + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames. + namenamestring802-3-ethernetThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + portportstringSpecific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored. + s390-nettypes390-nettypestrings390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems. + s390-optionss390-optionsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]). + s390-subchannelss390-subchannelsarray of string[]Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels. The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character. + speedspeeduint320Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it. + wake-on-lanwake-on-lanuint321The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY (0x2), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST (0x4), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST (0x8), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_BROADCAST (0x10), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_ARP (0x20), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC (0x40) or the special values NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_DEFAULT (0x1) (to use global settings) and NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_IGNORE (0x8000) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager). + wake-on-lan-passwordwake-on-lan-passwordstringIf specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required. +
    + 802-11-wirelessWi-Fi Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + assigned-mac-addressassigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explict hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address". + bandbandstring802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not associate with the same network in the 2.4GHz band even if the network's settings are compatible. This setting depends on specific driver capability and may not work with all drivers. + bssidbssidbyte arrayIf specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future. + channelchanneluint320Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set. + cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address". + generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered. + hiddenhiddenbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution. + mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing). + mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of string[]A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55"). + mac-address-randomizationmac-address-randomizationuint320One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (0) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (1) (never randomize the MAC address), or NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_ALWAYS (2) (always randomize the MAC address). This property is deprecated for 'cloned-mac-address'. Deprecated: 1 + modemodestringWi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed. + mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames. + namenamestring802-11-wirelessThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + powersavepowersaveuint320One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved. + raterateuint320If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static bitrate. + securitysecurityNoneThis property is deprecated, but can be set to the value '802-11-wireless-security' when a wireless security setting is also present in the connection dictionary, for compatibility with very old NetworkManager daemons. + seen-bssidsseen-bssidsarray of string[]A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved. + ssidssidbyte arraySSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified. + tx-powertx-poweruint320If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power. +
    + 802-11-wireless-securityWi-Fi Security Settings + Properties + Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description + auth-algauth-algstringWhen WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the "leap-username" and "leap-password" properties must be specified. + groupgrouparray of string[]A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp". + key-mgmtkey-mgmtstringKey management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for any Wi-Fi connection that uses security. + leap-passwordleap-passwordstringThe login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap"). + leap-password-flagsleap-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "leap-password" property. + leap-usernameleap-usernamestringThe login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap"). + namenamestring802-11-wireless-securityThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired". + pairwisepairwisearray of string[]A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp". + protoprotoarray of string[]List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed. + pskpskstringPre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (as specified in the 802.11i standard) and is interpreted as a WPA passphrase, and is hashed to derive the actual WPA-PSK used when connecting to the Wi-Fi network. + psk-flagspsk-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property. + wep-key-flagswep-key-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "wep-key0", "wep-key1", "wep-key2", and "wep-key3" properties. + wep-key-typewep-key-typeNMWepKeyType (uint32)Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY (1), in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; or NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_PASSPHRASE (2), in which case the passphrase is provided as a string and will be hashed using the de-facto MD5 method to derive the actual WEP key. + wep-key0wep-key0stringIndex 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. + wep-key1wep-key1stringIndex 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. + wep-key2wep-key2stringIndex 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. + wep-key3wep-key3stringIndex 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted. + wep-tx-keyidxwep-tx-keyidxuint320When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl b/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl index 04feb398..80f27309 100644 --- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl +++ b/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl @@ -9,37 +9,58 @@ /> -
    + Configuration Settings -
    +
    - - - <xsl:value-of select="@name"/> setting - - - - Key Name - Value Type - Default Value - Value Description - - - - - - -
    -
    + + settings- + + + + + + + <xsl:attribute name="id">settings-<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>.properties</xsl:attribute> + Properties + + + + + + + Key Name + Value Type + Default Value + Value Description + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    +
    - + + + + settings- + + + + + + (see for flag values) diff --git a/docs/api/version.xml b/docs/api/version.xml index fdd3be6d..27f9cd32 100644 --- a/docs/api/version.xml +++ b/docs/api/version.xml @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.6.2 +1.8.0 diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in index 54963c11..fb0d1367 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in @@ -183,6 +183,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GENHTML = @GENHTML@ @@ -204,8 +206,6 @@ GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@ GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@ GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@ GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@ -GUDEV_CFLAGS = @GUDEV_CFLAGS@ -GUDEV_LIBS = @GUDEV_LIBS@ HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ @@ -239,22 +239,25 @@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@ +LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@ +LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ -LIBM = @LIBM@ LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ LIBNL_CFLAGS = @LIBNL_CFLAGS@ LIBNL_LIBS = @LIBNL_LIBS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ +LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSOUP_CFLAGS = @LIBSOUP_CFLAGS@ -LIBSOUP_LIBS = @LIBSOUP_LIBS@ LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@ +LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@ diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html index 9d407a6b..37428763 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_access_point_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -NM80211ApFlags +NM80211ApFlags nm_access_point_get_flags () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -NM80211ApSecurityFlags +NM80211ApSecurityFlags nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags () @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ -NM80211ApSecurityFlags +NM80211ApSecurityFlags nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags () -const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -NM80211Mode +NM80211Mode nm_access_point_get_mode () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ -GSList * +GSList * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -164,43 +164,43 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bssid Read -guint +guint flags Read -guint +guint frequency Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gint +gint last-seen Read -guint +guint max-bitrate Read -guint +guint mode Read -guint +guint rsn-flags Read @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@ Read -guchar +guchar strength Read -guint +guint wpa-flags Read @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMAccessPoint
     
    @@ -292,8 +292,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_access_point_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *path);

    Creates a new NMAccessPoint.

    @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_access_point_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ nm_access_point_new (

    nm_access_point_get_flags ()

    -
    NM80211ApFlags
    +
    NM80211ApFlags
     nm_access_point_get_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the flags of the access point.

    @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_flags (

    nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags ()

    -
    NM80211ApSecurityFlags
    +
    NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the WPA (version 1) flags of the access point.

    @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (

    nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags ()

    -
    NM80211ApSecurityFlags
    +
    NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the RSN (Robust Secure Network, ie WPA version 2) flags of the access point.

    @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ point.


    nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the SSID of the access point.

    @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

    Returns

    -

    the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the +

    the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the access point, and must not be modified.

    @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ not be modified or freed.


    nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the frequency of the access point.

    @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_frequency (

    nm_access_point_get_mode ()

    -
    NM80211Mode
    +
    NM80211Mode
     nm_access_point_get_mode (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the mode of the access point.

    @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

    nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

    @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

    nm_access_point_get_strength ()

    -
    guint8
    +
    guint8
     nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

    @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (

    nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access @@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.


    nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

    -
    GSList *
    +
    GSList *
     nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
    -                                    const GSList *connections);
    + const GSList *connections);

    Filters a given list of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and return connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ filter that list with this function.

    connections

    a list of -NMConnection objects to filter.

    +NMConnection objects to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection] @@ -631,20 +631,20 @@ filter that list with this function.

    Returns

    a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    +be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
    -                                  NMConnection *connection);
    + NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that the connection may be activated with that AP. The connection must match the ap @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ against

    connection

    -

    an NMConnection to validate against ap +

    an NMConnection to validate against ap

      @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

    +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.


    @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “bssid” property

    -
      “bssid”                    gchar *
    +
      “bssid”                    gchar *

    The BSSID of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


    The “flags” property

    -
      “flags”                    guint
    +
      “flags”                    guint

    The flags of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 1

    @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


    The “frequency” property

    -
      “frequency”                guint
    +
      “frequency”                guint

    The frequency of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 10000

    @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware address of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


    The “last-seen” property

    -
      “last-seen”                gint
    +
      “last-seen”                gint

    The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

    @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


    The “max-bitrate” property

    -
      “max-bitrate”              guint
    +
      “max-bitrate”              guint

    The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The mode of the access point; either "infrastructure" (a central coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or "ad-hoc" (a network with no central controller).

    @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

    The “rsn-flags” property

    -
      “rsn-flags”                guint
    +
      “rsn-flags”                guint

    The RSN flags of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

    The “strength” property

    -
      “strength”                 guchar
    +
      “strength”                 guchar

    The current signal strength of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

    The “wpa-flags” property

    -
      “wpa-flags”                guint
    +
      “wpa-flags”                guint

    The WPA flags of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html index 7fef6792..27809916 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_active_connection_new () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -NMActiveConnectionState +NMActiveConnectionState nm_active_connection_get_state () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -176,17 +176,17 @@ -gchar * +gchar * connection Read -gboolean +gboolean default Read -gboolean +gboolean default6 Read @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * id Read @@ -228,35 +228,35 @@ -gchar * +gchar * master Read -gchar * +gchar * specific-object Read -guint +guint state Read -gchar * +gchar * type Read -gchar * +gchar * uuid Read -gboolean +gboolean vpn Read @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMActiveConnection
                 ╰── NMVPNConnection
    @@ -349,8 +349,8 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_active_connection_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                               const char *path);

    Creates a new NMActiveConnection.

    @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ nm_active_connection_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_active_connection_new (

    nm_active_connection_get_connection ()

    const char *
     nm_active_connection_get_connection (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    -

    Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path. This is often used with +

    Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path. This is often used with nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path() to retrieve the NMRemoteConnection object that describes the connection.

    @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (

    Returns

    -

    the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection +

    the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection is an active instance of. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ connection, and must not be modified.

    nm_active_connection_get_id ()

    const char *
     nm_active_connection_get_id (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    -

    Gets the NMConnection's ID.

    +

    Gets the NMConnection's ID.

    Parameters

    @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (

    Returns

    -

    the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

    the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    nm_active_connection_get_uuid ()

    const char *
     nm_active_connection_get_uuid (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    -

    Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

    +

    Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

    Parameters

    @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (

    Returns

    -

    the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

    the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    const char * nm_active_connection_get_connection_type (NMActiveConnection *connection); -

    Gets the NMConnection's type.

    +

    Gets the NMConnection's type.

    Parameters

    @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type

    Returns

    -

    the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

    the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -526,9 +526,9 @@ connection, and must not be modified.


    nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    -

    Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

    +

    Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

    Parameters

    @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.


    nm_active_connection_get_state ()

    -
    NMActiveConnectionState
    +
    NMActiveConnectionState
     nm_active_connection_get_state (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Gets the active connection's state.

    @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    nm_active_connection_get_default ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

    @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection


    @@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

    Returns

    -

    the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the -connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED +

    the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the +connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -685,9 +685,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

    Returns

    -

    the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the +

    the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    +NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the

    nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

    @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection


    @@ -742,8 +742,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

    Returns

    -

    the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the -connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED +

    the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the +connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

    Returns

    -

    the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the +

    the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    +NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the

    nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

    @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    Property Details

    The “connection” property

    -
      “connection”               gchar *
    +
      “connection”               gchar *

    The connection's path of the active connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “default” property

    -
      “default”                  gboolean
    +
      “default”                  gboolean

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “default6” property

    -
      “default6”                 gboolean
    +
      “default6”                 gboolean

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       gchar *
    +
      “id”                       gchar *

    The active connection's ID

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “master” property

    -
      “master”                   gchar *
    +
      “master”                   gchar *

    The path of the master device if one exists.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “specific-object” property

    -
      “specific-object”          gchar *
    +
      “specific-object”          gchar *

    The specific object's path of the active connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “state” property

    -
      “state”                    guint
    +
      “state”                    guint

    The state of the active connection.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 3

    @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    The active connection's type

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “uuid” property

    -
      “uuid”                     gchar *
    +
      “uuid”                     gchar *

    The active connection's UUID

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “vpn” property

    -
      “vpn”                      gboolean
    +
      “vpn”                      gboolean

    Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html index b9b60450..691193aa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
    - - - - + @@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ - + - + @@ -408,48 +408,48 @@ - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -468,27 +468,27 @@ - + - + - + - + - +
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices ()
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
    -NMState +NMState nm_client_get_state () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -257,14 +257,14 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_manager_running ()
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
    -NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_get_connectivity () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
    -NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_check_connectivity () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
    -NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_check_connectivity_finish () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Read
    guintguint connectivity Read
    Read
    gbooleangboolean manager-running Read
    gbooleangboolean networking-enabled Read / Write
    Read
    gbooleangboolean startup Read
    guintguint state Read
    -gchar *version Read
    gbooleangboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read
    gbooleangboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read
    gbooleangboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read
    void any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
    void any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
    void device-addedRun FirstRun First
    void device-removedRun FirstRun First
    void permission-changedRun FirstRun First
    @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMClient
     
    @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

    Functions

    nm_client_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_client_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

    @@ -632,9 +632,9 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the

    nm_client_new_async ()

    void
    -nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                     gpointer user_data);
    +nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the

    nm_client_new_finish ()

    NMClient *
    -nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
    -                      GError **error);
    +nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

    Parameters

    @@ -690,12 +690,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

    result

    -

    a GAsyncResult

    +

    a GAsyncResult

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

    Returns

    -

    a new NMClient, or NULL on error

    +

    a new NMClient, or NULL on error


    nm_client_get_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

    Gets all the known network devices. Use nm_device_get_type() or the NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of @@ -732,8 +732,8 @@ methods such as

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray -containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the +

    a GPtrArray +containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ containing all the

    nm_client_get_all_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

    Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager @@ -768,8 +768,8 @@ use device-specific methods such as

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray -containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the +

    a GPtrArray +containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

    Returns

    the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

    +or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

    Returns

    the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

    +or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -853,19 +853,19 @@ or void (*NMClientActivateFn) (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    nm_client_activate_connection ()

    void
     nm_client_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
    -                               NMConnection *connection,
    +                               NMConnection *connection,
                                    NMDevice *device,
                                    const char *specific_object,
                                    NMClientActivateFn callback,
    -                               gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

    connection

    -

    an NMConnection.

    +

    an NMConnection.

    [allow-none] @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

    specific_object

    the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -940,19 +940,19 @@ details of the newly added connection.

    (*NMClientAddActivateFn) (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *connection, const char *new_connection_path, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    nm_client_add_and_activate_connection ()

    void
     nm_client_add_and_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
    -                                       NMConnection *partial,
    +                                       NMConnection *partial,
                                            NMDevice *device,
                                            const char *specific_object,
                                            NMClientAddActivateFn callback,
    -                                       gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then activated. @@ -977,8 +977,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

    partial

    -

    an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +

    an NMConnection to add; the connection may be +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

    @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ before being added.

    specific_object

    the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (

    nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

    @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

    +

    TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled


    @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

    nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                                  gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables networking. When networking is disabled, all controlled interfaces are disconnected and deactivated. When networking is enabled, all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

    @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

    +

    TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

      @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.


    nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

    @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if wireless is enabled

    +

    TRUE if wireless is enabled


    @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                                gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables wireless devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable wireless

    +

    TRUE to enable wireless

      @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                    (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1183,13 +1183,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled


    nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

    @@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if WWAN is enabled

    +

    TRUE if WWAN is enabled


    @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                            gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables WWAN devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable WWAN

    +

    TRUE to enable WWAN

      @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1265,13 +1265,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled


    nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

    @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

    +

    TRUE if WiMAX is enabled


    @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                             gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable WiMAX

    +

    TRUE to enable WiMAX

      @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled


    @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

    nm_client_get_state ()

    -
    NMState
    +
    NMState
     nm_client_get_state (NMClient *client);

    Gets the current daemon state.

    @@ -1399,13 +1399,13 @@ nm_client_get_state (

    Returns

    -

    the current NMState

    +

    the current NMState


    nm_client_get_startup ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

    Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating connections at startup.

    @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ connections at startup.


    nm_client_get_manager_running ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_manager_running (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the daemon is running.

    @@ -1453,13 +1453,13 @@ nm_client_get_manager_running (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the daemon is running

    +

    TRUE if the daemon is running


    nm_client_get_active_connections ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

    Gets the active connections.

    @@ -1479,8 +1479,8 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray -containing all the active NMActiveConnections. +

    a GPtrArray +containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

    @@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    nm_client_sleep ()

    void
     nm_client_sleep (NMClient *client,
    -                 gboolean sleep_);
    + gboolean sleep_);

    Deprecated; use nm_client_networking_set_enabled() instead.

    Parameters

    @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ nm_client_sleep (

    sleep_

    -

    TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

    +

    TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

      @@ -1553,11 +1553,11 @@ client can or cannot perform the action the permission represents


    nm_client_get_logging ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                            char **level,
                            char **domains,
    -                       GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

    Parameters

    @@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1594,18 +1594,18 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_client_set_logging ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                            const char *level,
                            const char *domains,
    -                       GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

    Parameters

    @@ -1623,18 +1623,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

    level

    -

    logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    +

    logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    [allow-none]

    domains

    logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    [allow-none]

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1642,14 +1642,14 @@ domains separated by ",". (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_client_get_connectivity ()

    -
    NMConnectivityState
    +
    NMConnectivityState
     nm_client_get_connectivity (NMClient *client);

    Gets the current network connectivity state. Contrast nm_client_check_connectivity() and @@ -1679,10 +1679,10 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.


    nm_client_check_connectivity ()

    -
    NMConnectivityState
    +
    NMConnectivityState
     nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
    -                              GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

    @@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable

    +

    a GCancellable

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError

    +

    return location for a GError

      @@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

    nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

    void
     nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
    -                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ re-checking, and

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable

    +

    a GCancellable

      @@ -1772,10 +1772,10 @@ re-checking, and

    nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

    -
    NMConnectivityState
    +
    NMConnectivityState
     nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                     GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

    @@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@ call.

    result

    -

    the GAsyncResult

    +

    the GAsyncResult

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError

    +

    return location for a GError

      @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

    If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

    +non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

    Parameters

    @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


    The “connectivity” property

    -
      “connectivity”             guint
    +
      “connectivity”             guint

    The network connectivity state.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 4

    @@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


    The “manager-running” property

    -
      “manager-running”          gboolean
    +
      “manager-running”          gboolean

    Whether the daemon is running.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


    The “networking-enabled” property

    -
      “networking-enabled”       gboolean
    +
      “networking-enabled”       gboolean

    Whether networking is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ see

    The “startup” property

    -
      “startup”                  gboolean
    +
      “startup”                  gboolean

    Whether the daemon is still starting up.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ see

    The “state” property

    -
      “state”                    guint
    +
      “state”                    guint

    The current daemon state.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 70

    @@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ see

    The “version” property

    -
      “version”                  gchar *
    +
      “version”                  gchar *

    The NetworkManager version.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ see

    The “wimax-enabled” property

    -
      “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
    +
      “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

    Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ see

    The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
    +
      “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

    Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ see

    The “wireless-enabled” property

    -
      “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
    +
      “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

    Whether wireless is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ see

    The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
    +
      “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

    Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ see

    The “wwan-enabled” property

    -
      “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
    +
      “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

    Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ see

    The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
    +
      “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

    Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2371,8 +2371,8 @@ see

    The “any-device-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

    @@ -2402,15 +2402,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “any-device-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

    @@ -2440,15 +2440,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “device-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

    @@ -2478,15 +2478,15 @@ placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “device-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

    @@ -2516,16 +2516,16 @@ placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “permission-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               guint     permission,
    -               guint     result,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a permission has changed

    Parameters

    @@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html index 92fdac7b..c8ec4557 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_dhcp4_config_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp4_config_get_options () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * options Read @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDHCP4Config
     
    @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_dhcp4_config_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *object_path);

    Creates a new NMDHCP4Config.

    @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (

    nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (NMDHCP4Config *config);

    Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

    @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (

    Returns

    -

    the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. +

    the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “options” property

    -
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    -

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    +
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    +

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html index 978a2e8a..c9b53d21 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_dhcp6_config_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp6_config_get_options () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * options Read @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDHCP6Config
     
    @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_dhcp6_config_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *object_path);

    Creates a new NMDHCP6Config.

    @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (

    nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (NMDHCP6Config *config);

    Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

    @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (

    Returns

    -

    the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. +

    the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “options” property

    -
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    -

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    +
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    +

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html index 93b7ce9b..45ffe561 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -NMDeviceType +NMDeviceType nm_device_get_device_type () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ -NMDeviceCapabilities +NMDeviceCapabilities nm_device_get_capabilities () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ -NMDeviceState +NMDeviceState nm_device_get_state () @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ -NMDeviceState +NMDeviceState nm_device_get_state_reason () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ -GSList * +GSList * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean autoconnect Read / Write @@ -387,12 +387,12 @@ Read -guint +guint capabilities Read -guint +guint device-type Read @@ -410,36 +410,36 @@ -gchar * +gchar * driver Read -gchar * +gchar * driver-version Read -gboolean +gboolean firmware-missing Read -gchar * +gchar * firmware-version Read -gchar * +gchar * interface Read -gchar * +gchar * ip-interface Read @@ -456,34 +456,34 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean managed Read -guint +guint mtu Read -gchar * +gchar * physical-port-id Read -gchar * +gchar * product Read -gboolean +gboolean real Read -guint +guint state Read @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * udi Read -gchar * +gchar * vendor Read @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ void state-changed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ├── NMDeviceEthernet
    @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDevice if necessary.

    @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ nm_device_error_quark (void

    nm_device_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDevice.

    @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ nm_device_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ used by the device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_get_device_type ()

    -
    NMDeviceType
    +
    NMDeviceType
     nm_device_get_device_type (NMDevice *device);

    Returns the numeric type of the NMDevice, ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc.

    @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

    Returns

    -

    the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

    the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_get_capabilities ()

    -
    NMDeviceCapabilities
    +
    NMDeviceCapabilities
     nm_device_get_capabilities (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the device' capabilities.

    @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

    nm_device_get_managed ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

    @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

    +

    TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager


    @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

    nm_device_set_managed ()

    void
     nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
    -                       gboolean managed);
    + gboolean managed);

    Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

    Parameters

    @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

    managed

    -

    TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

    +

    TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

      @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

    nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

    @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

    +

    TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected


    @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

    nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

    void
     nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
    -                           gboolean autoconnect);
    + gboolean autoconnect);

    Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

    Parameters

    @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

    autoconnect

    -

    TRUE to enable autoconnecting

    +

    TRUE to enable autoconnecting

      @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

    nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

    Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

    @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ to be missing.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

    TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

    @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ connections.

    Returns

    -

    the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

    +

    the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ connections.

    Returns

    -

    the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not +

    the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ connections.

    Returns

    -

    the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

    +

    the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ connections.

    Returns

    -

    the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not +

    the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ using DHCP.


    nm_device_get_state ()

    -
    NMDeviceState
    +
    NMDeviceState
     nm_device_get_state (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the current NMDevice state.

    @@ -1275,9 +1275,9 @@ nm_device_get_state (

    nm_device_get_state_reason ()

    -
    NMDeviceState
    +
    NMDeviceState
     nm_device_get_state_reason (NMDevice *device,
    -                            NMDeviceStateReason *reason);
    + NMDeviceStateReason *reason);

    Gets the current NMDevice state (return value) and the reason for entering the state (reason argument).

    @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ the state (reason

    reason

    -

    location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL.

    +

    location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL.

    [out][allow-none] @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

    Returns

    -

    the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

    the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1339,9 +1339,9 @@ not part of an active connection.


    nm_device_get_available_connections ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);
    -

    Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could +

    Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could be activated on device .

    @@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ be activated on device

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray -containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by +

    the GPtrArray +containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMRemoteConnection]

    @@ -1373,9 +1373,9 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

    nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

    const char *
     nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
    -

    Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

    Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when -seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual +seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

    Parameters

    @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

    Returns

    -

    the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

    the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

    @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ must not be modified.


    nm_device_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the MTU of the NMDevice.

    @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

    nm_device_is_software ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the device is a software device.

    @@ -1450,15 +1450,15 @@ nm_device_is_software (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

    +

    TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

    Since: 1.0


    nm_device_is_real ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

    TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

    @@ -1611,8 +1611,8 @@ devices in devices

    NMDeviceCallbackFn ()

    void
     (*NMDeviceCallbackFn) (NMDevice *device,
    -                       GError *error,
    -                       gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    @@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ devices in devices
    void
     nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
                           NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
    -                      gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

    @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ operation completes.

    void
     nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
                       NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
    -                  gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

    Parameters

    @@ -1696,9 +1696,9 @@ operation completes.


    nm_device_filter_connections ()

    -
    GSList *
    +
    GSList *
     nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
    -                              const GSList *connections);
    + const GSList *connections);

    Filters a given list of connections for a given NMDevice object and return connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

    connections

    -

    a list of NMConnection objects to filter.

    +

    a list of NMConnection objects to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection] @@ -1734,20 +1734,20 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

    Returns

    a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    +be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_device_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
    -                            NMConnection *connection);
    + NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ against

    connection

    -

    an NMConnection to validate against device +

    an NMConnection to validate against device

      @@ -1782,17 +1782,17 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


    nm_device_connection_compatible ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
    -                                 NMConnection *connection,
    -                                 GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1821,13 +1821,13 @@ against

    connection

    -

    an NMConnection to validate against device +

    an NMConnection to validate against device

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -1835,16 +1835,16 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


    nm_device_get_setting_type ()

    -
    GType
    +
    GType
     nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);
    -

    Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections +

    Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections that can be used on device .

    @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ that can be used on device

    Returns

    device -'s associated NMSetting type

    +'s associated NMSetting type

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1874,8 +1874,8 @@ that can be used on device

    NMDeviceDeactivateFn ()

    void
     (*NMDeviceDeactivateFn) (NMDevice *device,
    -                         GError *error,
    -                         gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    NMDeviceDeactivateFn is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ that can be used on device

    The “autoconnect” property

    -
      “autoconnect”              gboolean
    +
      “autoconnect”              gboolean

    Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ that can be used on device

    The “capabilities” property

    -
      “capabilities”             guint
    +
      “capabilities”             guint

    The capabilities of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ that can be used on device

    The “device-type” property

    -
      “device-type”              guint
    +
      “device-type”              guint

    The numeric type of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ that can be used on device

    The “driver” property

    -
      “driver”                   gchar *
    +
      “driver”                   gchar *

    The driver of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ that can be used on device

    The “driver-version” property

    -
      “driver-version”           gchar *
    +
      “driver-version”           gchar *

    The version of the device driver.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2135,8 +2135,8 @@ that can be used on device

    The “firmware-missing” property

    -
      “firmware-missing”         gboolean
    -

    When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

      “firmware-missing”         gboolean
    +

    When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “firmware-version” property

    -
      “firmware-version”         gchar *
    +
      “firmware-version”         gchar *

    The firmware version of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “interface” property

    -
      “interface”                gchar *
    +
      “interface”                gchar *

    The interface of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “ip-interface” property

    -
      “ip-interface”             gchar *
    +
      “ip-interface”             gchar *

    The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “managed” property

    -
      “managed”                  gboolean
    +
      “managed”                  gboolean

    Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    The MTU of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 1500

    @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “physical-port-id” property

    -
      “physical-port-id”         gchar *
    +
      “physical-port-id”         gchar *

    The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

    Flags: Read

    @@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “product” property

    -
      “product”                  gchar *
    +
      “product”                  gchar *

    The product string of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “real” property

    -
      “real”                     gboolean
    +
      “real”                     gboolean

    Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

    @@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

    The “state” property

    -
      “state”                    guint
    +
      “state”                    guint

    The state of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

    The “udi” property

    -
      “udi”                      gchar *
    +
      “udi”                      gchar *

    An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.


    The “vendor” property

    -
      “vendor”                   gchar *
    +
      “vendor”                   gchar *

    The vendor string of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2269,10 +2269,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

    The “state-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDevice *device,
    -               guint     new_state,
    -               guint     old_state,
    -               guint     reason,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

    Parameters

    @@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index d13ad015..0a3f0b15 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_adsl_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_adsl_new () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
    @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceAdsl if necessary.

    @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void<

    nm_device_adsl_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceAdsl.

    @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (

    nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 3e64df33..c4234d64 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bond_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bond_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBond
    @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_bond_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_bond_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBond if necessary.

    @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ nm_device_bond_error_quark (void<

    nm_device_bond_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceBond.

    @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_device_bond_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

    Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

    @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

    the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index 0fa39ecf..00821c1d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bridge_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bridge_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBridge
    @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_bridge_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBridge if necessary.

    @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ nm_device_bridge_error_quark (voi

    nm_device_bridge_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceBridge.

    @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

    Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

    @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

    the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html index b88627c6..847313ff 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bt_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bt_new () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -NMBluetoothCapabilities +NMBluetoothCapabilities nm_device_bt_get_capabilities () @@ -92,19 +92,19 @@ -guint +guint bt-capabilities Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * name Read @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBt
    @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_bt_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_bt_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBt if necessary.

    @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ nm_device_bt_error_quark (void

    nm_device_bt_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                       const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceBt.

    @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_device_bt_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (

    nm_device_bt_get_capabilities ()

    -
    NMBluetoothCapabilities
    +
    NMBluetoothCapabilities
     nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (NMDeviceBt *device);

    Returns the Bluetooth device's usable capabilities.

    @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

    Returns

    -

    a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

    +

    a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

    @@ -368,15 +368,15 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

    Property Details

    The “bt-capabilities” property

    -
      “bt-capabilities”          guint
    -

    The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

    +
      “bt-capabilities”          guint
    +

    The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The name of the bluetooth device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index 9fa020ef..ef7c87e9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_ethernet_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_ethernet_new () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * perm-hw-address Read -guint +guint speed Read @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
    @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceEthernet if necessary.

    @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (v

    nm_device_ethernet_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                             const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceEthernet.

    @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

    Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

    @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

    nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    The “perm-hw-address” property

    -
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
    +
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

    The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    The “speed” property

    -
      “speed”                    guint
    +
      “speed”                    guint

    The speed of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index 3bf60761..eff41bfe 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_generic_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_generic_new () @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * type-description Read @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
    @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_generic_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_generic_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceGeneric if necessary.

    @@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ nm_device_generic_error_quark (vo

    nm_device_generic_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                            const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceGeneric.

    @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ nm_device_generic_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “type-description” property

    -
      “type-description”         gchar *
    -

    A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

      “type-description”         gchar *
    +

    A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 16935937..2ed81002 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_infiniband_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_infiniband_new () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
    @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceInfiniband if necessary.

    @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (

    nm_device_infiniband_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                               const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceInfiniband.

    @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html index f6f17303..e03d8f20 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_modem_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -NMDeviceModemCapabilities +NMDeviceModemCapabilities nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -NMDeviceModemCapabilities +NMDeviceModemCapabilities nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities () @@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ -guint +guint current-capabilities Read -guint +guint modem-capabilities Read @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceModem
    @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_modem_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_modem_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceModem if necessary.

    @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ nm_device_modem_error_quark (void

    nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities ()

    -
    NMDeviceModemCapabilities
    +
    NMDeviceModemCapabilities
     nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities
                                    (NMDeviceModem *self);

    Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.


    nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities ()

    -
    NMDeviceModemCapabilities
    +
    NMDeviceModemCapabilities
     nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities
                                    (NMDeviceModem *self);

    Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ a firmware reload or other reinitialization

    Property Details

    The “current-capabilities” property

    -
      “current-capabilities”     guint
    +
      “current-capabilities”     guint

    The generic family of access technologies the modem currently supports without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ without a firmware reload or reinitialization.


    The “modem-capabilities” property

    -
      “modem-capabilities”       guint
    +
      “modem-capabilities”       guint

    The generic family of access technologies the modem supports. Not all capabilities are available at the same time however; some modems require a firmware reload or other reinitialization to switch between eg diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index ae2e367a..cb82c33e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_olpc_mesh_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -guint +guint active-channel Read @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
    @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceOlpcMesh if necessary.

    @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (

    nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                              const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

    @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (

    Returns

    -

    the companion of the device of NULL.

    +

    the companion of the device of NULL.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                    (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

    Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

    @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

    Property Details

    The “active-channel” property

    -
      “active-channel”           guint
    +
      “active-channel”           guint

    The device's active channel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html index f7464aa5..5ea1fdd2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_team_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_team_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_team_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_team_get_slaves () @@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceTeam
    @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_team_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_team_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceTeam if necessary.

    @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ nm_device_team_error_quark (void<

    nm_device_team_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceTeam.

    @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_team_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

    Gets the devices currently enslaved to device .

    @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

    the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html index 8e5b4c71..72052696 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_vlan_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_vlan_new () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vlan_get_carrier () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id () @@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Read -guint +guint vlan-id Read @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceVlan
    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceVlan if necessary.

    @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void<

    nm_device_vlan_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceVlan.

    @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

    nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    The “vlan-id” property

    -
      “vlan-id”                  guint
    +
      “vlan-id”                  guint

    The device's VLAN ID.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 4095

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index 04f6ee88..0c2e4b02 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_wifi_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_wifi_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -NM80211Mode +NM80211Mode nm_device_wifi_get_mode () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -NMDeviceWifiCapabilities +NMDeviceWifiCapabilities nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -160,29 +160,29 @@ Read -guint +guint bitrate Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -guint +guint mode Read -gchar * +gchar * perm-hw-address Read -guint +guint wireless-capabilities Read @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ void access-point-added -Run First +Run First void access-point-removed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceWifi
    @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMDeviceWifi if necessary.

    @@ -284,8 +284,8 @@ nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void<

    nm_device_wifi_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

    Creates a new NMDeviceWifi.

    @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_wifi_get_mode ()

    -
    NM80211Mode
    +
    NM80211Mode
     nm_device_wifi_get_mode (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets the NMDeviceWifi mode.

    @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (

    nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

    @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (

    nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities ()

    -
    NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
    +
    NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
     nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets the Wi-Fi capabilities of the NMDeviceWifi.

    @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

    @@ -536,8 +536,8 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray containing all the -scanned NMAccessPoints. +

    a GPtrArray containing all the +scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [element-type NMAccessPoint]

    @@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn ()

    void
     (*NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn) (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                              GError *error,
    -                              gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    void
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan_simple (NMDeviceWifi *device,
                                         NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn callback,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Request NM to scan for access points on the NMDeviceWifi. This function only instructs NM to perform scanning. Use nm_device_wifi_get_access_points() to get available access points.

    @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ required by the connection


    The “bitrate” property

    -
      “bitrate”                  guint
    +
      “bitrate”                  guint

    The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ required by the connection


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ required by the connection


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The mode of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 3

    @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ required by the connection


    The “perm-hw-address” property

    -
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
    +
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ required by the connection


    The “wireless-capabilities” property

    -
      “wireless-capabilities”    guint
    +
      “wireless-capabilities”    guint

    The wireless capabilities of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -771,8 +771,8 @@ required by the connection

    The “access-point-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -               GObject      *ap,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

    Parameters

    @@ -801,15 +801,15 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “access-point-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -               GObject      *ap,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

    Parameters

    @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index 86270699..06d03477 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_wimax_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_device_wimax_new () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_rssi () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_cinr () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power () @@ -147,23 +147,23 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bsid Read -guint +guint center-frequency Read -gint +gint cinr Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@ Read -gint +gint rssi Read -gint +gint tx-power Read @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ void nsp-added -Run First +Run First void nsp-removed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceWimax
    @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void);

    nm_device_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -289,8 +289,8 @@ nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void

    nm_device_wimax_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *path);

    nm_device_wimax_new has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

    nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -453,8 +453,8 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray containing -all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. +

    a GPtrArray containing +all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [element-type NMWimaxNsp]

    @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


    nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

    Returns

    -

    the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

    +

    the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

    @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

    The “bsid” property

    -
      “bsid”                     gchar *
    +
      “bsid”                     gchar *

    The ID of the serving base station as received from the network. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “center-frequency” property

    -
      “center-frequency”         guint
    +
      “center-frequency”         guint

    The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ device is not connected.


    The “cinr” property

    -
      “cinr”                     gint
    +
      “cinr”                     gint

    CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “rssi” property

    -
      “rssi”                     gint
    +
      “rssi”                     gint

    RSSI of the current radio link in dBm. This value indicates how strong the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ device is not connected.


    The “tx-power” property

    -
      “tx-power”                 gint
    +
      “tx-power”                 gint

    Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of 0.5 dBm. i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of -5.5 dBm. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ device is not connected.

    The “nsp-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
    -               GObject       *nsp,
    -               gpointer       user_data)
    + GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

    NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -873,15 +873,15 @@ user_function (<
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “nsp-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
    -               GObject       *nsp,
    -               gpointer       user_data)
    + GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

    NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ user_function (<
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html index e475e222..32e94e11 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_ip4_config_new () @@ -57,42 +57,42 @@ -const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip4_config_get_addresses () -const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip4_config_get_routes () -const GArray * +const GArray * nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip4_config_get_domains () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip4_config_get_searches () -const GArray * +const GArray * nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ -gpointer +gpointer addresses Read @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * gateway Read @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Read -gpointer +gpointer routes Read @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMIP4Config
     
    @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_ip4_config_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *object_path);

    Creates a new NMIP4Config.

    @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_gateway (

    nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the IP4 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

    @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (

    Returns

    -

    the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses. +

    the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMIP4Address]

    @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_ip4_config_get_routes (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the routes.

    @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_routes (

    Returns

    -

    the GSList containing +

    the GSList containing NMIP4Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMIP4Route]

    @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ and must not be modified.


    nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()

    -
    const GArray *
    +
    const GArray *
     nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

    @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (

    Returns

    -

    the GArray containing guint32s. +

    the GArray containing guint32s. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    [element-type guint32]

    @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ modified.


    nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_ip4_config_get_domains (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the domain names.

    @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_domains (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the +

    the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type utf8]

    @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.


    nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_ip4_config_get_searches (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the dns searches.

    @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_searches (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the +

    the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type utf8]

    @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.


    nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()

    -
    const GArray *
    +
    const GArray *
     nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (NMIP4Config *config);

    Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

    @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (

    Returns

    -

    the GArray containing guint32s. +

    the GArray containing guint32s. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    [element-type guint32]

    @@ -486,21 +486,21 @@ modified.

    Property Details

    The “addresses” property

    -
      “addresses”                gpointer
    -

    The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

    +
      “addresses”                gpointer
    +

    The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “domains” property

      “domains”                  NMStringArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

    +

    The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “gateway” property

    -
      “gateway”                  gchar *
    +
      “gateway”                  gchar *

    The IP4 gateway address of the configuration as string.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -510,21 +510,21 @@ modified.

    The “nameservers” property

      “nameservers”              NMUintArray *
    -

    The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

    +

    The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “routes” property

    -
      “routes”                   gpointer
    -

    The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

    +
      “routes”                   gpointer
    +

    The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “searches” property

      “searches”                 NMStringArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

    +

    The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ modified.

    The “wins-servers” property

      “wins-servers”             NMUintArray *
    -

    The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

    +

    The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html index fb74f113..251b855e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_ip6_config_new () @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ -const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_addresses () -const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_routes () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers () @@ -86,21 +86,21 @@ -const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip6_config_get_domains () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip6_config_get_searches () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * gateway Read @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMIP6Config
     
    @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_ip6_config_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *object_path);

    Creates a new NMIP6Config.

    @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_gateway (

    nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the IP6 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

    @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (

    Returns

    -

    the GSList containing +

    the GSList containing NMIP6Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMIP6Address]

    @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ and must not be modified.


    nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_ip6_config_get_routes (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the routes.

    @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_routes (

    Returns

    -

    the GSList containing +

    the GSList containing NMIP6Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMIP6Route]

    @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ and must not be modified.


    nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the number of the domain name servers in the configuration.

    @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (

    nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver ()

    const struct in6_addr *
     nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (NMIP6Config *config,
    -                              guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Gets the domain name server at index idx in the configuration.

    @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (

    nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

    [skip]

    @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (

    Returns

    -

    a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which +

    a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

    @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.


    nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_ip6_config_get_domains (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the domain names.

    @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_domains (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. +

    the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type utf8]

    @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

    nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_ip6_config_get_searches (NMIP6Config *config);

    Gets the dns searches.

    @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_searches (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. +

    the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [element-type utf8]

    @@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

    The “addresses” property

      “addresses”                NMIP6AddressObjectArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses; use -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of +

    The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses; use +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -527,13 +527,13 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

    The “domains” property

      “domains”                  NMStringArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

    +

    The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “gateway” property

    -
      “gateway”                  gchar *
    +
      “gateway”                  gchar *

    The IPv6 gateway as string

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

    The “nameservers” property

      “nameservers”              NMIP6AddressArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which +

    The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -551,8 +551,8 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

    The “routes” property

      “routes”                   NMIP6RouteObjectArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes; use -nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of +

    The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes; use +nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

    The “searches” property

      “searches”                 NMStringArray *
    -

    The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

    +

    The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read

    Since: 0.9.10

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html index 22f20ed9..4432c58d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_object_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * nm_object_get_connection () @@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only -gchar * +gchar * dbus-path Read / Write / Construct Only @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void object-creation-failed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ├── NMClient
             ├── NMDevice
    @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_object_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_object_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMObject if necessary.

    @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_object_error_quark (void

    nm_object_get_connection ()

    -
    DBusGConnection *
    +
    DBusGConnection *
     nm_object_get_connection (NMObject *object);

    Gets the NMObject's DBusGConnection.

    @@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “dbus-connection” property

    -
      “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *
    +
      “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


    The “dbus-path” property

    -
      “dbus-path”                gchar *
    +
      “dbus-path”                gchar *

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    The “object-creation-failed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMObject *master_object,
    -               gpointer  error,
    -               gpointer  failed_path,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + gpointer error, + gpointer failed_path, + gpointer user_data)

    Indicates that an error occured while creating an NMObject object during property handling of master_object .

    @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ during property handling of master_object
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index 77c868c4..5804a1a4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_remote_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -136,24 +136,24 @@ -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * bus Write / Construct Only -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * dbus-connection Write / Construct Only -gchar * +gchar * dbus-path Write / Construct Only -gboolean +gboolean unsaved Read @@ -172,17 +172,17 @@ void removed -Run First +Run First void updated -Run First +Run First void visible -Run First +Run First
    @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    -    ╰── NMConnection
    +
        GObject
    +    ╰── NMConnection
             ╰── NMRemoteConnection
     
    @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

    Functions

    nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_remote_connection_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMRemoteConnection if necessary.

    @@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_error_quark (

    NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc ()

    void
     (*NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                 GError *error,
    -                                 gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called when NetworkManager has finished an asynchronous operation on a connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

    @@ -290,9 +290,9 @@ connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

    NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc ()

    void
     (*NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                     GHashTable *secrets,
    -                                     GError *error,
    -                                     gpointer user_data);
    + GHashTable *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called when NetworkManager returns secrets in response to a request for secrets via nm_remote_connection_get_secrets().

    @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ secrets via

    secrets

    on success, a hash table of -hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue +hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue containing that property's value.

    [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable] @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ containing that property's value.

    nm_remote_connection_new ()

    NMRemoteConnection *
    -nm_remote_connection_new (DBusGConnection *bus,
    +nm_remote_connection_new (DBusGConnection *bus,
                               const char *path);

    Creates a new object representing the remote connection.

    @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (

    Returns

    -

    the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

    +

    the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure


    @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (void nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection, NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to NetworkManager, which will immediately save them to disk.

    @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ commit completes.

    nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection, NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to NetworkManager. The changes are not saved to disk until either nm_remote_connection_save() or nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() is @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ commit completes.

    void
     nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
    -                           gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ save completes.

    void
     nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                  NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
    -                             gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Delete the connection.

    Parameters

    @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Request the connection's secrets.

    Parameters

    @@ -548,13 +548,13 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (

    setting_name

    -

    the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

    +

    the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

     

    callback

    a function to be called when the update completes; -must not be NULL.

    +must not be NULL.

    [scope async] @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ must not be

    nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

    Parameters

    @@ -589,8 +589,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -668,29 +668,29 @@ representation.

    Property Details

    The “bus” property

    -
      “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
    -

    The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteConnection is connected to.

    +
      “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
    +

    The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteConnection is connected to.

    Flags: Write / Construct Only


    The “dbus-connection” property

    -
      “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *
    +
      “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *

    Flags: Write / Construct Only


    The “dbus-path” property

    -
      “dbus-path”                gchar *
    +
      “dbus-path”                gchar *

    Flags: Write / Construct Only

    Default value: NULL


    The “unsaved” property

    -
      “unsaved”                  gboolean
    -

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

    +
      “unsaved”                  gboolean
    +

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ to disk,

    The “removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -               gpointer            user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    This signal is emitted when a connection is either deleted or becomes invisible to the current user.

    @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ invisible to the current user.

    connection

    -

    a NMConnection

    +

    a NMConnection

      @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ invisible to the current user.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “updated” signal

    void
     user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -               gpointer            user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    This signal is emitted when a connection changes, and it is still visible to the user.

    @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ still visible to the user.

    connection

    -

    a NMConnection

    +

    a NMConnection

      @@ -759,16 +759,16 @@ still visible to the user.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “visible” signal

    void
     user_function (NMRemoteConnection *nmremoteconnection,
    -               gboolean            arg1,
    -               gpointer            user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + gboolean arg1, + gpointer user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html index fcf007c1..281c3d2e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_remote_settings_error_quark () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ -GSList * +GSList * nm_remote_settings_list_connections () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_add_connection () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_load_connections () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_reload_connections () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_save_hostname () @@ -184,23 +184,23 @@ -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * bus Read / Write / Construct Only -gboolean +gboolean can-modify Read -gchar * +gchar * hostname Read -gboolean +gboolean service-running Read @@ -219,12 +219,12 @@ void connections-read -Run First +Run First void new-connection -Run First +Run First
    @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMRemoteSettings
     
    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ which stores network configuration and allows authenticated clients to add, delete, and modify that configuration. The data required to connect to a specific network is called a "connection" and encapsulated by the -NMConnection object. Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having +NMConnection object. Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having either been added by a user or read from on-disk storage, the NMRemoteSettings object creates a NMRemoteConnection object which represents this stored connection. Use the NMRemoteConnection object to perform any operations like modification or deletion.

    To add a new network connection to the NetworkManager settings service, first -build up a template NMConnection object. Since this connection is not yet +build up a template NMConnection object. Since this connection is not yet added to NetworkManager, it is known only to your program and is not yet an NMRemoteConnection. Then ask NMRemoteSettings to add your connection. When the connection is added successfully, the supplied callback is called @@ -366,15 +366,15 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

    gpointer user_data) { if (error) - g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message); + g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message); else { - g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote))); + g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote))); /* Use 'remote' with nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() to save * changes and nm_remote_connection_delete() to delete the connection */ } } -static gboolean +static gboolean add_wired_connection (const char *human_name) { NMConnection *connection; @@ -383,35 +383,35 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

    char *uuid; gboolean success; - connection = nm_connection_new (); + connection = nm_connection_new (); /* Build up the 'connection' setting */ - s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new (); - uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate (); - g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con), - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid, - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name, - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME, - NULL); - g_free (uuid); - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con)); + s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new (); + uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate (); + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con), + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid, + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name, + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME, + NULL); + g_free (uuid); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con)); /* Add the required 'wired' setting as this is a wired connection */ - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ()); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ()); /* Add an 'ipv4' setting using AUTO configuration (eg DHCP) */ - s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new (); - g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4), - NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, - NULL); - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4)); + s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new (); + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4), + NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, + NULL); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4)); /* Ask NetworkManager to store the connection */ success = nm_remote_settings_add_connection (settings, connection, added_cb, loop); /* Release the template connection; the actual stored connection will * be returned in added_cb() */ - g_object_unref (connection); + g_object_unref (connection); /* Let glib event loop run and added_cb() will be called when NetworkManager * is done adding the new connection. */ @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

    Functions

    nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_remote_settings_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMRemoteSettings if necessary.

    @@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
    void
     (*NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                           NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                      GError *error,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    @@ -453,22 +453,22 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v (*NMRemoteSettingsLoadConnectionsFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings, char **failures, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc ()

    void
     (*NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
    -                                     GError *error,
    -                                     gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    nm_remote_settings_new ()

    NMRemoteSettings *
    -nm_remote_settings_new (DBusGConnection *bus);
    +nm_remote_settings_new (DBusGConnection *bus);

    Creates a new object representing the remote settings service.

    Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the settings object. You can use nm_remote_settings_new_async() if you @@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ want to avoid that.

    Returns

    -

    the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

    +

    the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure


    nm_remote_settings_new_async ()

    void
    -nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus,
    -                              GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                              gpointer user_data);
    +nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Creates a new object representing the remote settings service and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ result.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -544,8 +544,8 @@ result.

    nm_remote_settings_new_finish ()

    NMRemoteSettings *
    -nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
    -                               GError **error);
    +nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_remote_settings_new_async() call.

    Parameters

    @@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (

    result

    -

    a GAsyncResult

    +

    a GAsyncResult

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (

    Returns

    -

    a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

    +

    a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error


    nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()

    -
    GSList *
    +
    GSList *
     nm_remote_settings_list_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings);

    Parameters

    @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ list containing all connections provided by the remote settings service. Each element of the returned list is a NMRemoteConnection instance, which is owned by the NMRemoteSettings object and should not be freed by the caller. The returned list is, however, owned by the caller and should be freed -using g_slist_free() when no longer required.

    +using g_slist_free() when no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMRemoteConnection]

    @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_id

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_uuid

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ not known.


    nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_settings_add_connection (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
    -                                   NMConnection *connection,
    +                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                        NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
    -                                   gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. The connection is immediately written to disk. connection is @@ -776,18 +776,18 @@ added, not the object itself

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    +

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


    nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved
                                    (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    +                                NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
    -                                gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. The connection is not written to disk, which may be done at a later time by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() @@ -828,29 +828,29 @@ added, not the object itself

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    +

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_settings_load_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                          char **filenames,
                                          char ***failures,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

    The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in settings 's connections array when the function returns.

    If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

    Parameters

    @@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ filenames that failed to load.

    filenames

    -

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

    +

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

     

    failures

    -

    on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

    on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

    [out][transfer full]

    error

    -

    return location for GError

    +

    return location for GError

      @@ -887,18 +887,18 @@ filenames that failed to load.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

    +FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_settings_reload_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
    -                                       GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    error

    -

    return location for GError

    +

    return location for GError

      @@ -926,18 +926,18 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_settings_save_hostname (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                       const char *hostname,
                                       NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc callback,
    -                                  gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

    @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ or cleared.

    hostname

    -

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing +

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname

      @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ hostname operation completes.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    +

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    @@ -1077,23 +1077,23 @@ hostname operation completes.

    Property Details

    The “bus” property

    -
      “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
    -

    The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteSettings is connected to. Defaults +

      “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
    +

    The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteSettings is connected to. Defaults to the system bus if not specified.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


    The “can-modify” property

    -
      “can-modify”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

    +
      “can-modify”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE


    The “hostname” property

    -
      “hostname”                 gchar *
    +
      “hostname”                 gchar *

    The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be modified by calling nm_remote_settings_save_hostname().

    Flags: Read

    @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ modified by calling

    The “service-running” property

    -
      “service-running”          gboolean
    +
      “service-running”          gboolean

    Whether the settings service is running.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1114,17 +1114,17 @@ modified by calling

    The “connections-read” signal

    void
     user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
    -               gpointer          user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + gpointer user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “new-connection” signal

    void
     user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
    -               GObject          *arg1,
    -               gpointer          user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + GObject *arg1, + gpointer user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html index 3f47d5fd..137eddca 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_register () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_unregister () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_get_registered () @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ -gchar * +gchar * identifier Read / Write / Construct Only -gboolean +gboolean registered Read @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ void registration-result -Run First +Run First
    @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSecretAgent
     
    @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

    Functions

    nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

    @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void

    NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc ()

    void
     (*NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GHashTable *secrets,
    -                                GError *error,
    -                                gpointer user_data);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GHashTable *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -277,18 +277,18 @@ something like this:

    NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wsec; GHashTable *secrets_hash; -secrets = nm_connection_new (); -s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); -g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), - NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", - NULL); -nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); -secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL); +secrets = nm_connection_new (); +s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); +g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), + NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", + NULL); +nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); +secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL); (call the NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc with secrets_hash) -g_object_unref (secrets); -g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);
    +g_object_unref (secrets); +g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);
    @@ -313,17 +313,17 @@ something like this:

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none]

    secrets

    -

    the GHashTable containing -the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as -created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example). Each key in secrets -should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") -and each value should be a GHashTable. The sub-hashes map string:GValue +

    the GHashTable containing +the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as +created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example). Each key in secrets +should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") +and each value should be a GHashTable. The sub-hashes map string:GValue where the string is the setting property name (like "psk") and the value is the secret.

    [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable] @@ -347,9 +347,9 @@ is the secret.

    NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc ()

    void
     (*NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
    -                                 NMConnection *connection,
    -                                 GError *error,
    -                                 gpointer user_data);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

    @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ should be called.

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none] @@ -394,9 +394,9 @@ has returned.

    NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc ()

    void
     (*NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
    -                                   NMConnection *connection,
    -                                   GError *error,
    -                                   gpointer user_data);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

    @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ should be called.

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none] @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ has returned.


    nm_secret_agent_register ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_register (NMSecretAgent *self);

    Registers the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save @@ -463,15 +463,15 @@ asynchronous operation and its success or failure is indicated via the

    Returns

    -

    a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does -not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not +

    a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does +not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not successfully requested.


    nm_secret_agent_unregister ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_unregister (NMSecretAgent *self);

    Unregisters the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is will no longer provide or @@ -493,13 +493,13 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

    Returns

    -

    a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_get_registered (NMSecretAgent *self);

    Parameters

    @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (

    Returns

    -

    a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

    +

    a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.


    @@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (

    nm_secret_agent_get_secrets ()

    void
     nm_secret_agent_get_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
    -                             NMConnection *connection,
    +                             NMConnection *connection,
                                  const char *setting_name,
                                  const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc callback,
    -                             gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asyncronously retrieve secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ secrets from the user.

    connection

    -

    the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

    +

    the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

      @@ -595,9 +595,9 @@ secrets from the user.

    nm_secret_agent_save_secrets ()

    void
     nm_secret_agent_save_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
    -                              NMConnection *connection,
    +                              NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc callback,
    -                              gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asyncronously ensure that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

    @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ are stored to disk.

    connection

    -

    a NMConnection

    +

    a NMConnection

      @@ -641,9 +641,9 @@ are stored to disk.

    nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets ()

    void
     nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    +                                NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
    -                                gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously ask the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

    @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (

    connection

    -

    a NMConnection

    +

    a NMConnection

      @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ results or carrier changes.

    Property Details

    The “auto-register” property

    -
      “auto-register”            gboolean
    +
      “auto-register”            gboolean

    If TRUE, the agent will attempt to automatically register itself after it is created (via an idle handler) and to re-register itself if NetworkManager restarts. If FALSE, the agent does not automatically @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ called, which re-enables auto-registration.


    The “identifier” property

    -
      “identifier”               gchar *
    +
      “identifier”               gchar *

    Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not @@ -921,8 +921,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'


    The “registered” property

    -
      “registered”               gboolean
    -

    TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

    +
      “registered”               gboolean
    +

    TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'

    The “registration-result” signal

    void
     user_function (NMSecretAgent *agent,
    -               gpointer       error,
    -               gpointer       user_data)
    + gpointer error, + gpointer user_data)

    Indicates the result of a registration request; if error is NULL the request was successful.

    @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ request was successful.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html index 52684541..83840f37 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_vpn_connection_new () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -NMVPNConnectionState +NMVPNConnectionState nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state () @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ -gchar * +gchar * banner Read -guint +guint vpn-state Read @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void vpn-state-changed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMActiveConnection
                 ╰── NMVPNConnection
    @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_vpn_connection_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                            const char *path);

    Creates a new NMVPNConnection.

    @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_new (

    nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state ()

    -
    NMVPNConnectionState
    +
    NMVPNConnectionState
     nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state (NMVPNConnection *vpn);

    Gets the current NMVPNConnection state.

    @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “banner” property

    -
      “banner”                   gchar *
    +
      “banner”                   gchar *

    The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.


    The “vpn-state” property

    -
      “vpn-state”                guint
    +
      “vpn-state”                guint

    The VPN state of the active VPN connection.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    The “vpn-state-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMVPNConnection *nmvpnconnection,
    -               guint            arg1,
    -               guint            arg2,
    -               gpointer         user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index 15005fb6..06d2f34a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_wimax_nsp_new () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GSList * +GSList * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -102,17 +102,17 @@ -gchar * +gchar * name Read -guint +guint network-type Read -guint +guint signal-quality Read @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMWimaxNsp
     
    @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@

    Functions

    nm_wimax_nsp_new ()

    -
    GObject *
    -nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
    +
    GObject *
    +nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                       const char *path);

    Creates a new NMWimaxNsp.

    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_new (

    connection

    -

    the DBusGConnection

    +

    the DBusGConnection

      @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

    nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

    Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

    @@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

    nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

    -
    GSList *
    +
    GSList *
     nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
    -                                 const GSList *connections);
    + const GSList *connections);

    Filters a given list of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and return connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the nsp @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ returned connections will match the nsp

    connections

    a list of -NMConnection objects to filter.

    +NMConnection objects to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection] @@ -306,20 +306,20 @@ returned connections will match the nsp

    Returns

    a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    +be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
    -                               NMConnection *connection);
    + NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the connection may be activated with that NSP. The connection must match the nsp @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ against

    connection

    -

    an NMConnection to validate against nsp +

    an NMConnection to validate against nsp

      @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

    +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

    @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ against

    Property Details

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The name of the WiMAX NSP.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ against


    The “network-type” property

    -
      “network-type”             guint
    +
      “network-type”             guint

    The network type of the WiMAX NSP.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ against


    The “signal-quality” property

    -
      “signal-quality”           guint
    +
      “signal-quality”           guint

    The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 100

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html index 1b503f42..7921f6b2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html @@ -15,12 +15,12 @@

    - for libnm-glib 1.6.2 + for libnm-glib 1.8.0 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-glib/stable/.

    -
    +

    Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html index 016e41ba..e6f04dfa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ -DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ -NMVPNServiceState +NMVPNServiceState nm_vpn_plugin_get_state () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect () @@ -160,19 +160,19 @@

    Functions

    nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

    nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection ()

    -
    DBusGConnection *
    +
    DBusGConnection *
     nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection (NMVPNPlugin *plugin);

    nm_vpn_plugin_get_state ()

    -
    NMVPNServiceState
    +
    NMVPNServiceState
     nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin);

    @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlu

    nm_vpn_plugin_set_state ()

    void
     nm_vpn_plugin_set_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                         NMVPNServiceState state);
    + NMVPNServiceState state);

    @@ -235,35 +235,35 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_set_login_banner (N

    nm_vpn_plugin_failure ()

    void
     nm_vpn_plugin_failure (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                       NMVPNPluginFailure reason);
    + NMVPNPluginFailure reason);

    nm_vpn_plugin_set_config ()

    void
     nm_vpn_plugin_set_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                          GHashTable *config);
    + GHashTable *config);

    nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

    void
     nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                              GHashTable *ip4_config);
    + GHashTable *ip4_config);

    nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

    void
     nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                              GHashTable *ip6_config);
    + GHashTable *ip6_config);

    nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
    -                          GError **err);
    + GError **err);
    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html index 414c0953..2492c803 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -NMConnection * +NMConnection * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -GObject * +GObject * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets () @@ -249,45 +249,45 @@

    NMVpnPluginUiFactory ()

    NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
    -(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);
    +(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory ()

    NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
    -nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);
    +nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory ()

    NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
    -                                       NMConnection *connection,
    -                                       GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities
                                    (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import ()

    -
    NMConnection *
    +
    NMConnection *
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                        const char *path,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                        const char *path,
    -                                   NMConnection *connection,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    @@ -295,42 +295,42 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (char * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_suggested_name (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface, - NMConnection *connection);
    + NMConnection *connection);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection
                                    (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.


    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()

    -
    GObject *
    +
    GObject *
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget
                                    (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection
                                    (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
                                    (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
    -                                NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GError **error);
    + NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

    nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets

    enum NMVpnPluginUiInterfaceProp

    -

    GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain +

    GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain information to UI programs.

    Members

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html index 82993a52..0203e158 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details () @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags () @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@

    Functions

    nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details (int fd,
    -                                      GHashTable **out_data,
    -                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);
    + GHashTable **out_data, + GHashTable **out_secrets);

    Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

    @@ -102,20 +102,20 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not


    nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                           const char *secret_name,
    -                                      NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);
    + NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

    Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data item in data . If found, converts the flags data item to -NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

    +NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

    Parameters

    @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ item in data

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted -to flags, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted +to flags, FALSE if not

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html index b5706550..92099e2d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ├── NMObject
            ├── NMClient
            ├── NMDevice
    @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
            ├── NMDHCP4Config
            ╰── NMDHCP6Config
         ├── NMRemoteSettings
    -    ├── NMConnection
    +    ├── NMConnection
            ╰── NMRemoteConnection
         ╰── NMSecretAgent
     
    diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib-docs.xml b/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib-docs.xml index 798ea5f8..135fcc7f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib-docs.xml +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib-docs.xml @@ -14,7 +14,12 @@ - 2012-2013 + 2012 + 2013 + 2014 + 2015 + 2016 + 2017 The NetworkManager Authors diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib.types b/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib.types index 01ab1ce6..1cb7d406 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib.types +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/libnm-glib.types @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include +#include "nm-client.h" +#include "nm-object.h" +#include "nm-device.h" +#include "nm-device-ethernet.h" +#include "nm-device-wifi.h" +#include "nm-device-modem.h" +#include "nm-device-bt.h" +#include "nm-device-wimax.h" +#include "nm-device-olpc-mesh.h" +#include "nm-device-adsl.h" +#include "nm-device-infiniband.h" +#include "nm-device-bond.h" +#include "nm-device-bridge.h" +#include "nm-device-team.h" +#include "nm-device-generic.h" +#include "nm-device-vlan.h" +#include "nm-access-point.h" +#include "nm-ip4-config.h" +#include "nm-ip6-config.h" +#include "nm-active-connection.h" +#include "nm-dhcp4-config.h" +#include "nm-dhcp6-config.h" +#include "nm-remote-settings.h" +#include "nm-remote-connection.h" +#include "nm-secret-agent.h" +#include "nm-vpn-connection.h" nm_client_get_type nm_object_get_type diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml index fdd3be6d..27f9cd32 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.6.2 +1.8.0 diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in index cb98f164..68980d26 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in +++ b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in @@ -183,6 +183,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GENHTML = @GENHTML@ @@ -204,8 +206,6 @@ GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@ GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@ GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@ GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@ -GUDEV_CFLAGS = @GUDEV_CFLAGS@ -GUDEV_LIBS = @GUDEV_LIBS@ HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ @@ -239,22 +239,25 @@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@ LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@ +LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@ +LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ -LIBM = @LIBM@ LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ LIBNL_CFLAGS = @LIBNL_CFLAGS@ LIBNL_LIBS = @LIBNL_LIBS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ +LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSOUP_CFLAGS = @LIBSOUP_CFLAGS@ -LIBSOUP_LIBS = @LIBSOUP_LIBS@ LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@ +LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@ diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html index 87c720f9..42c5fdd2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -538,17 +538,17 @@ - + - + - +
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
    -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_connection_to_hash () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
    -GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
    -GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark () @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@
    -gchar * path Read / Write / Construct
    void changedRun FirstRun First
    void secrets-clearedRun FirstRun First
    void secrets-updatedRun FirstRun First
    @@ -598,9 +598,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMConnectionError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMConnection
     
    @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters

    Functions

    nm_connection_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_connection_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

    @@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ nm_connection_new (void

    nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

    NMConnection *
    -nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
    -                             GError **error);
    +nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection. See nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

    @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (

    hash

    -

    the GHashTable describing +

    the GHashTable describing the connection.

    [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable] @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection.

    Returns

    the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created -from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to +from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to validate

    @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const

    Returns

    -

    the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

    +

    the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -777,8 +777,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

    nm_connection_remove_setting ()

    void
     nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
    -                              GType setting_type);
    -

    Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type);

    +

    Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

    Parameters

    @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the

    setting_type

    -

    the GType of the setting object to remove

    +

    the GType of the setting object to remove

      @@ -808,8 +808,8 @@ operation dereferences the

    nm_connection_get_setting ()

    NMSetting *
     nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
    -                           GType setting_type);
    -

    Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type);

    +

    Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

    Parameters

    @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the

    setting_type

    -

    the GType of the setting object to return

    +

    the GType of the setting object to return

      @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the

    Returns

    -

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the

    Returns

    -

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -880,10 +880,10 @@ added to the

    nm_connection_replace_settings ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GHashTable *new_settings,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GHashTable *new_settings, + GError **error);

    Parameters

    @@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings ( - + - + @@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE +

    TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE if they were not


    nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                    (NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMConnection *new_connection,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction and replaces the settings of connection @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

    - + @@ -959,9 +959,9 @@ with

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE -if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection -is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify +

    TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE +if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection +is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify at the end of the operation.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ at the end of the operation.


    nm_connection_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                            NMConnection *b,
                            NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
    @@ -1005,17 +1005,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

    +

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


    nm_connection_diff ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                         NMConnection *b,
                         NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
    -                    GHashTable **out_settings);
    + GHashTable **out_settings);

    Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1059,16 +1059,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

    TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


    nm_connection_verify ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
    -                      GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    Parameters

    @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    - + @@ -1102,22 +1102,22 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


    nm_connection_normalize ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
    -                         GHashTable *parameters,
    -                         gboolean *modified,
    -                         GError **error);
    + GHashTable *parameters, + gboolean *modified, + GError **error);

    Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

    -

    Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

    +

    Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

    @@ -1137,10 +1137,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

    - @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

    - @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

    Since: 1.0

    @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

    nm_connection_need_secrets ()

    const char *
     nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
    -                            GPtrArray **hints);
    + GPtrArray **hints);

    Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ secrets are needed.

    - @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

    nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

    Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

    @@ -1273,16 +1273,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


    nm_connection_update_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
    -                              GHashTable *secrets,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GHashTable *secrets, + GError **error);

    Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would be returned from nm_connection_to_hash(). If setting_name - is NULL, expects + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

    @@ -1307,14 +1307,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in
    - - + @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ string:

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

    @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

    +connection types, this function will return NULL.

    Parameters

    new_settings

    a GHashTable of settings.

    a GHashTable of settings.

    [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    parameters

    a GHashTable with +

    a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

    [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

    location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

     

    hints

    the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

    the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

    [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]

    secrets

    a GHashTable mapping -string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name +

    a GHashTable mapping +string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name .

    [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     
    @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ connection types, this function will return

    Returns

    -

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL

    +

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL


    @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ connection types, this function will return const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

    Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

    +If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

    For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

    @@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

    Returns

    -

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL

    +

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL

    Since: 1.0


    nm_connection_is_type ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                            const char *type);

    A convenience function to check if the given connection @@ -1482,8 +1482,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not


    @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against
    void
     nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                           NMSettingValueIterFn func,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

    @@ -1527,14 +1527,14 @@ at each invocation


    nm_connection_to_hash ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                            NMSettingHashFlags flags);
    -

    Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection, +

    Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing. The hash table mapping -is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing +is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing a NMSetting object. The keys are setting object names, and the values -are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the +are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the properties of the NMSetting object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1561,9 +1561,9 @@ properties of the

    Returns

    a new -GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's +GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties. The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table -with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

    +with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

    [transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

    @@ -1594,9 +1594,9 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.


    nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

    -
    GType
    +
    GType
     nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);
    -

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

    +

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

    Parameters

    @@ -1614,16 +1614,16 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const

    Returns

    -

    the GType of the setting's class

    +

    the GType of the setting's class


    nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

    -
    GType
    +
    GType
     nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
    -                               (GQuark error_quark);
    -

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. + (GQuark error_quark);

    +

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

    Parameters

    @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

    Returns

    -

    the GType of the setting's class

    +

    the GType of the setting's class


    @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (char * nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description (NMConnection *connection); -

    Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would +

    Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would return for the virtual device that would be created for connection . Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

    @@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

    Returns

    the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

    Property Details

    The “path” property

    -
      “path”                     gchar *
    +
      “path”                     gchar *

    The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

    The “changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMConnection *connection,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified, or when settings are added or removed.

    @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    Since: 0.9.10


    @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

    The “secrets-cleared” signal

    void
     user_function (NMConnection *connection,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection are cleared.

    @@ -2647,15 +2647,15 @@ are cleared.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “secrets-updated” signal

    void
     user_function (NMConnection *connection,
    -               gchar        *setting_name,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + gchar *setting_name, + gpointer user_data)

    The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting have been changed.

    @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ updated

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html index 83f1691a..d94a9962 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_setting_to_hash () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_setting_need_secrets () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_update_secrets () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * name Read / Write @@ -271,13 +271,13 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
         ├── NMSettingDiffResult
         ├── NMSettingError
         ├── NMSettingHashFlags
         ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ├── NMSetting8021x
             ├── NMSettingAdsl
    @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

    Functions

    nm_setting_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

    @@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

    NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                          const char *secret,
                                          NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
    -                                     gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

    Returns

    -

    TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

    +

    TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret


    @@ -384,9 +384,9 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting, const char *key, - const GValue *value, - GParamFlags flags, - gpointer user_data); + const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    @@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

    nm_setting_to_hash ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                         NMSettingHashFlags flags);
    -

    Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property +

    Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing. The mapping is string to GValue.

    @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing. The mapping is string to GValue.

    Returns

    -

    a new GHashTable +

    a new GHashTable describing the setting's properties.

    [transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    @@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ describing the setting's properties.

    nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

    NMSetting *
    -nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
    -                          GHashTable *hash);
    +nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type, + GHashTable *hash);

    Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set, and each hash value as the value to set that property to. Setting properties @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ property names and value types.

    - @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

    Returns

    a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the -hash table, or NULL on failure

    +hash table, or NULL on failure


    @@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.


    nm_setting_verify ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
    -                   GSList *all_settings,
    -                   GError **error);
    + GSList *all_settings, + GError **error);

    Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

    Parameters

    @@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

    - - + @@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ came.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not


    nm_setting_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                         NMSetting *b,
                         NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
    @@ -645,18 +645,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

    +

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


    nm_setting_diff ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                      NMSetting *b,
                      NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
    -                 gboolean invert_results,
    -                 GHashTable **results);
    + gboolean invert_results, + GHashTable **results);

    Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ one or more

    invert_results

    +be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

    @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

    +

    TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


    @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

    void
     nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                                  NMSettingValueIterFn func,
    -                             gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

    @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

    Returns

    an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

    +free with g_free()


    @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ leakage of information.

    void
     nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                          NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
    -                                     gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

    @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


    nm_setting_need_secrets ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

    Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a @@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray containing +

    a GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the -caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not +caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not free the elements.

    [transfer container][element-type utf8]

    @@ -877,10 +877,10 @@ free the elements.


    nm_setting_update_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
    -                           GHashTable *secrets,
    -                           GError **error);
    + GHashTable *secrets, + GError **error);

    Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

    @@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

    - + - + @@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ string to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to +

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to update one or more of the secrets.


    nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                  const char *secret_name,
                                  NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

    @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ handle that secret.

    - + @@ -961,18 +961,18 @@ handle that secret.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


    nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                  const char *secret_name,
                                  NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

    @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ handle that secret.

    - + @@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@ handle that secret.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


    @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

    Returns

    -

    Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not +

    Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not support this feature

    @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

    Property Details

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html index b829d5a4..215f4756 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - - - - - - - +gchar * @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -611,24 +611,24 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -639,25 +639,25 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -669,13 +669,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -705,29 +705,29 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -739,23 +739,23 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * - + @@ -923,11 +923,11 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
         ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
         ╰── NMSetting8021xError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSetting8021x
     
    @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

    Functions

    nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

    @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the network. Generally only one EAP method is used. Use the functions @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                  guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

    @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *eap);

    Adds an allowed EAP method. The setting is not valid until at least one @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

    @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

    void
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                     guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *eap);
    @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is -TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at +TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place of these properties.

    @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not


    @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme. Not all EAP methods use a @@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                               GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the @@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

    @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -1521,14 +1521,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

    Returns

    the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of entries in the @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

    @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *altsubject_match);
    @@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


    @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *altsubject_match);
    @@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                        const char *cert_path,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

    @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

    Returns

    the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

    +values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).


    @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

    Returns

    whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

    @@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored @@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                           const char *cert_path,
                                           NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                           NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                      GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

    @@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

    Returns

    the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of entries in the @@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

    @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
    @@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

    +

    TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


    @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
    @@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *cert_path,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

    @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                        const char *key_path,
                                        const char *password,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

    @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

    - @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *key_path,
                                     const char *password,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

    @@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

    - @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


    The “anonymous-identity” property

    -
      “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
    +
      “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

    Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

    @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


    The “ca-path” property

    -
      “ca-path”                  gchar *
    +
      “ca-path”                  gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

    @@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.


    The “identity” property

    -
      “identity”                 gchar *
    +
      “identity”                 gchar *

    Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.


    The “pac-file” property

    -
      “pac-file”                 gchar *
    +
      “pac-file”                 gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

    @@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified,

    The “password-flags” property

    -
      “password-flags”           guint
    +
      “password-flags”           guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified,

    The “password-raw-flags” property

    -
      “password-raw-flags”       guint
    +
      “password-raw-flags”       guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified,

    The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

    -
      “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
    +
      “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

    Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase1-peaplabel” property

    -
      “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
    +
      “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

    Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase1-peapver” property

    -
      “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
    +
      “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

    Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


    The “phase2-auth” property

    -
      “phase2-auth”              gchar *
    +
      “phase2-auth”              gchar *

    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase2-autheap” property

    -
      “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
    +
      “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


    The “phase2-ca-path” property

    -
      “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
    +
      “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

    @@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" -and and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme +and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the “phase2-private-key-password” property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

    Setting this property directly is discouraged; use the @@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.


    The “phase2-private-key-password” property

    -
      “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
    +
      “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

    The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this property @@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the

    The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

    -
      “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint
    +
      “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “phase2-private-key-password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the

    The “phase2-subject-match” property

    -
      “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
    +
      “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.


    The “pin” property

    -
      “pin”                      gchar *
    +
      “pin”                      gchar *

    PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.


    The “pin-flags” property

    -
      “pin-flags”                guint
    +
      “pin-flags”                guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -3901,7 +3901,7 @@ the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the “private-key-password” property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 -encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and and +encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

    @@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.


    The “private-key-password” property

    -
      “private-key-password”     gchar *
    +
      “private-key-password”     gchar *

    The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the

    The “private-key-password-flags” property

    -
      “private-key-password-flags” guint
    +
      “private-key-password-flags” guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.


    The “subject-match” property

    -
      “subject-match”            gchar *
    +
      “subject-match”            gchar *

    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

    @@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.


    The “system-ca-certs” property

    -
      “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
    -

    When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

      “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
    +

    When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index c17fc2c3..06fc602a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -236,9 +236,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingAdslError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingAdsl
     
    @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

    Functions

    nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

    @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

    nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

    nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “encapsulation” property

    -
      “encapsulation”            gchar *
    +
      “encapsulation”            gchar *

    Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required


    The “password-flags” property

    -
      “password-flags”           guint
    +
      “password-flags”           guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required


    The “protocol” property

    -
      “protocol”                 gchar *
    +
      “protocol”                 gchar *

    ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required


    The “vci” property

    -
      “vci”                      guint
    +
      “vci”                      guint

    VCI of ADSL connection

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 65536

    @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required


    The “vpi” property

    -
      “vpi”                      guint
    +
      “vpi”                      guint

    VPI of ADSL connection

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 65536

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index c01c919e..948d0534 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - +gchar * @@ -139,9 +139,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
     
    @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

    Functions

    nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

    @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void

    nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

    Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting describes a connection to.

    @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.


    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

    Flags: Read / Write

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html index 33693844..359a56d7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * @@ -244,9 +244,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingBondError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBond
     
    @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

    Functions

    nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

    @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (

    nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

    Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually @@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using

    nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
    -                            guint32 idx,
    +                            guint32 idx,
                                 const char **out_name,
                                 const char **out_value);

    Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index. Indexes @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

    @@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

    Returns

    -

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


    nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                 const char *name,
                                 const char *value);
    @@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                    const char *name);

    Remove the bonding option referenced by name @@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                      const char *value);

    Checks whether name @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name . If value - is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

    + is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

    Parameters

    hash

    the GHashTable containing a +

    the GHashTable containing a string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

    [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    all_settings

    a GSList of all settings +

    a GSList of all settings in the connection from which setting came.

    [element-type NMSetting]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

     

    secrets

    a GHashTable mapping -string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

    a GHashTable mapping +string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

    [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
    -gchar *anonymous-identity Read / Write
    -gchar *ca-path Read / Write
    -gchar *identity Read / Write
    -gchar *pac-file Read / Write
    -gchar *password Read / Write
    guintguint password-flags Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint password-raw-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write
    -gchar *phase1-peaplabel Read / Write
    -gchar *phase1-peapver Read / Write
    -gchar *phase2-auth Read / Write
    -gchar *phase2-autheap Read / Write
    -gchar *phase2-ca-path Read / Write
    -gchar *phase2-private-key-password Read / Write
    guintguint phase2-private-key-password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *phase2-subject-match Read / Write
    -gchar *pin Read / Write
    guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *private-key-password Read / Write
    guintguint private-key-password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *subject-match Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct
     
      
      

    password

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

      

    password

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

     
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_adsl_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -123,40 +123,40 @@
    -gchar *encapsulation Read / Write
    -gchar *password Read / Write
    guintguint password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *protocol Read / Write
    -gchar *username Read / Write
    guintguint vci Read / Write
    guintguint vpi Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
    -gchar *type Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bond_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
    -gchar *interface-name Read / Write
    @@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name

    Returns

    -

    TRUE, if the value +

    TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

    +is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html index 592436ac..e0b471a9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -159,17 +159,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -233,9 +233,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBridge
     
    @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

    Functions

    nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

    @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “ageing-time” property

    -
      “ageing-time”              guint
    +
      “ageing-time”              guint

    The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 1000000

    @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required


    The “forward-delay” property

    -
      “forward-delay”            guint
    +
      “forward-delay”            guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 30

    @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required


    The “hello-time” property

    -
      “hello-time”               guint
    +
      “hello-time”               guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 10

    @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required


    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


    The “max-age” property

    -
      “max-age”                  guint
    +
      “max-age”                  guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 40

    @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


    The “priority” property

    -
      “priority”                 guint
    +
      “priority”                 guint

    Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

    @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.


    The “stp” property

    -
      “stp”                      gboolean
    +
      “stp”                      gboolean

    Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index a4ec94e7..7292ad8e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - + - + - + @@ -148,9 +148,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
     
    @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

    Functions

    nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

    @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                    (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);
    @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ is required

    Property Details

    The “hairpin-mode” property

    -
      “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
    +
      “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

    Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.


    The “path-cost” property

    -
      “path-cost”                guint
    +
      “path-cost”                guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.


    The “priority” property

    -
      “priority”                 guint
    +
      “priority”                 guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 63

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html index 53ef98aa..d3e38325 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -165,9 +165,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingCdma
     
    @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

    Functions

    nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

    @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

    Property Details

    The “number” property

    -
      “number”                   gchar *
    +
      “number”                   gchar *

    The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

    @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

    @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “password-flags” property

    -
      “password-flags”           guint
    +
      “password-flags”           guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 3756cc10..37346503 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ - + @@ -292,30 +292,30 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -403,9 +403,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingConnection
     
    @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a

    Functions

    nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

    @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

    nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

    @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

    nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

    -
    guint64
    +
    guint64
     nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

    @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

    nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

    @@ -627,16 +627,16 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not


    nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    -

    Returns the number of entires in the “permissions” +

    Returns the number of entries in the “permissions” property of this setting.

    Parameters

    @@ -655,15 +655,15 @@ property of this setting.

    Returns

    -

    the number of permissions entires

    +

    the number of permissions entries


    nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                      guint32 idx,
    +                                      guint32 idx,
                                           const char **out_ptype,
                                           const char **out_pitem,
                                           const char **out_detail);
    @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

    - + @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

    TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

    @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

    nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *uname);
    @@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

    +

    TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection


    nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                           const char *ptype,
                                           const char *pitem,
    @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
     
    - + @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

    TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

    @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ present in the list

    void
     nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

    @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

    nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *ptype,
    @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See 

    detail

    -
    + @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ connection.


    nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                          const char *type);
    @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

    TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

    @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (

    nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

    nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                     guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
    guintguint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint hello-time Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *interface-name Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint max-age Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean stp Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
    -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@
    gbooleangboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write
    guintguint path-cost Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_cdma_error_quark () @@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
    -gchar *number Read / Write
    -gchar *password Read / Write
    guintguint password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *username Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_connection_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
    -guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -246,30 +246,30 @@
    gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *id Read / Write
    -gchar *interface-name Read / Write
    -gchar *master Read / Write
    Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *slave-type Read / Write
    guint64guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *type Read / Write
    -gchar *uuid Read / Write
    -gchar *zone Read / Write / Construct

    out_detail

    on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

    on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

     

    detail

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    [allow-none]

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    [allow-none]
    @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

    nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                          const char *sec_uuid);

    Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

    @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

    Since: 0.9.8

    @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ was already present

    void
     nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

    @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

    nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *sec_uuid);
    @@ -1167,14 +1167,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    @@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

    Property Details

    The “autoconnect” property

    -
      “autoconnect”              gboolean
    +
      “autoconnect”              gboolean

    Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.


    The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

    -
      “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
    +
      “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

    If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       gchar *
    +
      “id”                       gchar *

    A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".


    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

    @@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


    The “master” property

    -
      “master”                   gchar *
    +
      “master”                   gchar *

    Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

    The “permissions” property

      “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

    An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

    @@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.


    The “read-only” property

    -
      “read-only”                gboolean
    -

    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

      “read-only”                gboolean
    +

    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.


    The “slave-type” property

    -
      “slave-type”               gchar *
    +
      “slave-type”               gchar *

    Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.


    The “timestamp” property

    -
      “timestamp”                guint64
    +
      “timestamp”                guint64

    The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

    NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).


    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).


    The “uuid” property

    -
      “uuid”                     gchar *
    +
      “uuid”                     gchar *

    A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by

    The “zone” property

    -
      “zone”                     gchar *
    +
      “zone”                     gchar *

    The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 321a6329..0a012698 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ - + @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ - + @@ -418,10 +418,10 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingDcbError
         ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingDcb
     
    @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

    Functions

    nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

    @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -677,10 +677,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_dcb_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
    -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
    -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
    -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -237,38 +237,38 @@
    guintguint app-fcoe-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct
    gintgint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint app-fip-flags Read / Write
    gintgint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint app-iscsi-flags Read / Write
    gintgint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct
    Read / Write
    guintguint priority-flow-control-flags Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint priority-group-flags Read / Write
    @@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

    TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

    +FALSE if not enabled

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -717,8 +717,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority,
    -                                gboolean enabled);
    + guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

    These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the
    - + @@ -780,9 +780,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                      guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    enabled

    TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

    TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

     
    @@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ only valid when

    nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                      guint user_priority,
    -                                      guint group_id);
    + guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -857,10 +857,10 @@ unrestricted group.


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint group_id);
    + guint group_id);

    Parameters

    @@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -935,9 +935,9 @@ to


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                       guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    @@ -974,8 +974,8 @@ These values are only valid when

    nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                       guint user_priority,
    -                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
    + guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1012,10 +1012,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    @@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if user_priority +

    TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the
    - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

    @@ -1091,10 +1091,10 @@ its priority group, or

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    strict

    TRUE to allow user_priority +

    TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

     
    @@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
    @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

    Property Details

    The “app-fcoe-flags” property

    -
      “app-fcoe-flags”           guint
    +
      “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

    @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fcoe-mode” property

    -
      “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
    +
      “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

    The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fcoe-priority” property

    -
      “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
    +
      “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the

    The “app-fip-flags” property

    -
      “app-fip-flags”            guint
    +
      “app-fip-flags”            guint

    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

    @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fip-priority” property

    -
      “app-fip-priority”         gint
    +
      “app-fip-priority”         gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the

    The “app-iscsi-flags” property

    -
      “app-iscsi-flags”          guint
    +
      “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

    @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of

    The “app-iscsi-priority” property

    -
      “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
    +
      “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).


    The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

    -
      “priority-flow-control-flags” guint
    +
      “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

    @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ sum of all values must total 100 percent.


    The “priority-group-flags” property

    -
      “priority-group-flags”     guint
    +
      “priority-group-flags”     guint

    Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index 56fa81cf..5421d662 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
    - + +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingGsmError
         ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand
         ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingGsm
     
    @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

    Functions

    nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

    @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

    nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (

    nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

    nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ as the allowed frequency bands (

    Property Details

    The “allowed-bands” property

    -
      “allowed-bands”            guint
    +
      “allowed-bands”            guint

    Bitfield of allowed frequency bands. Note that not all devices allow frequency band control. Permitted values are those specified by NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

    @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.


    The “apn” property

    -
      “apn”                      gchar *
    +
      “apn”                      gchar *

    The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM


    The “home-only” property

    -
      “home-only”                gboolean
    -

    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

      “home-only”                gboolean
    +

    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.


    The “network-id” property

    -
      “network-id”               gchar *
    +
      “network-id”               gchar *

    The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.


    The “network-type” property

    -
      “network-type”             gint
    +
      “network-type”             gint

    Network preference to force the device to only use specific network technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY, NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA, @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.


    The “number” property

    -
      “number”                   gchar *
    +
      “number”                   gchar *

    Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

    @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “password-flags” property

    -
      “password-flags”           guint
    +
      “password-flags”           guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “pin” property

    -
      “pin”                      gchar *
    +
      “pin”                      gchar *

    If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

    @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.


    The “pin-flags” property

    -
      “pin-flags”                guint
    +
      “pin-flags”                guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index 3f85d818..3aadc277 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -570,33 +570,33 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -710,12 +710,12 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GBoxed
    +
        GBoxed
         ├── NMIP4Address
         ╰── NMIP4Route
    -    GEnum
    +    GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
     
    @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

    Functions

    nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

    @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip4_address_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                             NMIP4Address *other);

    Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

    @@ -858,13 +858,13 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

    Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

    @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (

    nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

    void
     nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
    -                            guint32 addr);
    + guint32 addr);

    Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

    Parameters

    @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (

    nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

    Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address object.

    @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ object.

    nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
    -                           guint32 prefix);
    + guint32 prefix);

    Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

    Parameters

    @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (

    nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

    Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

    @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (

    nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

    void
     nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
    -                            guint32 gateway);
    + guint32 gateway);

    Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip4_route_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                           NMIP4Route *other);

    Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

    @@ -1146,13 +1146,13 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

    Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

    @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (

    nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

    void
     nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
    -                       guint32 dest);
    + guint32 dest);

    Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (

    nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

    Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

    @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (

    nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
    -                         guint32 prefix);
    + guint32 prefix);

    Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

    Parameters

    @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (

    nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

    Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

    @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (

    nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

    void
     nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
    -                           guint32 next_hop);
    + guint32 next_hop);

    Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

    Parameters

    @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (

    nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

    Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

    @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (

    nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

    void
     nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
    -                         guint32 metric);
    + guint32 metric);

    Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

    @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1440,9 +1440,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                               guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_generic_error_quark () @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingGenericError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingGeneric
     
    @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on

    Functions

    nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html index b1631ac2..0f3e89f0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_gsm_error_quark () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands () @@ -152,63 +152,63 @@
    guintguint allowed-bands Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *apn Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean home-only Read / Write
    -gchar *network-id Read / Write
    gintgint network-type Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *number Read / Write
    -gchar *password Read / Write
    guintguint password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *pin Read / Write
    guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *username Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_address_compare () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_address () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_route_compare () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_dest () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_metric () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns () @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns () @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns () @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search () @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address () @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes () @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route () @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
    -gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric () @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default () @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail () @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@
    -gchar *dhcp-client-id Read / Write
    -gchar *dhcp-hostname Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint dhcp-timeout Read / Write
    Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *method Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
    gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -1475,9 +1475,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                               guint32 dns);
    + guint32 dns);

    Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

    Parameters

    @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

    @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ known

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                  guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the DNS server at index i .

    @@ -1541,10 +1541,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                guint32 dns);
    + guint32 dns);

    Removes the DNS server dns .

    @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. +

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. domain was already known

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);
    @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                      guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                           const char *dns_search);

    Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

    @@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

    @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ domain was already known

    void
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

    @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                     const char *dns_search);
    @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since 0.9.10

    @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);
    @@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

    NMIP4Address *
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                   guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                        NMIP4Address *address);

    Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting. The @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

    @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ known.

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                      guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the address at index i .

    @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                     NMIP4Address *address);
    @@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

    NMIP4Route *
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                 guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                      NMIP4Route *route);

    Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting. The @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

    +

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


    @@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
    -                                    guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the route at index i .

    @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                     NMIP4Route *route);
    @@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ specify a metric. See

    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” @@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” @@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

    @@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ addresses via DHCP.


    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname” @@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

    TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

    @@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ fails or zero for "default".


    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                    (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “never-default” @@ -2384,14 +2384,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv4 addressing


    nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

    @@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete +

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

    @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.


    The “dhcp-client-id” property

    -
      “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
    +
      “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

    A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.


    The “dhcp-hostname” property

    -
      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
    -

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
    +

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.


    The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

    -
      “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

      “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

    +TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE


    The “dhcp-timeout” property

    -
      “dhcp-timeout”             guint
    +
      “dhcp-timeout”             guint

    Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails or zero for default.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.


    The “ignore-auto-dns” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
    -

    When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
    +

    When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if @@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.


    The “ignore-auto-routes” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
    -

    When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
    +

    When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the

    The “may-fail” property

    -
      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 +

      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.


    The “method” property

    -
      “method”                   gchar *
    +
      “method”                   gchar *

    IPv4 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most other properties can be left unset. If "link-local" is specified, then a @@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.


    The “never-default” property

    -
      “never-default”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, +

      “never-default”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.


    The “route-metric” property

    -
      “route-metric”             gint64
    +
      “route-metric”             gint64

    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index db0f3129..04a3f664 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    +gchar * @@ -533,38 +533,38 @@ - + - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GBoxed
    +
        GBoxed
         ├── NMIP6Address
         ╰── NMIP6Route
    -    GEnum
    +    GEnum
         ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError
         ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
     
    @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

    Functions

    nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

    @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip6_address_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                             NMIP6Address *other);

    Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

    @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (

    nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

    Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

    @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (

    nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
    -                           guint32 prefix);
    + guint32 prefix);

    Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

    Parameters

    @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip6_route_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                           NMIP6Route *other);

    Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

    @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (

    nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

    Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

    @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (

    nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
    -                         guint32 prefix);
    + guint32 prefix);

    Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

    Parameters

    @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (

    nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

    Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

    @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (

    nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

    void
     nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
    -                         guint32 metric);
    + guint32 metric);

    Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

    @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

    const struct in6_addr *
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                               guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_address_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_route_compare () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix () @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_metric () @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns () @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns () @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search () @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address () @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes () @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route () @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    -gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric () @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail () @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
    -gchar *dhcp-hostname Read / Write
    Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
    gintgint ip6-privacy Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *method Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
    gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    const struct in6_addr *dns);

    Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

    @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

    @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ known

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                  guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the DNS server at index i .

    @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                     const struct in6_addr *dns);
    @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);
    @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                      guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                           const char *dns_search);

    Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

    @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

    @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ domain was already known

    void
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

    @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                     const char *dns_search);
    @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since 0.9.10

    @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);
    @@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

    NMIP6Address *
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                   guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                        NMIP6Address *address);

    Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting. The @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

    @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ known.

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                      guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the address at index i .

    @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                     NMIP6Address *address);
    @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

    NMIP6Route *
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                 guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                      NMIP6Route *route);

    Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting. The @@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

    +

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


    @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

    void
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
    -                                    guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the route at index i .

    @@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                     NMIP6Route *route);
    @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” @@ -2150,14 +2150,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” @@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ specify a metric. See

    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

    @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ property.


    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                    (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “never-default” @@ -2267,14 +2267,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv6 addressing


    nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

    @@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete +

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

    @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.


    The “dhcp-hostname” property

    -
      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
    +
      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

    The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.


    The “ignore-auto-dns” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
    +
      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

    When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

    @@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.


    The “ignore-auto-routes” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
    +
      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

    When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the

    The “ip6-privacy” property

    -
      “ip6-privacy”              gint
    +
      “ip6-privacy”              gint

    Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified @@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).


    The “may-fail” property

    -
      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 +

      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4 configuration completes successfully.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.


    The “method” property

    -
      “method”                   gchar *
    +
      “method”                   gchar *

    IPv6 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device and most other properties can be left unset. To force the use of DHCP @@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.


    The “never-default” property

    -
      “never-default”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, +

      “never-default”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by NetworkManager.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ NetworkManager.


    The “route-metric” property

    -
      “route-metric”             gint64
    +
      “route-metric”             gint64

    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index 2908ce69..fc84c52d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    - - + - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
     
    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

    Functions

    nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

    @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void

    nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.


    The “p-key” property

    -
      “p-key”                    gint
    +
      “p-key”                    gint

    The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.


    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    -

    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

      “parent”                   gchar *
    +

    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

    @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

    The “transport-mode” property

    -
      “transport-mode”           gchar *
    +
      “transport-mode”           gchar *

    The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index c6801497..71eb9299 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - - - + @@ -148,9 +148,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
     
    @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

    Functions

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

    @@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                    (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);
    @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “channel” property

    -
      “channel”                  guint
    +
      “channel”                  guint

    Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html index 624bf0be..4993688b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingPPPError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingPPP
     
    @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

    Functions

    nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

    @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void

    nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

    Property Details

    The “baud” property

    -
      “baud”                     guint
    +
      “baud”                     guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

    @@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.


    The “crtscts” property

    -
      “crtscts”                  gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

      “crtscts”                  gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

    +to FALSE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “lcp-echo-failure” property

    -
      “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
    +
      “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.


    The “lcp-echo-interval” property

    -
      “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
    +
      “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.


    The “mppe-stateful” property

    -
      “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

      “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.


    The “mru” property

    -
      “mru”                      guint
    +
      “mru”                      guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

    @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.


    The “no-vj-comp” property

    -
      “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

    +
      “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “noauth” property

    -
      “noauth”                   gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

    +
      “noauth”                   gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE


    The “nobsdcomp” property

    -
      “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

    +
      “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “nodeflate” property

    -
      “nodeflate”                gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

    +
      “nodeflate”                gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-chap” property

    -
      “refuse-chap”              gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-chap”              gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-eap” property

    -
      “refuse-eap”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-eap”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-mschap” property

    -
      “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-mschapv2” property

    -
      “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-pap” property

    -
      “refuse-pap”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-pap”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “require-mppe” property

    -
      “require-mppe”             gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

      “require-mppe”             gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

    @@ -1225,10 +1225,10 @@ connections.


    The “require-mppe-128” property

    -
      “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

      “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

    +be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html index 36247334..38e5907e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -165,9 +165,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
     
    @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

    Functions

    nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

    @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

    Property Details

    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options


    The “password-flags” property

    -
      “password-flags”           guint
    +
      “password-flags”           guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 7

    @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options


    The “service” property

    -
      “service”                  gchar *
    +
      “service”                  gchar *

    If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 49c2478f..746d6a35 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

    - + - + - + - + - + @@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ serial communications

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingSerialError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingSerial
     
    @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

    Functions

    nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

    @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

    nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

    nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

    nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

    nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

    -
    guint64
    +
    guint64
     nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an

    Property Details

    The “baud” property

    -
      “baud”                     guint
    +
      “baud”                     guint

    Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

    @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


    The “bits” property

    -
      “bits”                     guint
    +
      “bits”                     guint

    Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: [5,8]

    @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


    The “parity” property

    -
      “parity”                   gchar
    +
      “parity”                   gchar

    Parity setting of the serial port. Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.


    The “send-delay” property

    -
      “send-delay”               guint64
    +
      “send-delay”               guint64

    Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 0

    @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.


    The “stopbits” property

    -
      “stopbits”                 guint
    +
      “stopbits”                 guint

    Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html index 55eed3f2..4f973bae 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * +gchar * @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingTeamError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingTeam
     
    @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

    Functions

    nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

    @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “config” property

    -
      “config”                   gchar *
    +
      “config”                   gchar *

    The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.


    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index 9cb09b1c..32c10836 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    +gchar * @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
     
    @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

    Functions

    nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

    @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

    Property Details

    The “config” property

    -
      “config”                   gchar *
    +
      “config”                   gchar *

    The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html index 0bdf127b..e3ba97ca 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    - + @@ -194,13 +194,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -256,9 +256,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingVpnError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingVPN
     
    @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ properties.

    Functions

    nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

    @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
    void
     (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                       const char *value,
    -                  gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -113,24 +113,24 @@ Read / Write
    guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
    gintgint p-key Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *parent Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *transport-mode Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
    guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ppp_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint mru Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark () @@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
    -gchar *password Read / Write
    guintguint password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *service Read / Write
    -gchar *username Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_serial_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

    guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint bits Read / Write / Construct
    gchargchar parity Read / Write / Construct
    guint64guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint stopbits Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_error_quark () @@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
    -gchar *config Read / Write
    -gchar *interface-name Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_port_error_quark () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
    -gchar *config Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vpn_error_quark () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean persistent Read / Write
    -gchar *service-type Read / Write
    -gchar *user-name Read / Write
    @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

    nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

    nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

    Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

    @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ by

    nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                      const char *key);

    Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.


    nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

    Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

    @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ by

    nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                   const char *key);

    Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during @@ -873,8 +873,8 @@ values must be strings.


    The “persistent” property

    -
      “persistent”               gboolean
    -

    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

      “persistent”               gboolean
    +

    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.


    The “service-type” property

    -
      “service-type”             gchar *
    +
      “service-type”             gchar *

    D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

    @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ plugin.


    The “user-name” property

    -
      “user-name”                gchar *
    +
      “user-name”                gchar *

    If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html index 0defe286..810780ba 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    - + - + @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -261,11 +261,11 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingVlanError
         ├── NMVlanFlags
         ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingVlan
     
    @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

    Functions

    nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

    @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -407,10 +407,10 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

    -
    gint32
    +
    gint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                         NMVlanPriorityMap map);
    -

    Returns the number of entires in the +

    Returns the number of entries in the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

    @@ -443,12 +443,12 @@ properties of this setting.


    nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                              guint32 idx,
    -                              guint32 *out_from,
    -                              guint32 *out_to);
    + guint32 idx, + guint32 *out_from, + guint32 *out_to);

    Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

    @@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ or

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error


    nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                              guint32 from,
    -                              guint32 to);
    + guint32 from, + guint32 to);

    Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error


    @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” @@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ properties.


    nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                    (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                                guint32 from,
    -                                guint32 to);
    + guint32 from, + guint32 to);

    Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10


    nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                    (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ properties.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ properties.

    void
     nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                       NMVlanPriorityMap map);
    -

    Clear all the entires from “ingress_priority_map” or +

    Clear all the entries from “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

    Parameters

    @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

    nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                       NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                       const char *str);
    @@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

    @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".


    The “flags” property

    -
      “flags”                    guint
    +
      “flags”                    guint

    One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol), @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       guint
    +
      “id”                       guint

    The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given, a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the

    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +
      “parent”                   gchar *

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html index e6a6fe6f..7c686a34 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    - +gchar * @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWimax
     
    @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

    Functions

    nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

    nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.


    nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

    nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).


    The “network-name” property

    -
      “network-name”             gchar *
    +
      “network-name”             gchar *

    Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html index 99565408..befb2c70 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - - - - - + @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -265,19 +265,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ - + @@ -369,9 +369,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingWiredError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWired
     
    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

    Functions

    nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

    @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

    nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

    nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (

    nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting);
    @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address

    nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting);
    @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ property of the setting.


    nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting);
    @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
    const char *
     nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vlan_error_quark () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
    -gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ Read / Write
    guintguint flags Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *interface-name Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *parent Read / Write / Construct
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wimax_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
    -gchar *network-name Read / Write
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wired_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
    const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
    gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *duplex Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *port Read / Write
    -gchar *s390-nettype Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ at index idx

    nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

    void
     nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

    @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

    nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

    nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (

    nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this connection is applicable to. The connection should only be used in @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

    Returns

    -

    GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one +

    GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

    [element-type utf8]

    @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.


    nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this device when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each s390 @@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using

    nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                  guint32 idx,
    +                                  guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_key,
                                       const char **out_value);

    Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index. indexes @@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

    @@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

    Returns

    -

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


    nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                       const char *key,
                                       const char *value);
    @@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                          const char *key);

    Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key @@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

    Property Details

    The “auto-negotiate” property

    -
      “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and +

      “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and "duplex" properties should be set.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.


    The “duplex” property

    -
      “duplex”                   gchar *
    +
      “duplex”                   gchar *

    If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode. Either "half" or "full".

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation

    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


    The “port” property

    -
      “port”                     gchar *
    +
      “port”                     gchar *

    Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.


    The “s390-nettype” property

    -
      “s390-nettype”             gchar *
    +
      “s390-nettype”             gchar *

    s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.


    The “speed” property

    -
      “speed”                    guint
    +
      “speed”                    guint

    If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 1ea004af..0e01497f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    - - - - - +gchar * @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ - + @@ -293,28 +293,28 @@ +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ - + @@ -435,9 +435,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWireless
     
    @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

    Functions

    nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

    @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

    nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

    -
    const GByteArray *
    +
    const GByteArray *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address

    nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

    -
    const GSList *
    +
    const GSList *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

    nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
    const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
    const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
    -gchar *band Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
    Read / Write
    gbooleangboolean hidden Read / Write
    -gchar *mode Read / Write
    guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint powersave Read / Write
    guintguint rate Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *security Read / Write
    Read / Write
    guintguint tx-power Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ at index idx

    nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

    @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

    nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

    nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (

    nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                         const char *bssid);

    Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting. @@ -1036,14 +1036,14 @@ not be preserved.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not


    nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

    nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                    guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

    nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                    (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                     NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
    @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

    - + @@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

    +

    TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.


    @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

    Property Details

    The “band” property

    -
      “band”                     gchar *
    +
      “band”                     gchar *

    802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.


    The “channel” property

    -
      “channel”                  guint
    +
      “channel”                  guint

    Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.


    The “hidden” property

    -
      “hidden”                   gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

      “hidden”                   gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     gchar *
    +
      “mode”                     gchar *

    Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


    The “powersave” property

    -
      “powersave”                guint
    -

    If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to -TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are +

      “powersave”                guint
    +

    If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to +TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are reserved. Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.


    The “rate” property

    -
      “rate”                     guint
    +
      “rate”                     guint

    If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.


    The “security” property

    -
      “security”                 gchar *
    +
      “security”                 gchar *

    If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x, WEP, or WPA, set this property to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.


    The “tx-power” property

    -
      “tx-power”                 guint
    +
      “tx-power”                 guint

    If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index a6374d28..fcdb9a82 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * @@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -498,10 +498,10 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
         ╰── NMWepKeyType
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
     
    @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<

    Functions

    nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                    (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

    @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    s_wireless_sec

    a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

    a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

     
    -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gchar *auth-alg Read / Write
    -gchar *key-mgmt Read / Write
    -gchar *leap-password Read / Write
    guintguint leap-password-flags Read / Write
    -gchar *leap-username Read / Write
    -gchar *psk Read / Write
    guintguint psk-flags Read / Write
    guintguint wep-key-flags Read / Write
    guintguint wep-key-type Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *wep-key0 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key1 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key2 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key3 Read / Write
    guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *proto);
    @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

    +

    TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list


    @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

    Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

    Parameters

    @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *proto);
    @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

    @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *pairwise);
    @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

    @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ already in the list

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

    @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *pairwise);
    @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

    @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *group);
    @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

    @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ already in the list

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

    @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *group);
    @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx,
    +                                guint32 idx,
                                     const char *key);

    Sets a WEP key in the given index.

    @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ property.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

    Property Details

    The “auth-alg” property

    -
      “auth-alg”                 gchar *
    +
      “auth-alg”                 gchar *

    When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".


    The “key-mgmt” property

    -
      “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
    +
      “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

    Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “leap-password” property

    -
      “leap-password”            gchar *
    +
      “leap-password”            gchar *

    The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “leap-password-flags” property

    -
      “leap-password-flags”      guint
    +
      “leap-password-flags”      guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “leap-password” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “leap-username” property

    -
      “leap-username”            gchar *
    +
      “leap-username”            gchar *

    The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.


    The “psk” property

    -
      “psk”                      gchar *
    +
      “psk”                      gchar *

    Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.


    The “psk-flags” property

    -
      “psk-flags”                guint
    +
      “psk-flags”                guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “psk” property.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.


    The “wep-key-flags” property

    -
      “wep-key-flags”            guint
    +
      “wep-key-flags”            guint

    Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”, “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”, and “wep-key3” properties.

    @@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and

    The “wep-key-type” property

    -
      “wep-key-type”             guint
    +
      “wep-key-type”             guint

    Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key0” property

    -
      “wep-key0”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key0”                 gchar *

    Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key1” property

    -
      “wep-key1”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key1”                 gchar *

    Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key2” property

    -
      “wep-key2”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key2”                 gchar *

    Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key3” property

    -
      “wep-key3”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key3”                 gchar *

    Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

    -
      “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
    +
      “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

    When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html index 1146fbe7..3d8c605f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html @@ -701,43 +701,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types

    G

    -g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
    -g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat

    I

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html index 63ca1c2f..1a185db1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html @@ -15,12 +15,12 @@

    - for libnm-util 1.6.2 + for libnm-util 1.8.0 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/stable/.

    -
    +

    Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html index c77e9c8e..fc5ae118 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@

    enum NMDeviceType

    NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by -an NMDevice.

    +an NMDevice.

    Members

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html index 7af0b0a1..6dd68fd8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - +
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_init () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
    -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
    -GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
    -GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
    -GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
    -GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
    -GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue () @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
    -GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
    -GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
    -GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
    -guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
    -guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len () @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
     
    @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

    Functions

    nm_utils_init ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_init (GError **error);
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_init (GError **error);

    Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

    @@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

    +

    TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.


    @@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.


    nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                             int len);

    Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a @@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not


    nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

    const char *
    -nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
    -                      guint32 len);
    +nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + guint32 len);

    This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not @@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function


    nm_utils_same_ssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
    -                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
    -                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
    +                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
    +                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

    Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

    ignore_trailing_null

    -

    TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

    +

    TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

      @@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

    +

    TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not


    nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);
    +nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

    Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -693,17 +693,17 @@ _only_.

    Returns

    an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

    +representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    -nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
    -

    Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

    +
    GHashTable *
    +nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
    +

    Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

    Parameters

    @@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (

    hash

    -
    +

    a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

    a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

     

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the -returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

    +

    a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the +returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

    [transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

    @@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ returned hash with

    nm_utils_slist_free ()

    void
    -nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
    -                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
    +nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list, + GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

    nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

    -

    use g_slist_free_full().

    +

    use g_slist_free_full().

    -

    Utility function to free a GSList.

    +

    Utility function to free a GSList.

    [skip]

    Parameters

    @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

    list

    -

    a GSList

    +

    a GSList

      @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

    nm_utils_security_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                              NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
    -                         gboolean have_ap,
    -                         gboolean adhoc,
    +                         gboolean have_ap,
    +                         gboolean adhoc,
                              NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                              NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                              NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);
    @@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

    TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

    +, FALSE if they are not


    nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                      NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

    Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check @@ -874,16 +874,16 @@ e.g.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

    TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

    +, FALSE if they are not.

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                             NMWepKeyType wep_type);

    Checks if key @@ -912,15 +912,15 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

    Checks if psk is a valid WPA PSK

    @@ -941,20 +941,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

    -
    GSList *
    -nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

    GSList *
    +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, -and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be +and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be extended in the future.

    Parameters

    @@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

    value

    -

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

    +

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

     

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

    +

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

    @@ -981,10 +981,10 @@ extended in the future.

    nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

    void
    -nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
    -                                  GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value);

    +

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

    value

    -

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

    +g_value_unset().

      @@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

    nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

    -
    GSList *
    -nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

    GSList *
    +nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, -prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific +prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

    value

    -

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

    +

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

     

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

    +

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

    @@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ extended in the future.

    nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

    void
    -nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
    -                               GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

    value

    -

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

    +g_value_unset().

      @@ -1083,8 +1083,8 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

    nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

    Parameters

    @@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

    nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

    Parameters

    @@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

    nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

    When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it @@ -1162,12 +1162,12 @@ falls in the predefined classes.


    nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

    -
    GSList *
    -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 +

    GSList *
    +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, -prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be +prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be extended in the future.

    Parameters

    @@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

    - +

    value

    gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

    gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

     

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

    +

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

    @@ -1194,10 +1194,10 @@ extended in the future.

    nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

    void
    -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
    -                                  GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

    value

    -

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

    +g_value_unset().

      @@ -1229,12 +1229,12 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

    nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

    -
    GSList *
    -nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 +

    GSList *
    +nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    +

    Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric) -into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization +into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    Parameters

    @@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    value

    -

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32

    +

    GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32

     

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

    +

    a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

    @@ -1262,10 +1262,10 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

    void
    -nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
    -                               GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of -GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 +nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

    Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of +GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    value

    -

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

    +g_value_unset().

      @@ -1297,10 +1297,10 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

    nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

    -
    GSList *
    -nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    -

    Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as -GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

    +
    GSList *
    +nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
    +

    Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as +GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

    [skip]

    Parameters

    @@ -1312,24 +1312,24 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const

    value

    -

    a GValue

    +

    a GValue

     

    Returns

    -

    a GSList of IP6 addresses.

    +

    a GSList of IP6 addresses.


    nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

    void
    -nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
    -                            GValue *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GSList of struct -in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays +nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

    Utility function to convert a GSList of struct +in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

    @@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

    value

    -

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server +

    a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

    +g_value_unset().

      @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

    Returns

    a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

    +object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()


    @@ -1401,11 +1401,11 @@ object's

    nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

    -
    GByteArray *
    -nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
    +
    GByteArray *
    +nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
    -                          GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

    @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

    out_password

    if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

    [out][allow-none] @@ -1453,11 +1453,11 @@ certificate/private key file.


    nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

    -
    GByteArray *
    -nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
    +
    GByteArray *
    +nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                                   const char *in_password,
                                   char **out_password,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

    @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

    out_password

    if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

    [out][allow-none] @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ certificate/private key file.


    nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

    Utility function to find out if the filename is in PKCS#12 format.

    @@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not


    NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    @@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

    Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

    @@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

    paths

    -

    a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

    a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

    [allow-none]

    file_test_flags

    -

    the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

    the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

    +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

      @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function.

    error

    -

    on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

    +

    on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

    [allow-none] @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function.

    Returns

    -

    the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

    the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1620,8 +1620,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.


    nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

    Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

    Parameters

    @@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

    nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                    const char *band);

    Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

    @@ -1682,8 +1682,8 @@ is invalid


    nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                      int direction,
                                      char *band);

    Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

    @@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

    nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                     const char *band);

    Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

    @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use

    nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
    +nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                           int type);

    Converts addr to textual form.

    @@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ a type.


    nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

    -
    GByteArray *
    +
    GByteArray *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                            int type);

    Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

    + and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

    Parameters

    @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

    Returns

    -

    a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

    a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1902,15 +1902,15 @@ be parsed.


    nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

    -
    guint8 *
    +
    guint8 *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                           int type,
    -                      gpointer buffer);
    + gpointer buffer);

    Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . See nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a -GByteArray.

    +GByteArray.

    See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length instead of a type.

    @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

    Returns

    buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed

    @@ -1952,8 +1952,8 @@ couldn't be parsed

    nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
    -                          gsize length);
    +nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

    Converts addr to textual form.

    @@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (

    nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

    -
    guint8 *
    +
    guint8 *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
    -                          gpointer buffer,
    -                          gsize length);
    + gpointer buffer, + gsize length);

    Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

    Returns

    buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

    @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

    nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

    Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

    @@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if asc +

    TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of some type, FALSE if not.

    +of some type, FALSE if not.

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

    Returns

    -

    a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

    +

    a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 0.9.10

    @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ string (it has to be even)


    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation function in net/core/dev.c.

    @@ -2207,14 +2207,14 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    Since: 0.9.8


    nm_utils_is_uuid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

    Checks if str is a UUID

    @@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not

    Since: 0.9.8

    @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

    dst

    Returns

    the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    @@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.


    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
    -                               (GType virtual_type,
    -                                GType other_type);
    + (GType virtual_type, + GType other_type);

    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

    -

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE

    Since: 0.9.10

    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html index 42cb9b18..e62953e6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ├── NMSetting
            ├── NMSetting8021x
            ├── NMSettingAdsl
    @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
            ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
            ╰── NMSettingVPN
         ╰── NMConnection
    -    GEnum
    +    GEnum
         ├── NMConnectionError
         ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
         ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
    @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
         ├── NMVlanFlags
         ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
         ╰── NMWepKeyType
    -    GBoxed
    +    GBoxed
         ├── NMIP4Address
         ├── NMIP4Route
         ├── NMIP6Address
    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/libnm-util-docs.sgml b/docs/libnm-util/libnm-util-docs.sgml
    index 9ec760eb..6cc56e99 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm-util/libnm-util-docs.sgml
    +++ b/docs/libnm-util/libnm-util-docs.sgml
    @@ -16,6 +16,11 @@
     
         
           2012
    +      2013
    +      2014
    +      2015
    +      2016
    +      2017
           The NetworkManager Authors
         
     
    diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
    index fdd3be6d..27f9cd32 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
    +++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
    @@ -1 +1 @@
    -1.6.2
    +1.8.0
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
    index 4ca7d570..4a105a44 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
    +++ b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
    @@ -183,6 +183,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
     ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
     ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
     EGREP = @EGREP@
    +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@
    +ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@
     EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
     FGREP = @FGREP@
     GENHTML = @GENHTML@
    @@ -204,8 +206,6 @@ GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@
     GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@
     GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@
     GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@
    -GUDEV_CFLAGS = @GUDEV_CFLAGS@
    -GUDEV_LIBS = @GUDEV_LIBS@
     HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@
     INSTALL = @INSTALL@
     INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
    @@ -239,22 +239,25 @@ LD = @LD@
     LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
     LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@
     LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@
    +LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@
    +LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@
     LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
     LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
    -LIBM = @LIBM@
     LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@
     LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@
     LIBNL_CFLAGS = @LIBNL_CFLAGS@
     LIBNL_LIBS = @LIBNL_LIBS@
     LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
    +LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@
    +LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@
     LIBS = @LIBS@
    -LIBSOUP_CFLAGS = @LIBSOUP_CFLAGS@
    -LIBSOUP_LIBS = @LIBSOUP_LIBS@
     LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@
     LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@
     LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@
     LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@
     LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
    +LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@
    +LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@
     LIPO = @LIPO@
     LN_S = @LN_S@
     LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
    index 1937bd13..3152772c 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
    +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
    @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
     
    +gchar * @@ -161,23 +161,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ +GBytes * - + @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMAccessPoint
     
    @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMAccessPoint implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ point.


    nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the SSID of the access point.

    @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

    Returns

    -

    the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the +

    the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the SSID is unknown.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ not be modified or freed.


    nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the frequency of the access point.

    @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

    nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

    @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

    nm_access_point_get_strength ()

    -
    guint8
    +
    guint8
     nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

    @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (

    nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

    Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access @@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.


    nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
    -                                    const GPtrArray *connections);
    + const GPtrArray *connections);

    Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and returns connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ with this function.

    - @@ -594,16 +594,16 @@ filter.

    Returns

    an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap +NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    +be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                       NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that @@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

    +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

    @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ against

    Property Details

    The “bssid” property

    -
      “bssid”                    gchar *
    +
      “bssid”                    gchar *

    The BSSID of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ against


    The “frequency” property

    -
      “frequency”                guint
    +
      “frequency”                guint

    The frequency of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 10000

    @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ against


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    Alias for “bssid”.

    NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ against


    The “last-seen” property

    -
      “last-seen”                gint
    +
      “last-seen”                gint

    The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

    @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


    The “max-bitrate” property

    -
      “max-bitrate”              guint
    +
      “max-bitrate”              guint

    The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

    The “ssid” property

    -
      “ssid”                     GBytes *
    -

    The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

    +
      “ssid”                     GBytes *
    +

    The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

    Flags: Read


    The “strength” property

    -
      “strength”                 guchar
    +
      “strength”                 guchar

    The current signal strength of the access point.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html index 2b6b4153..8bc4c66f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ Description  |  Object Hierarchy  |  Implemented Interfaces  |  - Properties + Properties  |  + Signals
    @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ - + + + + - + - + +GPtrArray * @@ -205,7 +214,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -229,7 +238,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -240,18 +249,18 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -259,6 +268,21 @@

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
    -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
    -gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
    -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
    -gchar *bssid Read
    Read
    guintguint frequency Read
    -gchar *hw-address Read
    gintgint last-seen Read
    guintguint max-bitrate Read
    -GBytes *ssid Read
    gucharguchar strength Read

    connections

    an array of NMConnections to +

    an array of NMConnections to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection]
    Home Up
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -95,6 +96,14 @@
    +NMActiveConnectionStateReason + +nm_active_connection_get_state_reason () +
    NMDevice * @@ -103,7 +112,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -127,7 +136,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -151,7 +160,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -176,18 +185,18 @@ Read
    gbooleangboolean default Read
    gbooleangboolean default6 Read
    -GPtrArray *devices Read
    -gchar *id Read
    -gchar *specific-object-path Read
    -gchar *type Read
    -gchar *uuid Read
    gbooleangboolean vpn Read
    +

    Signals

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +
    voidstate-changedRun First
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -335,7 +359,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMActiveConnection
                 ╰── NMVpnConnection
    @@ -345,7 +369,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMActiveConnection implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -499,7 +523,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.


    nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

    @@ -519,7 +543,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -552,6 +576,33 @@ nm_active_connection_get_state (
    +

    nm_active_connection_get_state_reason ()

    +
    NMActiveConnectionStateReason
    +nm_active_connection_get_state_reason (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    +

    Gets the reason for active connection's state.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    connection

    a NMActiveConnection

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the reason

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    nm_active_connection_get_master ()

    NMDevice *
     nm_active_connection_get_master (NMActiveConnection *connection);
    @@ -580,7 +631,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (

    nm_active_connection_get_default ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

    @@ -601,7 +652,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection


    @@ -627,7 +678,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

    Returns

    -

    the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

    the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -656,7 +707,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

    Returns

    -

    the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

    the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -665,7 +716,7 @@ state.


    nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

    @@ -686,7 +737,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection


    @@ -712,7 +763,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

    Returns

    -

    the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

    the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -741,7 +792,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

    Returns

    -

    the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

    the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -750,7 +801,7 @@ state.


    nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

    Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

    @@ -770,7 +821,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

    +

    TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

    @@ -882,7 +933,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “default” property

    -
      “default”                  gboolean
    +
      “default”                  gboolean

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -890,7 +941,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “default6” property

    -
      “default6”                 gboolean
    +
      “default6”                 gboolean

    Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -898,7 +949,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “devices” property

    -
      “devices”                  GPtrArray *
    +
      “devices”                  GPtrArray *

    The devices of the active connection.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    @@ -920,7 +971,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       gchar *
    +
      “id”                       gchar *

    The active connection's ID

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -949,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “specific-object-path” property

    -
      “specific-object-path”     gchar *
    +
      “specific-object-path”     gchar *

    The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -966,7 +1017,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    The active connection's type

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -974,7 +1025,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “uuid” property

    -
      “uuid”                     gchar *
    +
      “uuid”                     gchar *

    The active connection's UUID

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -982,12 +1033,24 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

    The “vpn” property

    -
      “vpn”                      gboolean
    +
      “vpn”                      gboolean

    Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    +
    +

    Signal Details

    +
    +

    The “state-changed” signal

    +
    void
    +user_function (NMActiveConnection *nmactiveconnection,
    +               guint               arg1,
    +               guint               arg2,
    +               gpointer            user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First

    +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html index 52988eb4..5d8b8de6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_dns_entry_get_vpn () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_nm_running () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_set_enabled () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname () @@ -313,21 +313,21 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname_finish () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection () @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_connections () @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections () @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections_finish () @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections_finish () @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_dns_configuration () @@ -564,24 +564,24 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * active-connections Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * all-devices Read -gboolean +gboolean can-modify Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * connections Read @@ -592,46 +592,46 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * devices Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * dns-configuration Read -gchar * +gchar * dns-mode Read -gchar * +gchar * dns-rc-manager Read -gchar * +gchar * hostname Read -guint +guint metered Read -gboolean +gboolean networking-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean nm-running Read @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean startup Read @@ -653,37 +653,37 @@ -gchar * +gchar * version Read -gboolean +gboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read -gboolean +gboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read -gboolean +gboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read @@ -702,47 +702,47 @@ void active-connection-added -Run First +Run First void active-connection-removed -Run First +Run First void any-device-added -Run First +Run First void any-device-removed -Run First +Run First void connection-added -Run First +Run First void connection-removed -Run First +Run First void device-added -Run First +Run First void device-removed -Run First +Run First void permission-changed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -912,13 +912,13 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GBoxed
    +
        GBoxed
         ╰── NMDnsEntry
    -    GEnum
    +    GEnum
         ├── NMClientError
         ├── NMClientPermission
         ╰── NMClientPermissionResult
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMClient
     
    @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMClient implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ NMClient implements

    Functions

    nm_client_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_client_error_quark (void);

    Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

    @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_priority (

    nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (NMDnsEntry *entry);

    Gets whether the entry refers to VPN name servers.

    @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

    +

    TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -1109,8 +1109,8 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (

    nm_client_new ()

    NMClient *
    -nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
    -               GError **error);
    +nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMClient.

    Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid @@ -1126,12 +1126,12 @@ that.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -1146,9 +1146,9 @@ that.

    nm_client_new_async ()

    void
    -nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                     gpointer user_data);
    +nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -1187,8 +1187,8 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

    nm_client_new_finish ()

    NMClient *
    -nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
    -                      GError **error);
    +nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

    Parameters

    @@ -1201,12 +1201,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

    result

    -

    a GAsyncResult

    +

    a GAsyncResult

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

    Returns

    -

    a new NMClient, or NULL on error

    +

    a new NMClient, or NULL on error


    @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

    Returns

    -

    string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

    +

    string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)


    @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (

    nm_client_get_startup ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

    Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating connections at startup.

    @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ connections at startup.


    nm_client_get_nm_running ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the daemon is running.

    @@ -1319,13 +1319,13 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the daemon is running

    +

    TRUE if the daemon is running


    nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

    @@ -1345,16 +1345,16 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

    +

    TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled


    nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                                  gboolean enabled,
    -                                  GError **error);
    + gboolean enabled, + GError **error);

    Enables or disables networking. When networking is disabled, all controlled interfaces are disconnected and deactivated. When networking is enabled, all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

    @@ -1374,12 +1374,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

    +

    TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1387,13 +1387,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


    nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

    @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if wireless is enabled

    +

    TRUE if wireless is enabled


    @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                                gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables wireless devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable wireless

    +

    TRUE to enable wireless

      @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                    (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1470,13 +1470,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled


    nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

    @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if WWAN is enabled

    +

    TRUE if WWAN is enabled


    @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                            gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables WWAN devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable WWAN

    +

    TRUE to enable WWAN

      @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1552,13 +1552,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled


    nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

    @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

    +

    TRUE if WiMAX is enabled


    @@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

    nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

    void
     nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
    -                             gboolean enabled);
    + gboolean enabled);

    Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

    Parameters

    @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

    enabled

    -

    TRUE to enable WiMAX

    +

    TRUE to enable WiMAX

      @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

    nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

    Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

    @@ -1634,17 +1634,17 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

    +

    TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled


    nm_client_get_logging ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                            char **level,
                            char **domains,
    -                       GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

    Parameters

    @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1681,17 +1681,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


    nm_client_set_logging ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                            const char *level,
                            const char *domains,
    -                       GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

    Parameters

    @@ -1709,18 +1709,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

    level

    -

    logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    +

    logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    [allow-none]

    domains

    logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

    [allow-none]

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


    @@ -1800,8 +1800,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

    nm_client_check_connectivity ()

    NMConnectivityState
     nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
    -                              GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

    @@ -1823,12 +1823,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable

    +

    a GCancellable

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError

    +

    return location for a GError

      @@ -1844,9 +1844,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

    nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

    void
     nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
    -                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ re-checking, and

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable

    +

    a GCancellable

      @@ -1891,8 +1891,8 @@ re-checking, and

    nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

    NMConnectivityState
     nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                     GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

    @@ -1911,12 +1911,12 @@ call.

    result

    -

    the GAsyncResult

    +

    the GAsyncResult

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError

    +

    return location for a GError

      @@ -1930,11 +1930,11 @@ call.


    nm_client_save_hostname ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                              const char *hostname,
    -                         GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                         GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

    @@ -1953,18 +1953,18 @@ or cleared.

    hostname

    -

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

    [allow-none]

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    return location for GError

    +

    return location for GError

      @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    +

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


    @@ -1981,9 +1981,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

    void
     nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                    const char *hostname,
    -                               GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                               gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

    @@ -2002,13 +2002,13 @@ or cleared.

    hostname

    -

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

    the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

    [allow-none]

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -2029,10 +2029,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.


    nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

    Parameters

    @@ -2050,12 +2050,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    return location for GError

    +

    return location for GError

      @@ -2063,13 +2063,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

    +

    TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


    nm_client_get_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

    Gets all the known network devices. Use nm_device_get_type() or the NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ methods such as

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray +

    a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ containing all the NM

    nm_client_get_all_devices ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

    Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray +

    a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

    @@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

    Returns

    the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

    +or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2203,14 +2203,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

    Returns

    the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

    +or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]


    nm_client_get_active_connections ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

    Gets the active connections.

    @@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray +

    a GPtrArray containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

    @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

    If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

    +non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

    Parameters

    @@ -2310,9 +2310,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

    - + @@ -2392,8 +2392,8 @@ details of the newly added connection.

    nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

    NMActiveConnection *
     nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                      GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                      GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2411,12 +2411,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

    result

    -
    + - + @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

    Returns

    -

    the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

    the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -2439,9 +2439,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async NMConnection *partial, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then asynchronously @@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

    @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ before being added.

    - + @@ -2517,8 +2517,8 @@ details of the newly added connection.

    NMActiveConnection *
     nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                    (NMClient *client,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

    You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

    @@ -2538,12 +2538,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
    - + - + @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish

    Returns

    -

    the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

    the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -2560,11 +2560,11 @@ will be set.


    nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                      NMActiveConnection *active,
    -                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                 GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

    Parameters

    @@ -2587,12 +2587,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
    - + - + @@ -2609,9 +2609,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

    Parameters

    @@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

    cancellable

    -
    + @@ -2655,11 +2655,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

    nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                    (NMClient *client,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2677,12 +2677,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
    - + - + @@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish

    nm_client_get_connections ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

    Parameters

    @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

    The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

    @@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

    The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

    @@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

    Returns

    -

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

    the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

    The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

    @@ -2846,13 +2846,13 @@ to void nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMConnection *connection, - gboolean save_to_disk, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the connection is immediately written + is TRUE, the connection is immediately written to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() method.

    @@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ added, not the object itself

    - + @@ -2917,8 +2917,8 @@ added, not the object itself

    nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

    NMRemoteConnection *
     nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                 GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                 GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2936,12 +2936,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
    - + - + @@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (

    Returns

    -

    the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on +

    the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -2958,23 +2958,23 @@ will be set.


    nm_client_load_connections ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                                 char **filenames,
                                 char ***failures,
    -                            GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                            GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

    The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in client 's connections array when the function returns.

    If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

    Parameters

    @@ -2992,23 +2992,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

    - + - - + - + @@ -3016,9 +3016,9 @@ filenames that failed to load.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

    +FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).


    @@ -3027,9 +3027,9 @@ filenames that failed to load.

    void
     nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                       char **filenames,
    -                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                  gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

    See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

    @@ -3049,12 +3049,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

    - + - + @@ -3075,11 +3075,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.


    nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                        char ***failures,
    -                                   GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

    See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

    @@ -3099,17 +3099,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
    +NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

    - + - + @@ -3117,18 +3117,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

    TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

    +FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).


    nm_client_reload_connections ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
    -                              GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    @@ -3148,12 +3148,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    - + - + @@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure


    @@ -3169,9 +3169,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

    void
     nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
    -                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

    - + @@ -3212,10 +3212,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.


    nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
    -                                     GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

    Parameters

    @@ -3233,12 +3233,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
    - + - + @@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

    +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on failure


    @@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_mode (

    Returns

    -

    the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the +

    the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the value is not available.

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_rc_manager (

    Returns

    -

    the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the +

    the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the value is not available.

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -3308,7 +3308,7 @@ value is not available.


    nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_client_get_dns_configuration (NMClient *client);

    Gets the current DNS configuration

    @@ -3328,8 +3328,8 @@ nm_client_get_dns_configuration (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray -containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not +

    a GPtrArray +containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not available. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type NMDnsEntry]

    @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ likely to become the new

    The “active-connections” property

    -
      “active-connections”       GPtrArray *
    +
      “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

    The active connections.

    Element-type: NMActiveConnection

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3810,7 +3810,7 @@ likely to become the new

    The “all-devices” property

    -
      “all-devices”              GPtrArray *
    +
      “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

    List of both real devices and device placeholders.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3819,15 +3819,15 @@ likely to become the new

    The “can-modify” property

    -
      “can-modify”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

    +
      “can-modify”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE


    The “connections” property

    -
      “connections”              GPtrArray *
    +
      “connections”              GPtrArray *

    The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have @@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


    The “devices” property

    -
      “devices”                  GPtrArray *
    +
      “devices”                  GPtrArray *

    List of real network devices. Does not include placeholder devices.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


    The “dns-configuration” property

    -
      “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *
    +
      “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

    The current DNS configuration represented as an array of dictionaries. Each dictionary has the "nameservers", "priority" keys and, optionally, "interface" and "vpn". @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.


    The “dns-mode” property

    -
      “dns-mode”                 gchar *
    +
      “dns-mode”                 gchar *

    The current DNS processing mode.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: ""

    @@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.


    The “dns-rc-manager” property

    -
      “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *
    +
      “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *

    The current resolv.conf management mode.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: ""

    @@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.


    The “hostname” property

    -
      “hostname”                 gchar *
    +
      “hostname”                 gchar *

    The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ modified by calling

    The “metered” property

    -
      “metered”                  guint
    +
      “metered”                  guint

    Whether the connectivity is metered.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -3904,7 +3904,7 @@ modified by calling

    The “networking-enabled” property

    -
      “networking-enabled”       gboolean
    +
      “networking-enabled”       gboolean

    Whether networking is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ modified by calling

    The “nm-running” property

    -
      “nm-running”               gboolean
    +
      “nm-running”               gboolean

    Whether the daemon is running.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3928,7 +3928,7 @@ see

    The “startup” property

    -
      “startup”                  gboolean
    +
      “startup”                  gboolean

    Whether the daemon is still starting up.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ see

    The “version” property

    -
      “version”                  gchar *
    +
      “version”                  gchar *

    The NetworkManager version.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3952,7 +3952,7 @@ see

    The “wimax-enabled” property

    -
      “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
    +
      “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

    Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ see

    The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
    +
      “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

    Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3968,7 +3968,7 @@ see

    The “wireless-enabled” property

    -
      “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
    +
      “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

    Whether wireless is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3976,7 +3976,7 @@ see

    The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
    +
      “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

    Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@ see

    The “wwan-enabled” property

    -
      “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
    +
      “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

    Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@ see

    The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

    -
      “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
    +
      “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

    Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -4005,7 +4005,7 @@ see void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

    Parameters

    @@ -4034,7 +4034,7 @@ user_function (

    specific_object

    the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    partial

    an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

    specific_object

    the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    filenames

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

    [array zero-terminated=1]

    failures

    on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

    on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

    [out][transfer full]

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    return location for GError

    return location for GError

     

    filenames

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

    NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

    [array zero-terminated=1]

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    failures

    on return, a -NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

    [out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    return location for GError

    return location for GError

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    return location for GError

    return location for GError

     
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    @@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

    Parameters

    @@ -4071,15 +4071,15 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “any-device-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

    @@ -4109,15 +4109,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “any-device-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

    @@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    @@ -4155,7 +4155,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

    void
     user_function (NMClient           *client,
                    NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -               gpointer            user_data)
    + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

    Parameters

    @@ -4184,7 +4184,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    @@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

    Parameters

    @@ -4221,15 +4221,15 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “device-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

    @@ -4259,15 +4259,15 @@ placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “device-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               GObject  *device,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

    @@ -4297,16 +4297,16 @@ placeholder devices.

    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “permission-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMClient *client,
    -               guint     permission,
    -               guint     result,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a permission has changed

    Parameters

    @@ -4340,7 +4340,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index f2645b05..55947dda 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -340,6 +340,14 @@ +NMSettingDummy * + + +nm_connection_get_setting_dummy () + + + + NMSettingGeneric * @@ -388,7 +396,7 @@ -NMSettingMacsec * +NMSettingMacsec * nm_connection_get_setting_macsec () @@ -558,7 +566,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GFlags
    +
        GFlags
         ╰── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
     
    @@ -615,8 +623,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

    nm_connection_remove_setting ()

    void
     nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
    -                              GType setting_type);
    -

    Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

    Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

    Parameters

    @@ -634,7 +642,7 @@ operation dereferences the

    setting_type

    -

    the GType of the setting object to remove

    +

    the GType of the setting object to remove

      @@ -646,8 +654,8 @@ operation dereferences the

    nm_connection_get_setting ()

    NMSetting *
     nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
    -                           GType setting_type);
    -

    Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

    Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

    Parameters

    @@ -665,7 +673,7 @@ to the

    setting_type

    -

    the GType of the setting object to return

    +

    the GType of the setting object to return

      @@ -673,7 +681,7 @@ to the

    Returns

    -

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -710,7 +718,7 @@ the

    Returns

    -

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

    the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -718,10 +726,10 @@ added to the

    nm_connection_to_dbus ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                            NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);
    -

    Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type +

    Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

    @@ -748,7 +756,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant describing the connection, +

    a new floating GVariant describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -756,10 +764,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties.


    nm_connection_replace_settings ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
    -                                GVariant *new_settings,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GVariant *new_settings, + GError **error);

    Replaces connection 's settings with new_settings (which must be @@ -781,12 +789,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

    new_settings

    -

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

    +

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

     

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -794,7 +802,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings +

    TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings could not be deserialized (in which case connection will be unchanged).

    @@ -861,7 +869,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

    nm_connection_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                            NMConnection *b,
                            NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
    @@ -897,17 +905,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

    +

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


    nm_connection_diff ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                         NMConnection *b,
                         NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
    -                    GHashTable **out_settings);
    + GHashTable **out_settings);

    Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -951,16 +959,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

    TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


    nm_connection_verify ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
    -                      GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -968,7 +976,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    Parameters

    @@ -986,7 +994,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -994,15 +1002,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


    nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Verifies the secrets in the connection.

    Parameters

    @@ -1020,7 +1028,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1028,23 +1036,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

    +

    TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

    Since: 1.2


    nm_connection_normalize ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
    -                         GHashTable *parameters,
    -                         gboolean *modified,
    -                         GError **error);
    + GHashTable *parameters, + gboolean *modified, + GError **error);

    Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

    -

    Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

    +

    Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

    @@ -1064,10 +1072,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

    parameters

    -

    a GHashTable with +

    a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

    [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer] @@ -1078,7 +1086,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

    location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

      @@ -1087,7 +1095,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


    @@ -1095,7 +1103,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

    nm_connection_need_secrets ()

    const char *
     nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
    -                            GPtrArray **hints);
    + GPtrArray **hints);

    Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1117,10 +1125,10 @@ secrets are needed.

    hints

    -

    the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

    the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

    [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container] @@ -1163,7 +1171,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

    nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

    Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

    @@ -1199,16 +1207,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


    nm_connection_update_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
    -                              GVariant *secrets,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GVariant *secrets, + GError **error);

    Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

    @@ -1233,13 +1241,13 @@ settings contained in secrets

    secrets

    -

    a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

    a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

     

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1247,7 +1255,7 @@ or

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

    TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

    @@ -1258,7 +1266,7 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

    nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection, const char *path);

    Sets the D-Bus path of the connection. This property is not serialized, and -is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” +is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” property.

    Parameters

    @@ -1317,7 +1325,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

    Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

    +If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

    For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

    @@ -1338,13 +1346,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

    Returns

    -

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL

    +

    Name of the kernel interface or NULL


    nm_connection_is_type ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                            const char *type);

    A convenience function to check if the given connection @@ -1377,8 +1385,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not


    @@ -1387,7 +1395,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against
    void
     nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                           NMSettingValueIterFn func,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

    @@ -1524,7 +1532,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

    nm_connection_is_virtual ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

    Checks if connection refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be @@ -1579,7 +1587,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

    Returns

    the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1607,7 +1615,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1634,7 +1642,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1661,7 +1669,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1688,7 +1696,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1715,7 +1723,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1742,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1769,7 +1777,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1796,7 +1804,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1823,7 +1831,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1856,6 +1864,34 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (
    +

    nm_connection_get_setting_dummy ()

    +
    NMSettingDummy *
    +nm_connection_get_setting_dummy (NMConnection *connection);
    +

    A shortcut to return any NMSettingDummy the connection might contain.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    connection

    the NMConnection

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    [transfer none]

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    nm_connection_get_setting_generic ()

    NMSettingGeneric *
     nm_connection_get_setting_generic (NMConnection *connection);
    @@ -1904,7 +1940,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1931,7 +1967,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1958,7 +1994,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -1990,7 +2026,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

    Returns

    an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

    @@ -2021,16 +2057,16 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

    Returns

    an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]


    nm_connection_get_setting_macsec ()

    -
    NMSettingMacsec *
    +
    NMSettingMacsec *
     nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (NMConnection *connection);
    -

    A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacsec the connection might contain.

    +

    A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacsec the connection might contain.

    Parameters

    @@ -2048,7 +2084,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -2076,7 +2112,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2104,7 +2140,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2131,7 +2167,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2158,7 +2194,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2185,7 +2221,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_proxy (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -2213,7 +2249,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2240,7 +2276,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2268,7 +2304,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2295,7 +2331,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2322,7 +2358,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2349,7 +2385,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2376,7 +2412,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2404,7 +2440,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2431,7 +2467,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2458,7 +2494,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

    Returns

    -

    an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    +

    an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

    [transfer none]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2512,7 +2548,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
    - + @@ -2540,8 +2576,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

    NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

    #define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
     
    -

    GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

    GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.


    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index eaf6288c..8730309c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
    - - - + +GPtrArray * @@ -538,36 +538,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -585,44 +585,44 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -632,19 +632,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ - +

    GTypeInterface parent;

    GTypeInterface parent;

    the parent interace struct

     
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
    const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
    -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
    -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
    -GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -472,14 +472,14 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
    const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -504,13 +504,13 @@ Read
    gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
    -GPtrArray *available-connections Read
    -gchar *driver Read
    -gchar *driver-version Read
    gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
    -gchar *firmware-version Read
    -gchar *interface Read
    -gchar *ip-interface Read
    -GPtrArray *lldp-neighbors Read
    gbooleangboolean managed Read
    guintguint metered Read
    guintguint mtu Read
    gbooleangboolean nm-plugin-missing Read
    -gchar *physical-port-id Read
    -gchar *product Read
    gbooleangboolean real Read
    Read
    guintguint state-reason Read
    -gchar *udi Read
    -gchar *vendor Read
    void state-changedRun FirstRun First
    @@ -791,20 +791,21 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GBoxed
    +
        GBoxed
         ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ├── NMDeviceAdsl
                 ├── NMDeviceBond
                 ├── NMDeviceBridge
                 ├── NMDeviceBt
    +            ├── NMDeviceDummy
                 ├── NMDeviceEthernet
                 ├── NMDeviceGeneric
                 ├── NMDeviceInfiniband
                 ├── NMDeviceIPTunnel
    -            ├── NMDeviceMacsec
    +            ├── NMDeviceMacsec
                 ├── NMDeviceMacvlan
                 ├── NMDeviceModem
                 ├── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
    @@ -820,7 +821,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDevice implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -1069,7 +1070,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

    Returns

    -

    the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

    the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

    @@ -1102,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

    nm_device_get_managed ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

    @@ -1122,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

    +

    TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager


    @@ -1130,7 +1131,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

    nm_device_set_managed ()

    void
     nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
    -                       gboolean managed);
    + gboolean managed);

    Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

    Parameters

    @@ -1148,7 +1149,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

    managed

    -

    TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

    +

    TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

      @@ -1159,7 +1160,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

    nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

    @@ -1179,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

    +

    TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected


    @@ -1187,7 +1188,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

    nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

    void
     nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
    -                           gboolean autoconnect);
    + gboolean autoconnect);

    Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

    Parameters

    @@ -1205,7 +1206,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

    autoconnect

    -

    TRUE to enable autoconnecting

    +

    TRUE to enable autoconnecting

      @@ -1215,7 +1216,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

    nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

    Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

    @@ -1236,14 +1237,14 @@ to be missing.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

    TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.


    nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

    Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

    @@ -1263,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

    +

    TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -1292,7 +1293,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

    Returns

    -

    the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

    the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1322,7 +1323,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

    Returns

    -

    the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

    the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1352,7 +1353,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

    Returns

    -

    the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

    +

    the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1381,7 +1382,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

    Returns

    -

    the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

    the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1461,7 +1462,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

    Returns

    -

    the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

    the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1469,7 +1470,7 @@ not part of an active connection.


    nm_device_get_available_connections ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could be activated on device @@ -1491,7 +1492,7 @@ be activated on device

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray +

    the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    [element-type NMRemoteConnection]

    @@ -1502,7 +1503,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

    nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

    const char *
     nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
    -

    Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

    Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

    @@ -1523,7 +1524,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

    Returns

    -

    the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

    the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

    @@ -1531,7 +1532,7 @@ must not be modified.


    nm_device_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the MTU of the NMDevice.

    @@ -1557,7 +1558,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

    nm_device_is_real ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -1576,7 +1577,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

    TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

    @@ -1585,7 +1586,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its

    nm_device_is_software ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

    Whether the device is a software device.

    @@ -1605,8 +1606,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

    +

    TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.


    @@ -1722,7 +1723,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

    nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

    @@ -1742,7 +1743,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray +

    the GPtrArray containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

    @@ -1791,13 +1792,13 @@ devices in devices

    nm_device_reapply ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                        NMConnection *connection,
    -                   guint64 version_id,
    -                   guint32 flags,
    -                   GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                   GError **error);
    + guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

    @@ -1816,7 +1817,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

    connection

    -

    the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

    +

    the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

      @@ -1833,12 +1834,12 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -1846,7 +1847,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -1857,11 +1858,11 @@ will be set.

    void
     nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                              NMConnection *connection,
    -                         guint64 version_id,
    -                         guint32 flags,
    -                         GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                         gpointer user_data);
    + guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

    @@ -1880,7 +1881,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

    connection

    -

    the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

    +

    the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

      @@ -1897,7 +1898,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -1919,10 +1920,10 @@ catch concurrent accesses.


    nm_device_reapply_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
    -                          GAsyncResult *result,
    -                          GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -1940,12 +1941,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -1953,7 +1954,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -1963,10 +1964,10 @@ will be set.

    nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

    NMConnection *
     nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
    -                                  guint32 flags,
    -                                  guint64 *version_id,
    -                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                  GError **error);
    + guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

    Parameters

    @@ -1995,12 +1996,12 @@ the applied connection.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2009,7 +2010,7 @@ the applied connection.

    Returns

    a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

    +or NULL on error.

    The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

    [transfer full]

    @@ -2022,10 +2023,10 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

    Parameters

    @@ -2048,7 +2049,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -2073,9 +2074,9 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
    NMConnection *
     nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                    (NMDevice *device,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                guint64 *version_id,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2093,7 +2094,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

      @@ -2104,7 +2105,7 @@ connection.

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2112,7 +2113,7 @@ connection.

    Returns

    -

    a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

    a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

    The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

    @@ -2123,10 +2124,10 @@ to

    nm_device_disconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
    -                      GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                      GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

    @@ -2146,12 +2147,12 @@ request.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2159,7 +2160,7 @@ request.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -2168,9 +2169,9 @@ will be set.

    nm_device_disconnect_async ()

    void
     nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
    -                            GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                            gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

    @@ -2190,7 +2191,7 @@ manual network connection request.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -2211,10 +2212,10 @@ manual network connection request.


    nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
    -                             GAsyncResult *result,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2232,12 +2233,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2245,17 +2246,17 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


    nm_device_delete ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
    -                  GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                  GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

    Parameters

    @@ -2273,12 +2274,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2286,7 +2287,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -2295,9 +2296,9 @@ will be set.

    nm_device_delete_async ()

    void
     nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
    -                        GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                        gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

    @@ -2316,7 +2317,7 @@ be deleted.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -2337,10 +2338,10 @@ be deleted.


    nm_device_delete_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
    -                         GAsyncResult *result,
    -                         GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -2358,12 +2359,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2371,16 +2372,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


    nm_device_filter_connections ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
    -                              const GPtrArray *connections);
    + const GPtrArray *connections);

    Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2407,7 +2408,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

    connections

    -

    an array of NMConnections to filter.

    +

    an array of NMConnections to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection] @@ -2416,16 +2417,16 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

    Returns

    an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given device +NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    +should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_device_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                                 NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns @@ -2462,17 +2463,17 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


    nm_device_connection_compatible ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                      NMConnection *connection,
    -                                 GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2507,7 +2508,7 @@ against

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -2515,14 +2516,14 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


    nm_device_get_setting_type ()

    -
    GType
    +
    GType
     nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

    Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections that can be used on device @@ -2632,7 +2633,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2640,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

    nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                    (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                     char *name,
    @@ -2677,18 +2678,18 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
     

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a string attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if a string attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2


    nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                           char *name,
    -                                      guint *out_value);
    + guint *out_value);

    Gets the uint value of attribute with name name on neighbor

    @@ -2721,15 +2722,15 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a uint attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if a uint attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2


    nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

    -
    const GVariantType *
    +
    const GVariantType *
     nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                     char *name);

    Get the type of an attribute.

    @@ -2757,7 +2758,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    Returns

    -

    the GVariantType of the attribute with name name +

    the GVariantType of the attribute with name name

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2943,7 +2944,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    The “autoconnect” property

    -
      “autoconnect”              gboolean
    +
      “autoconnect”              gboolean

    Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -2951,7 +2952,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    The “available-connections” property

    -
      “available-connections”    GPtrArray *
    +
      “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

    The available connections of the device

    Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

    Flags: Read

    @@ -2988,7 +2989,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    The “driver” property

    -
      “driver”                   gchar *
    +
      “driver”                   gchar *

    The driver of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -2996,7 +2997,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    The “driver-version” property

    -
      “driver-version”           gchar *
    +
      “driver-version”           gchar *

    The version of the device driver.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3004,8 +3005,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

    The “firmware-missing” property

    -
      “firmware-missing”         gboolean
    -

    When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

      “firmware-missing”         gboolean
    +

    When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3013,7 +3014,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “firmware-version” property

    -
      “firmware-version”         gchar *
    +
      “firmware-version”         gchar *

    The firmware version of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3021,7 +3022,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “interface” property

    -
      “interface”                gchar *
    +
      “interface”                gchar *

    The interface of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3029,7 +3030,7 @@ for its operation.


    The “ip-interface” property

    -
      “ip-interface”             gchar *
    +
      “ip-interface”             gchar *

    The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3052,14 +3053,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “lldp-neighbors” property

    -
      “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *
    +
      “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

    The LLDP neighbors.

    Flags: Read


    The “managed” property

    -
      “managed”                  gboolean
    +
      “managed”                  gboolean

    Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3067,7 +3068,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “metered” property

    -
      “metered”                  guint
    +
      “metered”                  guint

    Whether the device is metered.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -3076,7 +3077,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    The MTU of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 1500

    @@ -3084,8 +3085,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


    The “nm-plugin-missing” property

    -
      “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
    -

    When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device +

      “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
    +

    When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3094,7 +3095,7 @@ is not installed.


    The “physical-port-id” property

    -
      “physical-port-id”         gchar *
    +
      “physical-port-id”         gchar *

    The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

    Flags: Read

    @@ -3103,7 +3104,7 @@ is not installed.


    The “product” property

    -
      “product”                  gchar *
    +
      “product”                  gchar *

    The product string of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3111,7 +3112,7 @@ is not installed.


    The “real” property

    -
      “real”                     gboolean
    +
      “real”                     gboolean

    Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

    @@ -3130,7 +3131,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

    The “state-reason” property

    -
      “state-reason”             guint
    +
      “state-reason”             guint

    The reason for the device state.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -3138,7 +3139,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

    The “udi” property

    -
      “udi”                      gchar *
    +
      “udi”                      gchar *

    An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -3151,7 +3152,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.


    The “vendor” property

    -
      “vendor”                   gchar *
    +
      “vendor”                   gchar *

    The vendor string of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -3163,10 +3164,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

    The “state-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDevice *device,
    -               guint     new_state,
    -               guint     old_state,
    -               guint     reason,
    -               gpointer  user_data)
    + guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

    Parameters

    @@ -3205,7 +3206,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index 2a158f31..cb06cd98 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
    @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceAdsl implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl implements

    Functions

    nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index fdd703ad..5d90a4b9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBond
    @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceBond implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

    Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

    @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing +

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “slaves” property

    -
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
    +
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

    The devices slaved to the bond device.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index f566d8f0..0f50f3e4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBridge
    @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceBridge implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

    Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

    @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing +

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


    The “slaves” property

    -
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
    +
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

    The devices slaved to the bridge device.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html index 7f7ca146..eea42deb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Home Up Prev -Next +Next
    @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * name Read @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceBt
    @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceBt implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The name of the bluetooth device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5dc3564f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + +NMDeviceDummy: libnm Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    NMDeviceDummy

    +

    NMDeviceDummy

    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    ++++ + + + + +
     NMDeviceDummy
    +
    +
    +

    Object Hierarchy

    +
        GObject
    +    ╰── NMObject
    +        ╰── NMDevice
    +            ╰── NMDeviceDummy
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Implemented Interfaces

    +

    +NMDeviceDummy implements + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    +
    +
    +

    Description

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +

    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    +

    NMDeviceDummy

    +
    typedef struct _NMDeviceDummy NMDeviceDummy;
    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index c2d79716..49748d81 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Home Up -Prev +Prev Next
    @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -92,29 +92,29 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * perm-hw-address Read -GStrv +GStrv s390-subchannels Read -guint +guint speed Read @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
    @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceEthernet implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

    Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

    @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

    nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


    The “perm-hw-address” property

    -
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
    +
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

    The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


    The “s390-subchannels” property

    -
      “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
    +
      “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

    Identifies subchannels of this network device used for communication with z/VM or s390 host.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.


    The “speed” property

    -
      “speed”                    guint
    +
      “speed”                    guint

    The speed of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index 9af61252..6dd192b9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * type-description Read @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
    @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceGeneric implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “type-description” property

    -
      “type-description”         gchar *
    -

    A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

      “type-description”         gchar *
    +

    A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html index e0afef32..d65a58ec 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Home Up Prev -Next +Next
    @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -139,35 +139,35 @@ -guchar +guchar encapsulation-limit Read -guint +guint flow-label Read -gchar * +gchar * input-key Read -gchar * +gchar * local Read -guint +guint mode Read -gchar * +gchar * output-key Read @@ -178,23 +178,23 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean path-mtu-discovery Read -gchar * +gchar * remote Read -guchar +guchar tos Read -guchar +guchar ttl Read @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
    @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceIPTunnel implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

    nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

    -
    guint8
    +
    guint8
     nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

    nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

    -
    guint8
    +
    guint8
     nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ to tunneled packets.


    nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                    (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);
    @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

    nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

    -
    guint8
    +
    guint8
     nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                    (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);
    @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

    nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

    Property Details

    The “encapsulation-limit” property

    -
      “encapsulation-limit”      guchar
    +
      “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

    How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ tunnels.


    The “flow-label” property

    -
      “flow-label”               guint
    +
      “flow-label”               guint

    The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “input-key” property

    -
      “input-key”                gchar *
    +
      “input-key”                gchar *

    The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “local” property

    -
      “local”                    gchar *
    +
      “local”                    gchar *

    The local endpoint of the tunnel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The tunneling mode of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “output-key” property

    -
      “output-key”               gchar *
    +
      “output-key”               gchar *

    The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “path-mtu-discovery” property

    -
      “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
    +
      “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

    Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “remote” property

    -
      “remote”                   gchar *
    +
      “remote”                   gchar *

    The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “tos” property

    -
      “tos”                      guchar
    +
      “tos”                      guchar

    The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to tunneled packets.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ tunneled packets.


    The “ttl” property

    -
      “ttl”                      guchar
    +
      “ttl”                      guchar

    The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 9818369c..dd716c44 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
    @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceInfiniband implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e5b63d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html @@ -0,0 +1,944 @@ + + + + +NMDeviceMacsec: libnm Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    NMDeviceMacsec

    +

    NMDeviceMacsec

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +NMDevice * + +nm_device_macsec_get_parent () +
    const char * + +nm_device_macsec_get_hw_address () +
    +guint64 + +nm_device_macsec_get_sci () +
    +guint8 + +nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length () +
    +guint64 + +nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite () +
    +guint + +nm_device_macsec_get_window () +
    +guint8 + +nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa () +
    const char * + +nm_device_macsec_get_validation () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_protect () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_es () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_scb () +
    +gboolean + +nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect () +
    +
    +
    +

    Properties

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    guint64cipher-suiteRead
    gucharencoding-saRead
    gbooleanencryptRead
    gbooleanesRead
    +gchar *hw-addressRead
    gucharicv-lengthRead
    gbooleaninclude-sciRead
    +NMDevice *parentRead
    gbooleanprotectRead
    gbooleanreplay-protectRead
    gbooleanscbRead
    guint64sciRead
    +gchar *validationRead
    guintwindowRead
    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    + +
    +
    +

    Object Hierarchy

    +
        GObject
    +    ╰── NMObject
    +        ╰── NMDevice
    +            ╰── NMDeviceMacsec
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Implemented Interfaces

    +

    +NMDeviceMacsec implements + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    +
    +
    +

    Description

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_parent ()

    +
    NMDevice *
    +nm_device_macsec_get_parent (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the device's parent device.

    +

    [transfer none]

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_hw_address ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_device_macsec_get_hw_address (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceMacsec

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the hardware address. This is the internal string used by the +device, and must not be modified.

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()

    +
    guint64
    +nm_device_macsec_get_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the Secure Channel Identifier in use

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the SCI

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()

    +
    guint8
    +nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the length of ICV (Integrity Check Value)

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the length of ICV

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()

    +
    guint64
    +nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_window ()

    +
    guint
    +nm_device_macsec_get_window (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the size of the replay window

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    size of the replay window

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()

    +
    guint8
    +nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security +Association in use.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the current Security Association

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_validation ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_device_macsec_get_validation (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets the validation mode for incoming packets (strict, check, +disabled)

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the validation mode

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether encryption is enabled

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether protection is enabled

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted +frames

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether the SCI is always included

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_es ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_es (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for +transmitted frames

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_scb (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in +SecTAG for transmitted frames

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);
    +

    Gets whether replay protection is enabled

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    device

    a NMDeviceMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    whether replay protection is enabled

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PARENT

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PARENT          "parent"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_HW_ADDRESS

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_HW_ADDRESS      "hw-address"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCI

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCI             "sci"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ICV_LENGTH

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ICV_LENGTH      "icv-length"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE    "cipher-suite"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW          "window"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA     "encoding-sa"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_VALIDATION

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_VALIDATION      "validation"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCRYPT

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCRYPT         "encrypt"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PROTECT

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PROTECT         "protect"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_INCLUDE_SCI

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_INCLUDE_SCI     "include-sci"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ES

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ES              "es"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCB

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCB             "scb"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT

    +
    #define NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT  "replay-protect"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMDeviceMacsec

    +
    typedef struct _NMDeviceMacsec NMDeviceMacsec;
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Property Details

    +
    +

    The “cipher-suite” property

    +
      “cipher-suite”             guint64
    +

    The set of cryptographic algorithms in use.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “encoding-sa” property

    +
      “encoding-sa”              guchar
    +

    The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security +Association in use.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “encrypt” property

    +
      “encrypt”                  gboolean
    +

    Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “es” property

    +
      “es”                       gboolean
    +

    Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for +transmitted frames.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “hw-address” property

    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “icv-length” property

    +
      “icv-length”               guchar
    +

    The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value).

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “include-sci” property

    +
      “include-sci”              gboolean
    +

    Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted +frames.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “parent” property

    +
      “parent”                   NMDevice *
    +

    The devices's parent device.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “protect” property

    +
      “protect”                  gboolean
    +

    Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “replay-protect” property

    +
      “replay-protect”           gboolean
    +

    Whether replay protection is enabled.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “scb” property

    +
      “scb”                      gboolean
    +

    Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in +SecTAG for transmitted frames.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: FALSE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “sci” property

    +
      “sci”                      guint64
    +

    The Secure Channel Identifier in use.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “validation” property

    +
      “validation”               gchar *
    +

    The validation mode for incoming packets (strict, check, +disabled).

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “window” property

    +
      “window”                   guint
    +

    The size of the replay window.

    +

    Flags: Read

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html index 953cb812..4ce9994a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Home Up -Prev +Prev Next
    @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -94,18 +94,18 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * mode Read -gboolean +gboolean no-promisc Read @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean tap Read @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
    @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceMacvlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

    Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

    @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (

    nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

    Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

    @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

    +

    TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     gchar *
    +
      “mode”                     gchar *

    The MACVLAN mode.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “no-promisc” property

    -
      “no-promisc”               gboolean
    +
      “no-promisc”               gboolean

    Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “tap” property

    -
      “tap”                      gboolean
    +
      “tap”                      gboolean

    Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html index 58a2c30e..5d177f3c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceModem
    @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceModem implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index e7ead454..a6fab1c9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ -guint +guint active-channel Read @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
    @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceOlpcMesh implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (

    Returns

    -

    the companion of the device of NULL.

    +

    the companion of the device of NULL.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                    (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

    Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

    @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

    Property Details

    The “active-channel” property

    -
      “active-channel”           guint
    +
      “active-channel”           guint

    The device's active channel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html index 933ee7af..526d3a99 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_team_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_team_get_slaves () @@ -84,25 +84,25 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * config Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceTeam
    @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceTeam implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

    Gets the devices currently enslaved to device .

    @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing +

    the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

    @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “config” property

    -
      “config”                   gchar *
    +
      “config”                   gchar *

    The current JSON configuration of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    The “slaves” property

    -
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
    +
      “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

    The devices enslaved to the team device.

    Element-type: NMDevice

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html index a492d0da..1dc0d6aa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_owner () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_group () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_no_pi () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -109,39 +109,39 @@ -gint64 +gint64 group Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * mode Read -gboolean +gboolean multi-queue Read -gboolean +gboolean no-pi Read -gint64 +gint64 owner Read -gboolean +gboolean vnet-hdr Read @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceTun
    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceTun implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (

    nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

    Gets the tunnel owner.

    @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (

    nm_device_tun_get_group ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

    Gets the tunnel group.

    @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (

    nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

    nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

    Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

    @@ -347,14 +347,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2


    nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

    Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

    @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

    Property Details

    The “group” property

    -
      “group”                    gint64
    +
      “group”                    gint64

    The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

    @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     gchar *
    +
      “mode”                     gchar *

    The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

    The “multi-queue” property

    -
      “multi-queue”              gboolean
    +
      “multi-queue”              gboolean

    The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive queues.

    @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ queues.


    The “no-pi” property

    -
      “no-pi”                    gboolean
    +
      “no-pi”                    gboolean

    The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is prepended to the tunnel packets.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


    The “owner” property

    -
      “owner”                    gint64
    +
      “owner”                    gint64

    The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

    @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


    The “vnet-hdr” property

    -
      “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
    +
      “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

    The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets include a virtio network header.

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html index 02a3d527..16df6ea6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id () @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Read -guint +guint vlan-id Read @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceVlan
    @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceVlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier


    @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

    nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    Property Details

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

    The “vlan-id” property

    -
      “vlan-id”                  guint
    +
      “vlan-id”                  guint

    The device's VLAN ID.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 4095

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html index 44cbb345..ba0fd39b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_id () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss () @@ -196,60 +196,60 @@ -guint +guint ageing Read -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -guint +guint dst-port Read -gchar * +gchar * group Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -guint +guint id Read -gboolean +gboolean l2miss Read -gboolean +gboolean l3miss Read -gboolean +gboolean learning Read -guint +guint limit Read -gchar * +gchar * local Read @@ -260,32 +260,32 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean proxy Read -gboolean +gboolean rsc Read -guint +guint src-port-max Read -guint +guint src-port-min Read -guchar +guchar tos Read -guchar +guchar ttl Read @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
    @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceVxlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


    nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Whether the device has carrier.

    @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device has carrier.

    +

    TRUE if the device has carrier.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ forwarding table


    nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (

    nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

    Parameters

    @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

    Property Details

    The “ageing” property

    -
      “ageing”                   guint
    +
      “ageing”                   guint

    The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

    The “carrier” property

    -
      “carrier”                  gboolean
    +
      “carrier”                  gboolean

    Whether the device has carrier.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

    The “dst-port” property

    -
      “dst-port”                 guint
    +
      “dst-port”                 guint

    The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ endpoint.


    The “group” property

    -
      “group”                    gchar *
    +
      “group”                    gchar *

    The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

    @@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       guint
    +
      “id”                       guint

    The device's VXLAN ID.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 16777215

    @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


    The “l2miss” property

    -
      “l2miss”                   gboolean
    +
      “l2miss”                   gboolean

    Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


    The “l3miss” property

    -
      “l3miss”                   gboolean
    +
      “l3miss”                   gboolean

    Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


    The “learning” property

    -
      “learning”                 gboolean
    +
      “learning”                 gboolean

    Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “limit” property

    -
      “limit”                    guint
    +
      “limit”                    guint

    The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “local” property

    -
      “local”                    gchar *
    +
      “local”                    gchar *

    The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “proxy” property

    -
      “proxy”                    gboolean
    +
      “proxy”                    gboolean

    Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “rsc” property

    -
      “rsc”                      gboolean
    +
      “rsc”                      gboolean

    Whether route short circuit is turned on.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “src-port-max” property

    -
      “src-port-max”             guint
    +
      “src-port-max”             guint

    The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “src-port-min” property

    -
      “src-port-min”             guint
    +
      “src-port-min”             guint

    The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “tos” property

    -
      “tos”                      guchar
    +
      “tos”                      guchar

    The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “ttl” property

    -
      “ttl”                      guchar
    +
      “ttl”                      guchar

    The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index 50756399..bf2938d6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish () @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * access-points Read @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ Read -guint +guint bitrate Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * perm-hw-address Read @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ void access-point-added -Run First +Run First void access-point-removed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceWifi
    @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceWifi implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (

    nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

    @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -474,14 +474,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

    Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

    @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray containing all the +

    a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [element-type NMAccessPoint]

    @@ -510,10 +510,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


    nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                             GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time @@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ set.


    nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                                     GVariant *options,
    -                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time @@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

    options

    -

    dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

    +

    dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

     

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ set.

    nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

    void
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                   gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -663,10 +663,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

    void
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                    (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                                GVariant *options,
    -                                GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                gpointer user_data);
    + GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -694,12 +694,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

    options

    -

    dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

    +

    dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

     

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -721,10 +721,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

    nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -                                    GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                    GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ set.

    Property Details

    The “access-points” property

    -
      “access-points”            GPtrArray *
    +
      “access-points”            GPtrArray *

    List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

    Element-type: NMAccessPoint

    Flags: Read

    @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ set.


    The “bitrate” property

    -
      “bitrate”                  guint
    +
      “bitrate”                  guint

    The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: 0

    @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ set.


    The “perm-hw-address” property

    -
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
    +
      “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -872,8 +872,8 @@ set.

    The “access-point-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -               GObject      *ap,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

    Parameters

    @@ -902,15 +902,15 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “access-point-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
    -               GObject      *ap,
    -               gpointer      user_data)
    + GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

    Parameters

    @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ user_function (
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index f5db4d6f..40be52ec 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_rssi () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_cinr () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power () @@ -132,39 +132,39 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bsid Read -guint +guint center-frequency Read -gint +gint cinr Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nsps Read -gint +gint rssi Read -gint +gint tx-power Read @@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ void nsp-added -Run First +Run First void nsp-removed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDevice
                 ╰── NMDeviceWimax
    @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDeviceWimax implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is active.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

    Returns

    -

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    +

    the access point or NULL if none is found.

    [transfer none]


    nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

    -
    const GPtrArray *
    +
    const GPtrArray *
     nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

    nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

    Returns

    -

    a GPtrArray containing +

    a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

    [element-type NMWimaxNsp]

    @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


    nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

    nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

    Returns

    -

    the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

    +

    the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

    @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

    The “bsid” property

    -
      “bsid”                     gchar *
    +
      “bsid”                     gchar *

    The ID of the serving base station as received from the network. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “center-frequency” property

    -
      “center-frequency”         guint
    +
      “center-frequency”         guint

    The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ device is not connected.


    The “cinr” property

    -
      “cinr”                     gint
    +
      “cinr”                     gint

    CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “hw-address” property

    -
      “hw-address”               gchar *
    +
      “hw-address”               gchar *

    The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

    NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “nsps” property

    -
      “nsps”                     GPtrArray *
    +
      “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

    List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

    Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

    Flags: Read

    @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


    The “rssi” property

    -
      “rssi”                     gint
    +
      “rssi”                     gint

    RSSI of the current radio link in dBm. This value indicates how strong the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ device is not connected.


    The “tx-power” property

    -
      “tx-power”                 gint
    +
      “tx-power”                 gint

    Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of 0.5 dBm. i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of -5.5 dBm. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

    @@ -716,8 +716,8 @@ device is not connected.

    The “nsp-added” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
    -               GObject       *nsp,
    -               gpointer       user_data)
    + GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

    NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -750,15 +750,15 @@ user_function (<
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First


    The “nsp-removed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
    -               GObject       *nsp,
    -               gpointer       user_data)
    + GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

    Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

    NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ user_function (<
    -

    Flags: Run First

    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html index fa29023a..e358d689 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp_config_get_options () @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ -gint +gint family Read -GHashTable * +GHashTable * options Read @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMDhcpConfig
     
    @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMDhcpConfig implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

    nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

    Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

    @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (

    Returns

    -

    the GHashTable containing +

    the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

    [transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “family” property

    -
      “family”                   gint
    +
      “family”                   gint

    The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.


    The “options” property

    -
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    -

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    +
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    +

    The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

    Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html index b567f724..3d43bc21 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_addresses () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_routes () @@ -115,44 +115,44 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * addresses Read -GStrv +GStrv domains Read -gint +gint family Read -gchar * +gchar * gateway Read -GStrv +GStrv nameservers Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * routes Read -GStrv +GStrv searches Read -GStrv +GStrv wins-servers Read @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMIPConfig
     
    @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMIPConfig implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

    nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

    Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

    @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray +

    the GPtrArray containing NMIPAddresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

    @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <

    nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

    Gets the routes.

    @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (

    Returns

    -

    the GPtrArray containing +

    the GPtrArray containing NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

    @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

    Returns

    the array of domains. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

    +(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

    [transfer none]

    @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

    Returns

    the array of DNS search strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

    +(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

    [transfer none]

    @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

    Returns

    the arry of WINS server IP address strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

    +(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

    [transfer none]

    @@ -508,21 +508,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

    Property Details

    The “addresses” property

    -
      “addresses”                GPtrArray *
    -

    A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

    +
      “addresses”                GPtrArray *
    +

    A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “domains” property

    -
      “domains”                  GStrv
    +
      “domains”                  GStrv

    The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “family” property

    -
      “family”                   gint
    +
      “family”                   gint

    The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

    Flags: Read

    @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

    The “gateway” property

    -
      “gateway”                  gchar *
    +
      “gateway”                  gchar *

    The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -540,28 +540,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

    The “nameservers” property

    -
      “nameservers”              GStrv
    +
      “nameservers”              GStrv

    The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “routes” property

    -
      “routes”                   GPtrArray *
    -

    A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

    +
      “routes”                   GPtrArray *
    +

    A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “searches” property

    -
      “searches”                 GStrv
    +
      “searches”                 GStrv

    The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

    Flags: Read


    The “wins-servers” property

    -
      “wins-servers”             GStrv
    +
      “wins-servers”             GStrv

    The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration. (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html index d22190aa..853dbeb7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html @@ -61,25 +61,25 @@ -GDBusConnection * +GDBusConnection * dbus-connection Read -GDBusObject * +GDBusObject * dbus-object Read / Write / Construct Only -GDBusObjectManager * +GDBusObjectManager * dbus-object-manager Read / Write / Construct Only -gchar * +gchar * path Read @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ├── NMAccessPoint
             ├── NMActiveConnection
    @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMObject implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -193,31 +193,31 @@ object, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “dbus-connection” property

    -
      “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
    -

    The GDBusConnection of the object.

    +
      “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
    +

    The GDBusConnection of the object.

    [skip]

    Flags: Read


    The “dbus-object” property

    -
      “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *
    -

    The GDBusObject of the object.

    +
      “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *
    +

    The GDBusObject of the object.

    [skip]

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


    The “dbus-object-manager” property

    -
      “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *
    -

    The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

    +
      “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *
    +

    The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

    [skip]

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


    The “path” property

    -
      “path”                     gchar *
    +
      “path”                     gchar *

    The D-Bus object path.

    [skip]

    Flags: Read

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index e0545b25..7441b6c3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_visible () @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ -gboolean +gboolean unsaved Read -gboolean +gboolean visible Read @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMRemoteConnection
     
    @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMRemoteConnection implements - GInitable, GAsyncInitable and NMConnection.

    + GInitable, GAsyncInitable and NMConnection.

    Description

    @@ -230,16 +230,16 @@ NMRemoteConnection implements

    Functions

    nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
    -                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to -disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

    + is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to +disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

    Parameters

    @@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ disk; if

    cancellable

    -
    + - + @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ disk; if

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@ will be set.

    void
     nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                    (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                gboolean save_to_disk,
    -                                GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                gpointer user_data);
    + gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save - is TRUE, the updated connection will -be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be + is TRUE, the updated connection will +be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

    Parameters

    @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ changed.

    - + @@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ changed.


    nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                    (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -358,12 +358,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
    - + - + @@ -371,17 +371,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


    nm_remote_connection_save ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                           GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                           GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    @@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    - + - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ will be set.

    nm_remote_connection_save_async ()

    void
     nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                 gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

    - + @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.


    nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                  GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                  GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
    - + - + @@ -498,17 +498,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


    nm_remote_connection_delete ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                             GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Deletes the connection.

    Parameters

    @@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

    cancellable

    -
    + - + @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

    @@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ will be set.

    nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

    void
     nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                   gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously deletes the connection.

    Parameters

    @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
    - + @@ -589,10 +589,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (

    nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                    GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                    GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -610,12 +610,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
    - + - + @@ -623,18 +623,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

    TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


    nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                       const char *setting_name,
    -                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                  GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call, not a simple property accessor.

    @@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

    - + - + @@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

    Returns

    -

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing +

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

    +'s secrets, or NULL on error.


    @@ -683,9 +683,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

    nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

    Parameters

    @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
    - + @@ -729,11 +729,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async

    nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                    (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
    -                                GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
    - + - + @@ -764,16 +764,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish

    Returns

    -

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

    +'s secrets, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]


    nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

    Parameters

    @@ -792,15 +792,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.


    nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

    Checks if the connection is visible to the current user. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will @@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ reference to it.)

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current -user, FALSE if not.

    +

    TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current +user, FALSE if not.

    @@ -867,17 +867,17 @@ user,

    Property Details

    The “unsaved” property

    -
      “unsaved”                  gboolean
    -

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

    +
      “unsaved”                  gboolean
    +

    TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE


    The “visible” property

    -
      “visible”                  gboolean
    -

    TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if +

      “visible”                  gboolean
    +

    TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if not. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will not contain any settings, and operations such as nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html index feeef9c1..65cb389a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

    - + @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
     
    @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMSecretAgentOld implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
    void
     (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                        NMConnection *connection,
    -                                   GVariant *secrets,
    -                                   GError *error,
    -                                   gpointer user_data);
    + GVariant *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -272,16 +272,16 @@ something like this:

    secrets = nm_simple_connection_new (); s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); -g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), +g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", - NULL); + NULL); nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL); (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict) -g_object_unref (secrets); -g_variant_unref (secrets_dict); +g_object_unref (secrets); +g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     

    cancellable

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    result

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    location for a GError, or NULL

    location for a GError, or NULL

     
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
    gbooleangboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *identifier Read / Write / Construct Only
    gbooleangboolean registered Read
    @@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ something like this:

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none]

    secrets

    -

    the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested +

    the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example). Each key in secrets should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant. The sub-dicts @@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ and the value is the secret

    void
     (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                         NMConnection *connection,
    -                                    GError *error,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

    @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ should be called.

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none] @@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ has returned.

    void
     (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                           NMConnection *connection,
    -                                      GError *error,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

    Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

    @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ should be called.

    connection

    the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

    [transfer none] @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ has returned.


    nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                              GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

    @@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

    +

    TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.


    @@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

    nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

    void
     nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                    gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

    @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -522,10 +522,10 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.


    nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                                     GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                     GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -556,16 +556,16 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

    +

    TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.


    nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                                GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

    Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

    @@ -585,12 +585,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

    +

    TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error


    @@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

    nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

    void
     nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
    -                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

    @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

    cancellable

    -

    a GCancellable, or NULL

    +

    a GCancellable, or NULL

      @@ -649,10 +649,10 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.


    nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
    -                                       GAsyncResult *result,
    -                                       GError **error);
    + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

    Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

    Parameters

    @@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

    result

    -

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

    +

    the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

     

    error

    -

    return location for a GError, or NULL

    +

    return location for a GError, or NULL

      @@ -683,13 +683,13 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

    +

    TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.


    nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

    Parameters

    @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (

    Returns

    -

    a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

    +

    a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.


    @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints, NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags, NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ secrets from the user.

    nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

    @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ disk.

    nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

    @@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (

    Property Details

    The “auto-register” property

    -
      “auto-register”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when +

      “auto-register”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the agent will re-register itself automatically.

    -

    In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the +

    In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the agent will register itself with NetworkManager during construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error if the agent is unable to register itself.

    -

    If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with +

    If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

    Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.


    The “identifier” property

    -
      “identifier”               gchar *
    +
      “identifier”               gchar *

    Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not @@ -950,8 +950,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'


    The “registered” property

    -
      “registered”               gboolean
    -

    TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

    +
      “registered”               gboolean
    +

    TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html index f2e9a755..66b934f0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_setting_lookup_type () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify_secrets () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -138,14 +138,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () -const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * name Read @@ -219,13 +219,13 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
         ├── NMSettingDiffResult
         ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization
    -    GFlags
    +    GFlags
         ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ├── NMSetting8021x
             ├── NMSettingAdsl
    @@ -236,12 +236,13 @@
             ├── NMSettingCdma
             ├── NMSettingConnection
             ├── NMSettingDcb
    +        ├── NMSettingDummy
             ├── NMSettingGeneric
             ├── NMSettingGsm
             ├── NMSettingInfiniband
             ├── NMSettingIPTunnel
             ├── NMSettingIPConfig
    -        ├── NMSettingMacsec
    +        ├── NMSettingMacsec
             ├── NMSettingMacvlan
             ├── NMSettingOlpcMesh
             ├── NMSettingPpp
    @@ -251,6 +252,7 @@
             ├── NMSettingTeamPort
             ├── NMSettingTeam
             ├── NMSettingTun
    +        ├── NMSettingUser
             ├── NMSettingVlan
             ├── NMSettingVpn
             ├── NMSettingVxlan
    @@ -273,11 +275,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

    Functions

    NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                          const char *secret,
                                          NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
    -                                     gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    @@ -312,7 +314,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

    +

    TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret


    @@ -321,9 +323,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

    void
     (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *key,
    -                         const GValue *value,
    -                         GParamFlags flags,
    -                         gpointer user_data);
    + const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    @@ -366,9 +368,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.


    nm_setting_lookup_type ()

    -
    GType
    +
    GType
     nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);
    -

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

    +

    Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

    Parameters

    @@ -386,7 +388,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha

    Returns

    -

    the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if +

    the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if name is not recognized.

    @@ -449,14 +451,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.


    nm_setting_verify ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                        NMConnection *connection,
    -                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

    Parameters

    @@ -476,13 +478,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

    - + @@ -490,18 +492,18 @@ is being verified in isolation.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not


    nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                                NMConnection *connection,
    -                           GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Verifies the secrets in the setting. -The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting +The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation. The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

    @@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

    - + @@ -537,14 +539,14 @@ is being verified in isolation.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

    +

    TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

    Since: 1.2


    nm_setting_compare ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                         NMSetting *b,
                         NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
    @@ -580,18 +582,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

    +

    TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


    nm_setting_diff ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                      NMSetting *b,
                      NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
    -                 gboolean invert_results,
    -                 GHashTable **results);
    + gboolean invert_results, + GHashTable **results);

    Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -625,7 +627,7 @@ one or more

    invert_results

    +be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

    @@ -642,7 +644,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

    +

    TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


    @@ -651,7 +653,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

    void
     nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                                  NMSettingValueIterFn func,
    -                             gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

    @@ -710,17 +712,17 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

    Returns

    an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

    +free with g_free()


    nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                  const char *secret_name,
                                  NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

    @@ -749,7 +751,7 @@ handle that secret.

    - + @@ -757,18 +759,18 @@ handle that secret.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


    nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                  const char *secret_name,
                                  NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

    @@ -797,7 +799,7 @@ handle that secret.

    - + @@ -805,19 +807,19 @@ handle that secret.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


    nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

    -
    const GVariantType *
    +
    const GVariantType *
     nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                        const char *property_name);

    Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name is a D-Bus -property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

    +property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

    Parameters

    connection

    the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

    [allow-none]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    connection

    the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

    [allow-none]

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    this parameter is used internally by libnm and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store error, or NULL

    location to store error, or NULL

     
    @@ -1142,7 +1144,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

    Property Details

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html index 85407d80..b88fe242 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -329,7 +359,7 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -473,7 +533,7 @@ + + + + + + + +
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -189,12 +189,27 @@ const char * +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password () +
    +NMSettingSecretFlags + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password_flags () +
    const char * + nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match ()
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -209,7 +224,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -225,7 +240,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -256,7 +271,7 @@
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -278,7 +293,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -288,6 +303,21 @@ const char * +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password () +
    +NMSettingSecretFlags + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password_flags () +
    const char * + nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver ()
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -351,7 +381,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -361,12 +391,27 @@ const char * +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password () +
    +NMSettingSecretFlags + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password_flags () +
    const char * + nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match ()
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -381,7 +426,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -397,7 +442,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -428,7 +473,7 @@
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -450,7 +495,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -460,6 +505,21 @@ const char * +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password () +
    +NMSettingSecretFlags + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password_flags () +
    const char * + nm_setting_802_1x_get_password ()
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -512,7 +572,7 @@
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -534,7 +594,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -573,7 +633,7 @@
    -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -595,7 +655,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -624,6 +684,22 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format ()
    +NMSetting8021xAuthFlags + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags () +
    +gint + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout () +
    @@ -637,60 +713,87 @@ -GStrv +GStrv altsubject-matches Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * anonymous-identity Read / Write +gint +auth-timeout +Read / Write + + -GBytes * +GBytes * ca-cert Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * +ca-cert-password +Read / Write + + +NMSettingSecretFlags +ca-cert-password-flags +Read / Write + + + +gchar * ca-path Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * client-cert Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * +client-cert-password +Read / Write + + +NMSettingSecretFlags +client-cert-password-flags +Read / Write + + + +gchar * domain-suffix-match Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv eap Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * identity Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * pac-file Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * password Read / Write @@ -701,7 +804,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * password-raw Read / Write @@ -711,73 +814,100 @@ Read / Write +guint +phase1-auth-flags +Read / Write / Construct + + -gchar * +gchar * phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * phase1-peaplabel Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * phase1-peapver Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv phase2-altsubject-matches Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * phase2-auth Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * phase2-autheap Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * phase2-ca-cert Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * +phase2-ca-cert-password +Read / Write + + +NMSettingSecretFlags +phase2-ca-cert-password-flags +Read / Write + + + +gchar * phase2-ca-path Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * phase2-client-cert Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * +phase2-client-cert-password +Read / Write + + +NMSettingSecretFlags +phase2-client-cert-password-flags +Read / Write + + + +gchar * phase2-domain-suffix-match Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * phase2-private-key Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * phase2-private-key-password Read / Write @@ -788,13 +918,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * phase2-subject-match Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * pin Read / Write @@ -805,13 +935,13 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * private-key Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * private-key-password Read / Write @@ -822,12 +952,12 @@ -gchar * +gchar * subject-match Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct @@ -859,6 +989,10 @@ NMSetting8021xCKScheme +enum +NMSetting8021xAuthFlags + + #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_SETTING_NAME @@ -884,6 +1018,14 @@ #define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD + + +#define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS + + +#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_PATH @@ -904,6 +1046,14 @@ #define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD + + +#define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS + + +#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_PEAPVER @@ -916,6 +1066,10 @@ #define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS + + +#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_AUTH @@ -928,6 +1082,14 @@ #define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD + + +#define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS + + +#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_PATH @@ -948,6 +1110,14 @@ #define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD + + +#define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS + + +#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD @@ -999,6 +1169,10 @@ NM_SETTING_802_1X_SYSTEM_CA_CERTS +#define +NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_TIMEOUT + +   NMSetting8021x @@ -1007,10 +1181,12 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
         ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
    -    GObject
    +    GFlags
    +    ╰── NMSetting8021xAuthFlags
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSetting8021x
     
    @@ -1052,9 +1228,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

    nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

    NMSetting8021xCKScheme
    -nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
    -                                     gsize length,
    -                                     GError **error);
    +nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata, + gsize length, + GError **error);

    Determines and verifies the blob type. When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

    @@ -1095,7 +1271,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.


    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the network. Generally only one EAP method is used. Use the functions @@ -1127,7 +1303,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                  guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

    @@ -1161,7 +1337,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *eap);

    Adds an allowed EAP method. The setting is not valid until at least one @@ -1191,7 +1367,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

    @@ -1200,7 +1376,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

    void
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                     guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -1228,7 +1404,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *eap);
    @@ -1258,7 +1434,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1369,12 +1545,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is -TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at +TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place of these properties.

    @@ -1394,7 +1570,7 @@ of these properties.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not


    @@ -1489,7 +1665,7 @@ if

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme. Not all EAP methods use a @@ -1584,12 +1760,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                               GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the @@ -1614,7 +1790,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

      @@ -1638,8 +1814,65 @@ clears the CA certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the password used to access the CA certificate stored in +“ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password_flags ()

    +
    NMSettingSecretFlags
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password_flags
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the +“ca-cert-password”

    +

    Since: 1.8


    @@ -1665,14 +1898,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

    Returns

    the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of entries in the @@ -1703,7 +1936,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

    @@ -1737,7 +1970,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *altsubject_match);
    @@ -1768,8 +2001,8 @@ server is not verified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


    @@ -1778,7 +2011,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -1806,7 +2039,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *altsubject_match);
    @@ -1836,8 +2069,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1923,7 +2156,7 @@ if

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2014,12 +2247,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                        const char *value,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2047,7 +2280,7 @@ authentication method.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

      @@ -2072,8 +2305,65 @@ clears the client certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the password used to access the client certificate stored in +“client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password_flags ()

    +
    NMSettingSecretFlags
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password_flags
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the +“client-cert-password”

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8


    @@ -2099,7 +2389,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

    Returns

    the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

    +values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).


    @@ -2127,7 +2417,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

    Returns

    whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

    @@ -2246,7 +2536,7 @@ use

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored @@ -2344,12 +2634,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                           const char *value,
                                           NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                           NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                      GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2374,7 +2664,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

      @@ -2398,8 +2688,65 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in +“phase2-ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password_flags ()

    +
    NMSettingSecretFlags
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password_flags
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the +“phase2-private-key-password”

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8


    @@ -2426,14 +2773,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

    Returns

    the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


    nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Returns the number of entries in the @@ -2464,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches

    const char *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

    @@ -2498,7 +2845,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
    @@ -2530,8 +2877,8 @@ connection

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

    +

    TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


    @@ -2540,7 +2887,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

    Parameters

    @@ -2568,7 +2915,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

    nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
    @@ -2598,8 +2945,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -2688,7 +3035,7 @@ returned scheme is

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2780,13 +3127,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *value,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2814,7 +3161,7 @@ authentication method.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

      @@ -2839,8 +3186,65 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in +“phase2-client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password_flags ()

    +
    NMSettingSecretFlags
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password_flags
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the +“phase2-client-cert-password”

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8


    @@ -2896,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -3036,7 +3440,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3130,13 +3534,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                        const char *value,
                                        const char *password,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                        NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

    @@ -3150,7 +3554,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -3180,13 +3584,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

     

    password

    -

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

      @@ -3211,7 +3615,7 @@ an error is returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -3332,7 +3736,7 @@ scheme is

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3427,14 +3831,14 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


    nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                    (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                     const char *value,
                                     const char *password,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                     NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
    -                                GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

    @@ -3448,7 +3852,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3478,14 +3882,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

    is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

     

    password

    -

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

    password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

      @@ -3510,7 +3914,7 @@ an error is returned.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

    +

    TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


    @@ -3595,6 +3999,61 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format “phase2-private-key” property

    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags ()

    +
    NMSetting8021xAuthFlags
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags
    +                               (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the authentication flags for "phase 1".

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout ()

    +
    gint
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout (NMSetting8021x *setting);
    +

    Returns the value contained in the “auth-timeout” property.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSetting8021x

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the configured authentication timeout in seconds. Zero means the +global default value.

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -3710,6 +4169,65 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    enum NMSetting8021xAuthFlags

    +

    NMSetting8021xAuthFlags values indicate which authentication settings +should be used.

    +
    +

    Members

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_NONE

    +

    No flags

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_TLS_1_0_DISABLE

    +

    Disable TLSv1.0

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_TLS_1_1_DISABLE

    +

    Disable TLSv1.1

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_TLS_1_2_DISABLE

    +

    Disable TLSv1.2

    +
     

    _NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_LAST

      

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS_ALL

    +

    All supported flags

    +
     
    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_SETTING_NAME

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_SETTING_NAME "802-1x"
     
    @@ -3746,6 +4264,18 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD "ca-cert-password"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS "ca-cert-password-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_PATH

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_PATH "ca-path"
     
    @@ -3776,6 +4306,18 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD "client-cert-password"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS "client-cert-password-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_PEAPVER

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_PEAPVER "phase1-peapver"
     
    @@ -3794,6 +4336,12 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS "phase1-auth-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_AUTH

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_AUTH "phase2-auth"
     
    @@ -3812,6 +4360,18 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD "phase2-ca-cert-password"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS "phase2-ca-cert-password-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_PATH

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_PATH "phase2-ca-path"
     
    @@ -3842,6 +4402,18 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD "phase2-client-cert-password"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS "phase2-client-cert-password-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD

    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD "password"
     
    @@ -3920,15 +4492,22 @@ URI of an object on a PKCS11 token


    +

    NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_TIMEOUT

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_TIMEOUT "auth-timeout"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMSetting8021x

    typedef struct _NMSetting8021x NMSetting8021x;
    +

    AIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings

    Property Details

    The “altsubject-matches” property

    -
      “altsubject-matches”       GStrv
    +
      “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

    @@ -3937,7 +4516,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


    The “anonymous-identity” property

    -
      “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
    +
      “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

    Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

    @@ -3946,8 +4525,19 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.


    +

    The “auth-timeout” property

    +
      “auth-timeout”             gint
    +

    A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the +global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Allowed values: >= 0

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “ca-cert” property

    -
      “ca-cert”                  GBytes *
    +
      “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

    Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

    Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3964,8 +4554,27 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


    +

    The “ca-cert-password” property

    +
      “ca-cert-password”         gchar *
    +

    The password used to access the CA certificate stored in +“ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “ca-cert-password-flags” property

    +
      “ca-cert-password-flags”   NMSettingSecretFlags
    +

    Flags indicating how to handle the “ca-cert-password” property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “ca-path” property

    -
      “ca-path”                  gchar *
    +
      “ca-path”                  gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

    @@ -3975,7 +4584,7 @@ certificate specified in the

    The “client-cert” property

    -
      “client-cert”              GBytes *
    +
      “client-cert”              GBytes *

    Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

    Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3990,8 +4599,27 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.


    +

    The “client-cert-password” property

    +
      “client-cert-password”     gchar *
    +

    The password used to access the client certificate stored in +“client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “client-cert-password-flags” property

    +
      “client-cert-password-flags” NMSettingSecretFlags
    +

    Flags indicating how to handle the “client-cert-password” property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “domain-suffix-match” property

    -
      “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *
    +
      “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this @@ -4004,7 +4632,7 @@ matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.


    The “eap” property

    -
      “eap”                      GStrv
    +
      “eap”                      GStrv

    The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the @@ -4015,7 +4643,7 @@ allowed combinations.


    The “identity” property

    -
      “identity”                 gchar *
    +
      “identity”                 gchar *

    Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -4024,7 +4652,7 @@ login name.


    The “pac-file” property

    -
      “pac-file”                 gchar *
    +
      “pac-file”                 gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -4032,7 +4660,7 @@ login name.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

    @@ -4049,7 +4677,7 @@ property are specified,

    The “password-raw” property

    -
      “password-raw”             GBytes *
    +
      “password-raw”             GBytes *

    Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” @@ -4065,8 +4693,22 @@ property are specified, +

    The “phase1-auth-flags” property

    +
      “phase1-auth-flags”        guint
    +

    Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer +authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. +The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain +TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow +or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. +See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

    -
      “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
    +
      “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

    Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -4079,7 +4721,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase1-peaplabel” property

    -
      “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
    +
      “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

    Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -4090,7 +4732,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase1-peapver” property

    -
      “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
    +
      “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

    Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -4103,7 +4745,7 @@ version.


    The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

    -
      “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv
    +
      “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

    List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the @@ -4113,7 +4755,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


    The “phase2-auth” property

    -
      “phase2-auth”              gchar *
    +
      “phase2-auth”              gchar *

    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -4126,7 +4768,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase2-autheap” property

    -
      “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
    +
      “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

    Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -4139,7 +4781,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


    The “phase2-ca-cert” property

    -
      “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *
    +
      “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

    Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

    @@ -4157,8 +4799,27 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


    +

    The “phase2-ca-cert-password” property

    +
      “phase2-ca-cert-password”  gchar *
    +

    The password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in +“phase2-ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “phase2-ca-cert-password-flags” property

    +
      “phase2-ca-cert-password-flags” NMSettingSecretFlags
    +

    Flags indicating how to handle the “phase2-ca-cert-password” property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “phase2-ca-path” property

    -
      “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
    +
      “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

    UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

    @@ -4168,7 +4829,7 @@ certificate specified in the

    The “phase2-client-cert” property

    -
      “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *
    +
      “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

    Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

    @@ -4186,8 +4847,27 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


    +

    The “phase2-client-cert-password” property

    +
      “phase2-client-cert-password” gchar *
    +

    The password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in +“phase2-client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate +is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “phase2-client-cert-password-flags” property

    +
      “phase2-client-cert-password-flags” NMSettingSecretFlags
    +

    Flags indicating how to handle the “phase2-client-cert-password” property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “phase2-domain-suffix-match” property

    -
      “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *
    +
      “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

    Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If @@ -4201,7 +4881,7 @@ using same suffix match comparison.


    The “phase2-private-key” property

    -
      “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *
    +
      “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

    Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is set to "tls".

    @@ -4216,7 +4896,7 @@ PKCS#12 data and the “phase2-private-key-password” property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

    @@ -4227,7 +4907,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.


    The “phase2-private-key-password” property

    -
      “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
    +
      “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

    The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -4249,7 +4929,7 @@ function.


    The “phase2-subject-match” property

    -
      “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
    +
      “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -4262,7 +4942,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.


    The “pin” property

    -
      “pin”                      gchar *
    +
      “pin”                      gchar *

    PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -4277,7 +4957,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.


    The “private-key” property

    -
      “private-key”              GBytes *
    +
      “private-key”              GBytes *

    Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to "tls".

    Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob @@ -4291,7 +4971,7 @@ PKCS#12 data and the @@ -4307,7 +4987,7 @@ private key data.


    The “private-key-password” property

    -
      “private-key-password”     gchar *
    +
      “private-key-password”     gchar *

    The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -4328,7 +5008,7 @@ property.


    The “subject-match” property

    -
      “subject-match”            gchar *
    +
      “subject-match”            gchar *

    Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property @@ -4340,8 +5020,8 @@ NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.


    The “system-ca-certs” property

    -
      “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
    -

    When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

      “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
    +

    When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index 1ecbc8a9..8ef99cbc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * encapsulation Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * password Read / Write @@ -132,23 +132,23 @@ -gchar * +gchar * protocol Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * username Read / Write -guint +guint vci Read / Write -guint +guint vpi Read / Write @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingAdsl
     
    @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

    nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

    nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -505,13 +505,14 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    NMSettingAdsl

    typedef struct _NMSettingAdsl NMSettingAdsl;
    +

    ADSL Settings

    Property Details

    The “encapsulation” property

    -
      “encapsulation”            gchar *
    +
      “encapsulation”            gchar *

    Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    The “protocol” property

    -
      “protocol”                 gchar *
    +
      “protocol”                 gchar *

    ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -542,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -550,7 +551,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    The “vci” property

    -
      “vci”                      guint
    +
      “vci”                      guint

    VCI of ADSL connection

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 65536

    @@ -559,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

    The “vpi” property

    -
      “vpi”                      guint
    +
      “vpi”                      guint

    VPI of ADSL connection

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: <= 65536

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index b466449d..e6aceb9e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bdaddr Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * type Read / Write @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
     
    @@ -248,13 +248,14 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

    NMSettingBluetooth

    typedef struct _NMSettingBluetooth NMSettingBluetooth;
    +

    Bluetooth Settings

    Property Details

    The “bdaddr” property

    -
      “bdaddr”                   gchar *
    +
      “bdaddr”                   gchar *

    The Bluetooth address of the device.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -262,7 +263,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.


    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

    Flags: Read / Write

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html index d5576a38..a9187235 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * options Read / Write @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBond
     
    @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<

    nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

    Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ using

    nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
    -                            guint32 idx,
    +                            guint32 idx,
                                 const char **out_name,
                                 const char **out_value);

    Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index. Indexes @@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ modified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

    @@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

    Returns

    -

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


    nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                 const char *name,
                                 const char *value);
    @@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                    const char *name);

    Remove the bonding option referenced by name @@ -485,14 +485,14 @@ list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                      const char *value);

    Checks whether name @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name . If value - is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

    + is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

    Parameters

    @@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ the name

    Returns

    -

    TRUE, if the value +

    TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

    +is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.


    @@ -537,6 +537,8 @@ is not a valid option, const char ** nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

    Returns a list of valid bond options.

    +

    The setting + argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

    Parameters

    @@ -547,14 +549,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options ( - - + +

    setting

    the NMSettingBond

     

    the NMSettingBond.

    [allow-none]

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -772,13 +774,14 @@ the

    NMSettingBond

    typedef struct _NMSettingBond NMSettingBond;
    +

    Bonding Settings

    Property Details

    The “options” property

    -
      “options”                  GHashTable *
    +
      “options”                  GHashTable *

    Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html index 397e8165..356710e8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping () @@ -125,43 +125,43 @@ -guint +guint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint hello-time Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * mac-address Read / Write -guint +guint max-age Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean multicast-snooping Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint priority Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean stp Read / Write / Construct @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBridge
     
    @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (

    nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                    (NMSettingBridge *setting);
    @@ -506,13 +506,14 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

    NMSettingBridge

    typedef struct _NMSettingBridge NMSettingBridge;
    +

    Bridging Settings

    Property Details

    The “ageing-time” property

    -
      “ageing-time”              guint
    +
      “ageing-time”              guint

    The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 1000000

    @@ -521,7 +522,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

    The “forward-delay” property

    -
      “forward-delay”            guint
    +
      “forward-delay”            guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 30

    @@ -530,7 +531,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

    The “hello-time” property

    -
      “hello-time”               guint
    +
      “hello-time”               guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 10

    @@ -539,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

    The “mac-address” property

    -
      “mac-address”              gchar *
    +
      “mac-address”              gchar *

    If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

    @@ -549,7 +550,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


    The “max-age” property

    -
      “max-age”                  guint
    +
      “max-age”                  guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 40

    @@ -558,7 +559,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


    The “multicast-snooping” property

    -
      “multicast-snooping”       gboolean
    +
      “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

    Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are @@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ resolved.


    The “priority” property

    -
      “priority”                 guint
    +
      “priority”                 guint

    Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

    @@ -581,7 +582,7 @@ bridge.


    The “stp” property

    -
      “stp”                      gboolean
    +
      “stp”                      gboolean

    Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index 08af6939..f97f4fc2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ -gboolean +gboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write -guint +guint path-cost Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint priority Read / Write / Construct @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
     
    @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

    -
    guint16
    +
    guint16
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

    nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                    (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);
    @@ -265,13 +265,14 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode

    NMSettingBridgePort

    typedef struct _NMSettingBridgePort NMSettingBridgePort;
    +

    Bridge Port Settings

    Property Details

    The “hairpin-mode” property

    -
      “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
    +
      “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

    Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -280,7 +281,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.


    The “path-cost” property

    -
      “path-cost”                guint
    +
      “path-cost”                guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ port.


    The “priority” property

    -
      “priority”                 guint
    +
      “priority”                 guint

    The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 63

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html index 40a6b377..6173885c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -78,6 +78,14 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags () + + +guint32 + + +nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu () + +
    @@ -91,14 +99,19 @@ +guint +mtu +Read / Write / Construct + + -gchar * +gchar * number Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * password Read / Write @@ -109,7 +122,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * username Read / Write @@ -145,6 +158,10 @@ NM_SETTING_CDMA_PASSWORD_FLAGS +#define +NM_SETTING_CDMA_MTU + +   NMSettingCdma @@ -153,7 +170,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingCdma
     
    @@ -276,6 +293,32 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags ( the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the “password”

    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()

    +
    guint32
    +nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (NMSettingCdma *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingCdma

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “mtu” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -310,15 +353,32 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
    +

    NM_SETTING_CDMA_MTU

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_CDMA_MTU            "mtu"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMSettingCdma

    typedef struct _NMSettingCdma NMSettingCdma;
    +

    CDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings

    Property Details

    +

    The “mtu” property

    +
      “mtu”                      guint
    +

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, +breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “number” property

    -
      “number”                   gchar *
    +
      “number”                   gchar *

    The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

    @@ -328,7 +388,7 @@ is used when required.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

    @@ -345,7 +405,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 621b9d76..d354a751 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ -guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -285,17 +285,17 @@ -gboolean +gboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct -gint +gint autoconnect-priority Read / Write / Construct -gint +gint autoconnect-retries Read / Write / Construct @@ -305,30 +305,30 @@ Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * id Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * interface-name Read / Write -gint +gint lldp Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * master Read / Write @@ -338,52 +338,52 @@ Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv permissions Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct -GStrv +GStrv secondaries Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * slave-type Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * stable-id Read / Write -guint64 +guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * type Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * uuid Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * zone Read / Write / Construct @@ -507,10 +507,10 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
         ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingConnection
     
    @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

    nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

    @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

    nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection. @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.


    nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “autoconnect-retries” property of the connection. @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ Zero means infinite, -1 means the global default value.


    nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

    -
    guint64
    +
    guint64
     nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

    @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

    nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

    Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

    @@ -799,16 +799,16 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not


    nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    -

    Returns the number of entires in the “permissions” +

    Returns the number of entries in the “permissions” property of this setting.

    Parameters

    @@ -827,15 +827,15 @@ property of this setting.

    Returns

    -

    the number of permissions entires

    +

    the number of permissions entries


    nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                      guint32 idx,
    +                                      guint32 idx,
                                           const char **out_ptype,
                                           const char **out_pitem,
                                           const char **out_detail);
    @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ of this setting.

    out_detail

    -

    on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

    +

    on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

      @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ of this setting.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

    TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

    @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

    nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *uname);
    @@ -944,14 +944,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

    +

    TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection


    nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                           const char *ptype,
                                           const char *pitem,
    @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
     
     

    detail

    -

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    +

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -995,8 +995,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

    TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

    @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ present in the list

    void
     nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

    @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

    nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *ptype,
    @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ be a username. See 

    detail

    -

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    +

    unused at this time; must be NULL.

    [allow-none] @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ be a username. See

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ connection.


    nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                          const char *type);
    @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ against setting

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

    TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

    @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ with the connection.


    nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

    nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                     guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

    nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                          const char *sec_uuid);

    Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

    @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

    @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ was already present

    void
     nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

    @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

    nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                     const char *sec_uuid);
    @@ -1363,13 +1363,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                    (NMSettingConnection *setting);
    @@ -1670,18 +1670,17 @@ should be activated when master is activated.

    NMSettingConnection

    typedef struct _NMSettingConnection NMSettingConnection;
    -

    The NMSettingConnection struct contains only private data. -It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

    +

    General Connection Profile Settings

    Property Details

    The “autoconnect” property

    -
      “autoconnect”              gboolean
    +
      “autoconnect”              gboolean

    Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -1689,7 +1688,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.


    The “autoconnect-priority” property

    -
      “autoconnect-priority”     gint
    +
      “autoconnect-priority”     gint

    The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.

    @@ -1700,7 +1699,7 @@ The higher number means higher priority.


    The “autoconnect-retries” property

    -
      “autoconnect-retries”      gint
    +
      “autoconnect-retries”      gint

    The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).

    @@ -1726,7 +1725,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.


    The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

    -
      “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
    +
      “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

    If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1736,7 +1735,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       gchar *
    +
      “id”                       gchar *

    A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1745,7 +1744,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".


    The “interface-name” property

    -
      “interface-name”           gchar *
    +
      “interface-name”           gchar *

    The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

    @@ -1761,7 +1760,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


    The “lldp” property

    -
      “lldp”                     gint
    +
      “lldp”                     gint

    Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: -1

    @@ -1770,7 +1769,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


    The “master” property

    -
      “master”                   gchar *
    +
      “master”                   gchar *

    Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1789,9 +1788,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.


    The “permissions” property

    -
      “permissions”              GStrv
    +
      “permissions”              GStrv

    An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

    @@ -1805,9 +1804,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.


    The “read-only” property

    -
      “read-only”                gboolean
    -

    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

      “read-only”                gboolean
    +

    FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1815,7 +1814,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.


    The “secondaries” property

    -
      “secondaries”              GStrv
    +
      “secondaries”              GStrv

    List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.

    @@ -1824,9 +1823,9 @@ supported.


    The “slave-type” property

    -
      “slave-type”               gchar *
    +
      “slave-type”               gchar *

    Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -1834,7 +1833,7 @@ slave.


    The “stable-id” property

    -
      “stable-id”                gchar *
    +
      “stable-id”                gchar *

    Token to generate stable IDs for the connection.

    The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the @@ -1864,7 +1863,7 @@ their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.


    The “timestamp” property

    -
      “timestamp”                guint64
    +
      “timestamp”                guint64

    The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

    NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1877,7 +1876,7 @@ property will not be preserved).


    The “type” property

    -
      “type”                     gchar *
    +
      “type”                     gchar *

    Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1889,7 +1888,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).


    The “uuid” property

    -
      “uuid”                     gchar *
    +
      “uuid”                     gchar *

    A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1900,16 +1899,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or -nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

    +nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL


    The “zone” property

    -
      “zone”                     gchar *
    +
      “zone”                     gchar *

    The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

    When updating this property on a currently activated connection, diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 40b44aa1..6a497ba8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    - +
    Home Up PrevNextNext
    @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -235,12 +235,12 @@ -gchar * +gchar * app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct -gint +gint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Read / Write -gint +gint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct @@ -260,19 +260,19 @@ Read / Write -gint +gint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct -GArray * +GArray * priority-bandwidth Read / Write -GArray * +GArray * priority-flow-control Read / Write @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ -GArray * +GArray * priority-group-bandwidth Read / Write @@ -294,19 +294,19 @@ -GArray * +GArray * priority-group-id Read / Write -GArray * +GArray * priority-strict-bandwidth Read / Write -GArray * +GArray * priority-traffic-class Read / Write @@ -406,9 +406,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GFlags
    +
        GFlags
         ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingDcb
     
    @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

    nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    @@ -666,9 +666,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

    TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

    +FALSE if not enabled


    @@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority,
    -                                gboolean enabled);
    + guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

    These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ the
    - + @@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                      guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    enabled

    TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

    TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

     
    @@ -776,8 +776,8 @@ only valid when

    nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                      guint user_priority,
    -                                      guint group_id);
    + guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -813,10 +813,10 @@ unrestricted group.


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint group_id);
    + guint group_id);

    Parameters

    @@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -889,9 +889,9 @@ to


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                       guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    @@ -927,8 +927,8 @@ These values are only valid when

    nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

    void
     nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                       guint user_priority,
    -                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
    + guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -964,10 +964,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group


    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    @@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if user_priority +

    TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1004,8 +1004,8 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

    These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@ the
    - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

    @@ -1041,10 +1041,10 @@ its priority group, or

    nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                    (NMSettingDcb *setting,
    -                                guint user_priority);
    + guint user_priority);

    Parameters

    strict

    TRUE to allow user_priority +

    TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

     
    @@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
    @@ -1246,6 +1246,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

    NMSettingDcb

    typedef struct _NMSettingDcb NMSettingDcb;
    +

    Data Center Bridging Settings

    @@ -1261,7 +1262,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fcoe-mode” property

    -
      “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
    +
      “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

    The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1270,7 +1271,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fcoe-priority” property

    -
      “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
    +
      “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1290,7 +1291,7 @@ be any combination of

    The “app-fip-priority” property

    -
      “app-fip-priority”         gint
    +
      “app-fip-priority”         gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1310,7 +1311,7 @@ may be any combination of

    The “app-iscsi-priority” property

    -
      “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
    +
      “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

    The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

    @@ -1321,7 +1322,7 @@ property includes the

    The “priority-bandwidth” property

    -
      “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *
    +
      “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all @@ -1333,7 +1334,7 @@ percent.


    The “priority-flow-control” property

    -
      “priority-flow-control”    GArray *
    +
      “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.

    @@ -1352,7 +1353,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of

    The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

    -
      “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *
    +
      “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the @@ -1372,7 +1373,7 @@ any combination of

    The “priority-group-id” property

    -
      “priority-group-id”        GArray *
    +
      “priority-group-id”        GArray *

    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

    @@ -1382,7 +1383,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.


    The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

    -
      “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *
    +
      “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

    An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

    @@ -1392,7 +1393,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.


    The “priority-traffic-class” property

    -
      “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *
    +
      “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

    An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6fc3605 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + + +NMSettingDummy: libnm Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + +
    + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    NMSettingDummy

    +

    NMSettingDummy — Describes connection properties for dummy interfaces

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    ++++ + + + + +
    +NMSetting * + +nm_setting_dummy_new () +
    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    ++++ + + + + + + + + + + +
    #defineNM_SETTING_DUMMY_SETTING_NAME
     NMSettingDummy
    +
    +
    +

    Object Hierarchy

    +
        GObject
    +    ╰── NMSetting
    +        ╰── NMSettingDummy
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Description

    +

    The NMSettingDummy object is a NMSetting subclass that describes properties +necessary for connection to dummy devices

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    +

    nm_setting_dummy_new ()

    +
    NMSetting *
    +nm_setting_dummy_new (void);
    +

    Creates a new NMSettingDummy object with default values.

    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the new empty NMSettingDummy object.

    +

    [transfer full]

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_DUMMY_SETTING_NAME

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_DUMMY_SETTING_NAME         "dummy"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMSettingDummy

    +
    typedef struct _NMSettingDummy NMSettingDummy;
    +

    Dummy Link Settings

    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index 89112de0..714ec7c3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Home Up -Prev +Prev Next
    @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingGeneric
     
    @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

    There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be -the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

    +the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

    Functions

    @@ -108,6 +108,7 @@ nm_setting_generic_new (void

    NMSettingGeneric

    typedef struct _NMSettingGeneric NMSettingGeneric;
    +

    Generic Link Settings

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html index be3e09d2..0a80c7f2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -122,6 +122,14 @@ +guint32 + + +nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu () + + + + NMSettingSecretFlags @@ -150,36 +158,41 @@ -gchar * +gchar * apn Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * device-id Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean home-only Read / Write +guint +mtu +Read / Write / Construct + + -gchar * +gchar * network-id Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * number Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * password Read / Write @@ -190,7 +203,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * pin Read / Write @@ -201,19 +214,19 @@ -gchar * +gchar * sim-id Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * sim-operator-id Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * username Read / Write @@ -281,6 +294,10 @@ NM_SETTING_GSM_SIM_OPERATOR_ID +#define +NM_SETTING_GSM_MTU + +   NMSettingGsm @@ -289,7 +306,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingGsm
     
    @@ -465,7 +482,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

    nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -567,6 +584,32 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (
    +

    nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()

    +
    guint32
    +nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu (NMSettingGsm *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingGsm

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “mtu” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags ()

    NMSettingSecretFlags
     nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags (NMSettingGsm *setting);
    @@ -697,15 +740,22 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (
    +

    NM_SETTING_GSM_MTU

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_GSM_MTU             "mtu"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMSettingGsm

    typedef struct _NMSettingGsm NMSettingGsm;
    +

    GSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings

    Property Details

    The “apn” property

    -
      “apn”                      gchar *
    +
      “apn”                      gchar *

    The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -719,7 +769,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM


    The “device-id” property

    -
      “device-id”                gchar *
    +
      “device-id”                gchar *

    The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.

    @@ -730,16 +780,26 @@ apply to the specified device.


    The “home-only” property

    -
      “home-only”                gboolean
    -

    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

      “home-only”                gboolean
    +

    When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE


    +

    The “mtu” property

    +
      “mtu”                      guint
    +

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, +breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    The “network-id” property

    -
      “network-id”               gchar *
    +
      “network-id”               gchar *

    The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -751,7 +811,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.


    The “number” property

    -
      “number”                   gchar *
    +
      “number”                   gchar *

    Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -762,7 +822,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.


    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

    @@ -779,7 +839,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


    The “pin” property

    -
      “pin”                      gchar *
    +
      “pin”                      gchar *

    If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

    @@ -796,7 +856,7 @@ device.


    The “sim-id” property

    -
      “sim-id”                   gchar *
    +
      “sim-id”                   gchar *

    The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a @@ -808,7 +868,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.


    The “sim-operator-id” property

    -
      “sim-operator-id”          gchar *
    +
      “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

    A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by @@ -821,7 +881,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index 942268a0..e2e7cfed 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * dhcp-client-id Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * dhcp-fqdn Read / Write @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
                 ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
    @@ -302,13 +302,14 @@ through that interface to the default network.

    NMSettingIP4Config

    typedef struct _NMSettingIP4Config NMSettingIP4Config;
    +

    IPv4 Settings

    Property Details

    The “dhcp-client-id” property

    -
      “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
    +
      “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

    A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -317,8 +318,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.


    The “dhcp-fqdn” property

    -
      “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
    -

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

      “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
    +

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index c2e28391..9f735103 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ -gint +gint addr-gen-mode Read / Write / Construct @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * token Read / Write @@ -168,10 +168,10 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
         ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
                 ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
    @@ -460,13 +460,14 @@ specified by RFC7217.

    NMSettingIP6Config

    typedef struct _NMSettingIP6Config NMSettingIP6Config;
    +

    IPv6 Settings

    Property Details

    The “addr-gen-mode” property

    -
      “addr-gen-mode”            gint
    +
      “addr-gen-mode”            gint

    Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy".

    @@ -516,7 +517,7 @@ setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.


    The “token” property

    -
      “token”                    gchar *
    +
      “token”                    gchar *

    Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

    Flags: Read / Write

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html index a375ed35..10afde80 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_address_equal () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_ip_address_get_prefix () @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_address_get_attribute () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_equal () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_ip_route_get_prefix () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_ip_route_get_metric () @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_route_get_attribute () @@ -344,6 +344,21 @@ +const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const * + + +nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec () + + + + +gboolean + + +nm_ip_route_attribute_validate () + + + const char * @@ -352,7 +367,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns () @@ -367,7 +382,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns () @@ -383,7 +398,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -399,7 +414,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -414,7 +429,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search () @@ -430,7 +445,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -446,7 +461,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options () @@ -454,7 +469,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options () @@ -469,7 +484,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option () @@ -477,7 +492,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option () @@ -493,7 +508,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value () @@ -509,7 +524,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority () @@ -517,7 +532,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -533,7 +548,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_address () @@ -549,7 +564,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -572,7 +587,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes () @@ -588,7 +603,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_route () @@ -604,7 +619,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -620,7 +635,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric () @@ -628,7 +643,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -636,7 +651,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -651,7 +666,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -659,7 +674,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default () @@ -667,7 +682,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail () @@ -675,7 +690,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout () @@ -683,7 +698,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout () @@ -703,91 +718,91 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * addresses Read / Write -gint +gint dad-timeout Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct -gint +gint dhcp-timeout Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv dns Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv dns-options Read / Write -gint +gint dns-priority Read / Write / Construct -GStrv +GStrv dns-search Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * gateway Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * method Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct -gint64 +gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * routes Read / Write @@ -804,6 +819,58 @@ #define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_CWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITCWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITRWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_MTU + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_WINDOW + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_CWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITCWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITRWND + + +#define +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_MTU + + +#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX @@ -943,10 +1010,10 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GBoxed
    +
        GBoxed
         ├── NMIPAddress
         ╰── NMIPRoute
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
                 ├── NMSettingIP4Config
    @@ -971,8 +1038,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

    NMIPAddress *
     nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                        const char *addr,
    -                   guint prefix,
    -                   GError **error);
    + guint prefix, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1001,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1009,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

    Returns

    -

    the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

    +

    the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1018,9 +1085,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

    nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

    NMIPAddress *
     nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
    -                          gconstpointer addr,
    -                          guint prefix,
    -                          GError **error);
    + gconstpointer addr, + guint prefix, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr must point to a buffer of the correct size for family @@ -1052,7 +1119,7 @@ correct size for family

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1060,7 +1127,7 @@ correct size for family

    Returns

    -

    the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

    +

    the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1112,7 +1179,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip_address_equal ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                          NMIPAddress *other);

    Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix @@ -1142,7 +1209,7 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    @@ -1266,7 +1333,7 @@ have a valid address, use

    nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

    void
     nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
    -                                  gpointer addr);
    + gpointer addr);

    Gets the IP address property of this address object.

    addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1300,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (

    nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

    void
     nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
    -                                  gconstpointer addr);
    + gconstpointer addr);

    Sets the IP address property of this address object.

    addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1332,7 +1399,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (

    nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

    Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address object.

    @@ -1361,7 +1428,7 @@ object.

    nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
    -                          guint prefix);
    + guint prefix);

    Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1410,14 +1477,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

    [transfer full]


    nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                                  const char *name);

    Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -1450,7 +1517,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name on address -, or NULL if address +, or NULL if address has no such attribute.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1461,7 +1528,7 @@ has no such attribute.

    void
     nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                                  const char *name,
    -                             GVariant *value);
    + GVariant *value);

    Sets or clears the named attribute on address to the given value.

    @@ -1498,10 +1565,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute * nm_ip_route_new (int family, const char *dest, - guint prefix, + guint prefix, const char *next_hop, - gint64 metric, - GError **error);
    + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1530,7 +1597,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

    next_hop

    -

    the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

    +

    the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

    [allow-none] @@ -1540,7 +1607,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1548,7 +1615,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

    Returns

    -

    the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

    +

    the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1557,14 +1624,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

    nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

    NMIPRoute *
     nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
    -                        gconstpointer dest,
    -                        guint prefix,
    -                        gconstpointer next_hop,
    -                        gint64 metric,
    -                        GError **error);
    + gconstpointer dest, + guint prefix, + gconstpointer next_hop, + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest and next_hop - (if non-NULL) must + (if non-NULL) must point to buffers of the correct size for family .

    @@ -1594,7 +1661,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

    next_hop

    -

    the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

    +

    the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

    [allow-none] @@ -1604,7 +1671,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

    error

    -

    location to store error, or NULL

    +

    location to store error, or NULL

      @@ -1612,7 +1679,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

    Returns

    -

    the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

    +

    the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -1664,7 +1731,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


    nm_ip_route_equal ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                        NMIPRoute *other);

    Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix, @@ -1694,7 +1761,7 @@ to.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

    +

    TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


    @@ -1818,7 +1885,7 @@ have a valid address, use

    nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

    void
     nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                             gpointer dest);
    + gpointer dest);

    Gets the destination property of this route object.

    dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1852,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (

    nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

    void
     nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                             gconstpointer dest);
    + gconstpointer dest);

    Sets the destination property of this route object.

    dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1884,7 +1951,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (

    nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

    Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

    @@ -1912,7 +1979,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (

    nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

    void
     nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                        guint prefix);
    + guint prefix);

    Sets the prefix property of this route object.

    Parameters

    @@ -1942,7 +2009,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (

    nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

    const char *
     nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);
    -

    Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the +

    Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the route has no next hop.

    Parameters

    @@ -1961,7 +2028,7 @@ route has no next hop.

    Returns

    -

    the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

    +

    the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.


    @@ -1972,7 +2039,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

    Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

    next_hop - (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route + (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route 's family. If you aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

    @@ -2002,9 +2069,9 @@ it.


    nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                                 gpointer next_hop);
    + gpointer next_hop);

    Gets the next hop property of this route object.

    next_hop must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2034,8 +2101,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if route -has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case +

    TRUE if route +has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case next_hop will be zeroed out)

    @@ -2045,10 +2112,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

    nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

    void
     nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                                 gconstpointer next_hop);
    + gconstpointer next_hop);

    Sets the destination property of this route object.

    next_hop - (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for + (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route 's family.

    [skip]

    @@ -2078,7 +2145,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (

    nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

    Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default" @@ -2108,7 +2175,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"

    nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

    void
     nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
    -                        gint64 metric);
    + gint64 metric);

    Sets the metric property of this route object.

    Parameters

    @@ -2157,14 +2224,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

    [transfer full]


    nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                                const char *name);

    Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -2197,7 +2264,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name on route -, or NULL if route +, or NULL if route has no such attribute.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -2208,7 +2275,7 @@ has no such attribute.

    void
     nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                                const char *name,
    -                           GVariant *value);
    + GVariant *value);

    Sets the named attribute on route to the given value.

    @@ -2241,6 +2308,72 @@ nm_ip_route_set_attribute ( +

    nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec ()

    +
    const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *
    +nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec
    +                               (void);
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the specifiers for route attributes

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_ip_route_attribute_validate (const char *name,
    +                                GVariant *value,
    +                                int family,
    +                                gboolean *known,
    +                                GError **error);
    +

    Validates a route attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one +and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    name

    the attribute name

     

    value

    the attribute value

     

    family

    IP address family of the route

     

    known

    on return, whether the attribute name is a known one.

    [out]

    error

    return location for a GError, or NULL.

    [allow-none]
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_method ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_method (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
    @@ -2269,7 +2402,7 @@ methods available with each type.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -2328,7 +2461,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (

    nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   const char *dns);

    Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

    @@ -2356,7 +2489,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

    TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

    @@ -2394,7 +2527,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

    nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     const char *dns);
    @@ -2424,7 +2557,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -2452,7 +2585,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
    @@ -2512,7 +2645,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (

    nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                          const char *dns_search);

    Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

    @@ -2540,7 +2673,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

    @@ -2579,7 +2712,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search

    nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     const char *dns_search);
    @@ -2609,7 +2742,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since 0.9.10

    @@ -2639,7 +2772,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
    @@ -2666,7 +2799,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options

    nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states. @@ -2698,7 +2831,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
    -                                     guint idx);
    + guint idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -2731,10 +2864,10 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (

    nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
    -                                guint idx);
    + guint idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -2768,7 +2901,7 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found


    nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                          const char *dns_option);

    Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

    @@ -2796,7 +2929,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2836,7 +2969,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option

    nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     const char *dns_option);
    @@ -2866,7 +2999,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2876,7 +3009,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
    void
     nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
    -                                gboolean is_set);
    + gboolean is_set);

    Removes all configured DNS options.

    Parameters

    @@ -2906,7 +3039,7 @@ Specify how to clear the options.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -2932,7 +3065,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
    @@ -2993,7 +3126,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (

    nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                       NMIPAddress *address);

    Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting. The @@ -3022,7 +3155,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

    TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

    @@ -3060,7 +3193,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

    nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     NMIPAddress *address);
    @@ -3090,7 +3223,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -3138,13 +3271,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (

    Returns

    the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or -NULL.

    +NULL.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -3204,7 +3337,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (

    nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     NMIPRoute *route);

    Adds a new route and associated information to the setting. The @@ -3233,7 +3366,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

    +

    TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


    @@ -3270,7 +3403,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

    nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                     NMIPRoute *route);
    @@ -3300,7 +3433,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -3328,7 +3461,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” property.

    @@ -3356,7 +3489,7 @@ specify a metric. See

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” @@ -3378,14 +3511,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” @@ -3407,7 +3540,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

    TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

    @@ -3442,7 +3575,7 @@ property.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname” @@ -3464,7 +3597,7 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

    TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

    @@ -3472,7 +3605,7 @@ update DNS information for this machine.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                    (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “never-default” @@ -3494,14 +3627,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default +

    TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

    @@ -3522,14 +3655,14 @@ property.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP +

    TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.


    nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -3555,7 +3688,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (

    nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

    -
    gint
    +
    gint
     nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

    Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout” property.

    @@ -3585,6 +3718,84 @@ the particular kind of device.

    Types and Values

    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC            "src"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM           "from"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS            "tos"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW         "window"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_CWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_CWND           "cwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITCWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITCWND       "initcwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITRWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITRWND       "initrwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_MTU

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_MTU            "mtu"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_WINDOW

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_WINDOW    "lock-window"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_CWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_CWND      "lock-cwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITCWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITCWND  "lock-initcwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITRWND

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITRWND  "lock-initrwnd"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_MTU

    +
    #define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_MTU       "lock-mtu"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX

    #define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX     30000
     
    @@ -3791,7 +4002,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

    Property Details

    The “addresses” property

    -
      “addresses”                GPtrArray *
    +
      “addresses”                GPtrArray *

    Array of IP addresses.

    Element-Type: NMIPAddress

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3799,7 +4010,7 @@ the particular kind of device.


    The “dad-timeout” property

    -
      “dad-timeout”              gint
    +
      “dad-timeout”              gint

    Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address @@ -3814,8 +4025,8 @@ timeout in milliseconds.


    The “dhcp-hostname” property

    -
      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
    -

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

      “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
    +

    If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

    @@ -3825,19 +4036,19 @@ cannot be set at the same time.


    The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

    -
      “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

      “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the -“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

    +“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is +TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE


    The “dhcp-timeout” property

    -
      “dhcp-timeout”             gint
    +
      “dhcp-timeout”             gint

    A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Allowed values: >= 0

    @@ -3846,16 +4057,16 @@ providing a static hostname for the computer. If the

    The “dns” property

    -
      “dns”                      GStrv
    +
      “dns”                      GStrv

    Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

    Flags: Read / Write


    The “dns-options” property

    -
      “dns-options”              GStrv
    +
      “dns-options”              GStrv

    Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf.

    -

    NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. +

    NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3864,7 +4075,7 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.


    The “dns-priority” property

    -
      “dns-priority”             gint
    +
      “dns-priority”             gint

    Intra-connection DNS priority.

    The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top @@ -3888,14 +4099,14 @@ value will be used.


    The “dns-search” property

    -
      “dns-search”               GStrv
    +
      “dns-search”               GStrv

    Array of DNS search domains.

    Flags: Read / Write


    The “gateway” property

    -
      “gateway”                  gchar *
    +
      “gateway”                  gchar *

    The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if “addresses” is also set.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -3904,9 +4115,9 @@ if

    The “ignore-auto-dns” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
    +
      “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

    When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

    @@ -3916,9 +4127,9 @@ any, are used.


    The “ignore-auto-routes” property

    -
      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
    +
      “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

    When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -3926,12 +4137,12 @@ specified in the

    The “may-fail” property

    -
      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the +

      “may-fail”                 gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to -TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration +TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -3940,7 +4151,7 @@ successfully.


    The “method” property

    -
      “method”                   gchar *
    +
      “method”                   gchar *

    IP configuration method.

    NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for @@ -3960,8 +4171,8 @@ manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.


    The “never-default” property

    -
      “never-default”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this +

      “never-default”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -3970,7 +4181,7 @@ NetworkManager.


    The “route-metric” property

    -
      “route-metric”             gint64
    +
      “route-metric”             gint64

    The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. @@ -3988,7 +4199,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.


    The “routes” property

    -
      “routes”                   GPtrArray *
    +
      “routes”                   GPtrArray *

    Array of IP routes.

    Element-Type: NMIPRoute

    Flags: Read / Write

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html index 26f54ddd..70663b57 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
    - +
    Home Up PrevNextNext
    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu () @@ -153,67 +153,67 @@ -guint +guint encapsulation-limit Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint flow-label Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * input-key Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * local Read / Write -guint +guint mode Read / Write -guint +guint mtu Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * output-key Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * parent Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean path-mtu-discovery Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * remote Read / Write -guint +guint tos Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint ttl Read / Write / Construct @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
     
    @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

    @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

    @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                    (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

    @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                    (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

    @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

    @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

    nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

    Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

    @@ -721,13 +721,14 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (

    NMSettingIPTunnel

    typedef struct _NMSettingIPTunnel NMSettingIPTunnel;
    +

    IP Tunneling Settings

    Property Details

    The “encapsulation-limit” property

    -
      “encapsulation-limit”      guint
    +
      “encapsulation-limit”      guint

    How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -738,7 +739,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


    The “flow-label” property

    -
      “flow-label”               guint
    +
      “flow-label”               guint

    The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -749,7 +750,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.


    The “input-key” property

    -
      “input-key”                gchar *
    +
      “input-key”                gchar *

    The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -759,7 +760,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.


    The “local” property

    -
      “local”                    gchar *
    +
      “local”                    gchar *

    The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -769,7 +770,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -779,14 +780,14 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 0


    The “output-key” property

    -
      “output-key”               gchar *
    +
      “output-key”               gchar *

    The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -796,7 +797,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.


    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +
      “parent”                   gchar *

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.

    @@ -807,7 +808,7 @@ routed via that interface.


    The “path-mtu-discovery” property

    -
      “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
    +
      “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

    Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -816,7 +817,7 @@ routed via that interface.


    The “remote” property

    -
      “remote”                   gchar *
    +
      “remote”                   gchar *

    The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -826,7 +827,7 @@ address.


    The “tos” property

    -
      “tos”                      guint
    +
      “tos”                      guint

    The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -837,7 +838,7 @@ tunneled packets.


    The “ttl” property

    -
      “ttl”                      guint
    +
      “ttl”                      guint

    The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index 94f9a678..13c0751a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -107,29 +107,29 @@ -gchar * +gchar * mac-address Read / Write -guint +guint mtu Read / Write / Construct -gint +gint p-key Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * transport-mode Read / Write / Construct @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
     
    @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

    nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

    Returns the interface name created by combining “parent” and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will -return NULL.)

    +return NULL.)

    Parameters

    @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ return

    Returns

    -

    the interface name, or NULL

    +

    the interface name, or NULL

    @@ -403,13 +403,14 @@ return

    NMSettingInfiniband

    typedef struct _NMSettingInfiniband NMSettingInfiniband;
    +

    Infiniband Settings

    Property Details

    The “mac-address” property

    -
      “mac-address”              gchar *
    +
      “mac-address”              gchar *

    If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

    @@ -419,7 +420,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.


    The “p-key” property

    -
      “p-key”                    gint
    +
      “p-key”                    gint

    The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -440,8 +441,8 @@ P_Key.


    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    -

    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

      “parent”                   gchar *
    +

    The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

    @@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

    The “transport-mode” property

    -
      “transport-mode”           gchar *
    +
      “transport-mode”           gchar *

    The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0c7b741 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html @@ -0,0 +1,710 @@ + + + + +NMSettingMacsec: libnm Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + +
    + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    + + +
    +

    NMSettingMacsec

    +

    NMSettingMacsec — Describes connection properties for MACSEC interfaces

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +NMSetting * + +nm_setting_macsec_new () +
    const char * + +nm_setting_macsec_get_parent () +
    +NMSettingMacsecMode + +nm_setting_macsec_get_mode () +
    +gboolean + +nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt () +
    const char * + +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak () +
    +NMSettingSecretFlags + +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak_flags () +
    const char * + +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_ckn () +
    +int + +nm_setting_macsec_get_port () +
    +NMSettingMacsecValidation + +nm_setting_macsec_get_validation () +
    +
    +
    +

    Properties

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    gbooleanencryptRead / Write / Construct
    +gchar *mka-cakRead / Write / Construct
    NMSettingSecretFlagsmka-cak-flagsRead / Write
    +gchar *mka-cknRead / Write / Construct
    gintmodeRead / Write / Construct
    +gchar *parentRead / Write / Construct
    gintportRead / Write / Construct
    gintvalidationRead / Write / Construct
    +
    + +
    +

    Object Hierarchy

    +
        GEnum
    +    ├── NMSettingMacsecMode
    +    ╰── NMSettingMacsecValidation
    +    GObject
    +    ╰── NMSetting
    +        ╰── NMSettingMacsec
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Description

    +

    The NMSettingMacsec object is a NMSetting subclass that describes properties +necessary for connection to MACsec (IEEE 802.1AE) interfaces.

    +
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_new ()

    +
    NMSetting *
    +nm_setting_macsec_new (void);
    +

    Creates a new NMSettingMacsec object with default values.

    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the new empty NMSettingMacsec object.

    +

    [transfer full]

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_parent ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_parent (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “parent” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_mode ()

    +
    NMSettingMacsecMode
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_mode (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “mode” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()

    +
    gboolean
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “encrypt” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “mka-cak” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak_flags ()

    +
    NMSettingSecretFlags
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak_flags (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the NMSettingSecretFlags pertaining to the “mka-cak”

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_ckn ()

    +
    const char *
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_ckn (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “mka-ckn” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_port ()

    +
    int
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_port (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “port” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_setting_macsec_get_validation ()

    +
    NMSettingMacsecValidation
    +nm_setting_macsec_get_validation (NMSettingMacsec *setting);
    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + +

    setting

    the NMSettingMacsec

     
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    the “validation” property of the setting

    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_SETTING_NAME

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_SETTING_NAME         "macsec"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PARENT

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PARENT               "parent"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE                 "mode"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_ENCRYPT

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_ENCRYPT              "encrypt"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK              "mka-cak"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_FLAGS

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_FLAGS        "mka-cak-flags"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN              "mka-ckn"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PORT

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PORT                 "port"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION           "validation"
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NMSettingMacsec

    +
    typedef struct _NMSettingMacsec NMSettingMacsec;
    +

    MACSec Settings

    +
    +
    +
    +

    enum NMSettingMacsecMode

    +

    NMSettingMacsecMode controls how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) used +in MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.

    +
    +

    Members

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE_PSK

    +

    The CAK is pre-shared

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE_EAP

    +

    The CAK is the result of participation in EAP

    +
     
    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    enum NMSettingMacsecValidation

    +

    NMSettingMacsecValidation specifies a validation mode for incoming frames.

    +
    +

    Members

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION_DISABLE

    +

    All incoming frames are accepted if + possible

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION_CHECK

    +

    Non protected, invalid, or impossible to + verify frames are accepted and counted as "invalid"

    +
     

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION_STRICT

    +

    Non protected, invalid, or impossible to + verify frames are dropped

    +
     
    +
    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_LENGTH

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_LENGTH     32
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN_LENGTH

    +
    #define NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN_LENGTH     64
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Property Details

    +
    +

    The “encrypt” property

    +
      “encrypt”                  gboolean
    +

    Whether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: TRUE

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “mka-cak” property

    +
      “mka-cak”                  gchar *
    +

    The pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec +Key Agreement.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “mka-cak-flags” property

    +
      “mka-cak-flags”            NMSettingSecretFlags
    +

    Flags indicating how to handle the “mka-cak” +property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “mka-ckn” property

    +
      “mka-ckn”                  gchar *
    +

    The pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for +MACsec Key Agreement.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “mode” property

    +
      “mode”                     gint
    +

    Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key +Agreement) is obtained.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: 0

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “parent” property

    +
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID +from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is +not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting +with a “mac-address” property.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: NULL

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “port” property

    +
      “port”                     gint
    +

    The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Allowed values: [1,65534]

    +

    Default value: 1

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    +

    The “validation” property

    +
      “validation”               gint
    +

    Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.

    +

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    +

    Default value: 2

    +

    Since: 1.6

    +
    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html index 8794cad9..dd995d47 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Home Up -Prev +Prev Next
    @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -93,23 +93,23 @@ -guint +guint mode Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean promiscuous Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean tap Read / Write / Construct @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
     
    @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (

    nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (

    nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -323,6 +323,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

    NMSettingMacvlan

    typedef struct _NMSettingMacvlan NMSettingMacvlan;
    +

    MAC VLAN Settings


    @@ -397,7 +398,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

    Property Details

    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.


    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +
      “parent”                   gchar *

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting @@ -419,7 +420,7 @@ with a

    The “promiscuous” property

    -
      “promiscuous”              gboolean
    +
      “promiscuous”              gboolean

    Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE

    @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ with a

    The “tap” property

    -
      “tap”                      gboolean
    +
      “tap”                      gboolean

    Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index e17b3b4c..58ed5b18 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel () @@ -85,19 +85,19 @@ -guint +guint channel Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * dhcp-anycast-address Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read / Write @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
     
    @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (

    nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

    @@ -228,13 +228,14 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

    NMSettingOlpcMesh

    typedef struct _NMSettingOlpcMesh NMSettingOlpcMesh;
    +

    OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings

    Property Details

    The “channel” property

    -
      “channel”                  guint
    +
      “channel”                  guint

    Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 0

    @@ -242,7 +243,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

    The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

    -
      “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *
    +
      “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

    Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request.

    @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ answers the request.


    The “ssid” property

    -
      “ssid”                     GBytes *
    +
      “ssid”                     GBytes *

    SSID of the mesh network to join.

    Flags: Read / Write

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html index d433ea43..a0c6205b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    -guint +guint baud Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint mru Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint mtu Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingPpp
     
    @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void

    nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

    nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -986,13 +986,14 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (

    NMSettingPpp

    typedef struct _NMSettingPpp NMSettingPpp;
    +

    Point-to-Point Protocol Settings

    Property Details

    The “baud” property

    -
      “baud”                     guint
    +
      “baud”                     guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

    @@ -1002,17 +1003,17 @@ choose the speed.


    The “crtscts” property

    -
      “crtscts”                  gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

      “crtscts”                  gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

    +to FALSE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “lcp-echo-failure” property

    -
      “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
    +
      “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1023,7 +1024,7 @@ value if this property is used.


    The “lcp-echo-interval” property

    -
      “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
    +
      “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1034,8 +1035,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.


    The “mppe-stateful” property

    -
      “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

      “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1043,7 +1044,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.


    The “mru” property

    -
      “mru”                      guint
    +
      “mru”                      guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

    @@ -1054,7 +1055,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1063,82 +1064,82 @@ size.


    The “no-vj-comp” property

    -
      “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

    +
      “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “noauth” property

    -
      “noauth”                   gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

    +
      “noauth”                   gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: TRUE


    The “nobsdcomp” property

    -
      “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

    +
      “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “nodeflate” property

    -
      “nodeflate”                gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

    +
      “nodeflate”                gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-chap” property

    -
      “refuse-chap”              gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-chap”              gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-eap” property

    -
      “refuse-eap”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-eap”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-mschap” property

    -
      “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-mschapv2” property

    -
      “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “refuse-pap” property

    -
      “refuse-pap”               gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

    +
      “refuse-pap”               gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE


    The “require-mppe” property

    -
      “require-mppe”             gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

      “require-mppe”             gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

    @@ -1148,10 +1149,10 @@ connections.


    The “require-mppe-128” property

    -
      “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

      “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

    +be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html index ab308f2e..31d7adfa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * password Read / Write @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ -gchar * +gchar * service Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * username Read / Write @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingPppoe
     
    @@ -313,13 +313,14 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

    NMSettingPppoe

    typedef struct _NMSettingPppoe NMSettingPppoe;
    +

    PPP-over-Ethernet Settings

    Property Details

    The “password” property

    -
      “password”                 gchar *
    +
      “password”                 gchar *

    Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

    The “service” property

    -
      “service”                  gchar *
    +
      “service”                  gchar *

    If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.


    The “username” property

    -
      “username”                 gchar *
    +
      “username”                 gchar *

    Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 7ff296c4..49600d00 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

    -guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

    -guint +guint baud Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint bits Read / Write / Construct @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

    Read / Write / Construct -guint64 +guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint stopbits Read / Write / Construct @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ serial communications

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingSerial
     
    @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

    nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

    nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

    nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

    nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

    -
    guint64
    +
    guint64
     nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -406,13 +406,14 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (

    NMSettingSerial

    typedef struct _NMSettingSerial NMSettingSerial;
    +

    Serial Link Settings

    Property Details

    The “baud” property

    -
      “baud”                     guint
    +
      “baud”                     guint

    Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

    @@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


    The “bits” property

    -
      “bits”                     guint
    +
      “bits”                     guint

    Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: [5,8]

    @@ -439,7 +440,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


    The “send-delay” property

    -
      “send-delay”               guint64
    +
      “send-delay”               guint64

    Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 0

    @@ -447,7 +448,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


    The “stopbits” property

    -
      “stopbits”                 guint
    +
      “stopbits”                 guint

    Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html index bfecc652..b8e1cfa2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * config Read / Write @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingTeam
     
    @@ -166,13 +166,14 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (

    NMSettingTeam

    typedef struct _NMSettingTeam NMSettingTeam;
    +

    Teaming Settings

    Property Details

    The “config” property

    -
      “config”                   gchar *
    +
      “config”                   gchar *

    The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index 36880eea..55c1580a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * config Read / Write @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
     
    @@ -166,13 +166,14 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (

    NMSettingTeamPort

    typedef struct _NMSettingTeamPort NMSettingTeamPort;
    +

    Team Port Settings

    Property Details

    The “config” property

    -
      “config”                   gchar *
    +
      “config”                   gchar *

    The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html index cf80c41d..85ebdcb8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_pi () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -109,33 +109,33 @@ -gchar * +gchar * group Read / Write -guint +guint mode Read / Write / Construct -gboolean +gboolean multi-queue Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * owner Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean pi Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean vnet-hdr Read / Write @@ -191,9 +191,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingTunMode
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingTun
     
    @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (

    nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (

    nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

    nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -459,14 +459,15 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (

    NMSettingTun

    typedef struct _NMSettingTun NMSettingTun;
    +

    Tunnel Settings

    Property Details

    The “group” property

    -
      “group”                    gchar *
    -

    The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

      “group”                    gchar *
    +

    The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -475,7 +476,7 @@ will be able to use the device.


    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     guint
    +
      “mode”                     guint

    The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 @@ -487,8 +488,8 @@ one.


    The “multi-queue” property

    -
      “multi-queue”              gboolean
    -

    If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support +

      “multi-queue”              gboolean
    +

    If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.

    @@ -499,8 +500,8 @@ support a single queue.


    The “owner” property

    -
      “owner”                    gchar *
    -

    The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

      “owner”                    gchar *
    +

    The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -509,8 +510,8 @@ will be able to use the device.


    The “pi” property

    -
      “pi”                       gboolean
    -

    If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the +

      “pi”                       gboolean
    +

    If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -519,8 +520,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.


    The “vnet-hdr” property

    -
      “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
    -

    If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio +

      “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
    +

    If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: FALSE

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html index ec8eb58b..7451a21d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ -GStrv +GStrv egress-priority-map Read / Write @@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint id Read / Write / Construct -GStrv +GStrv ingress-priority-map Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct @@ -230,11 +230,11 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
    -    GFlags
    +    GFlags
         ╰── NMVlanFlags
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingVlan
     
    @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -335,10 +335,10 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

    nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

    -
    gint32
    +
    gint32
     nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                         NMVlanPriorityMap map);
    -

    Returns the number of entires in the +

    Returns the number of entries in the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

    @@ -371,12 +371,12 @@ properties of this setting.


    nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                              guint32 idx,
    -                              guint32 *out_from,
    -                              guint32 *out_to);
    + guint32 idx, + guint32 *out_from, + guint32 *out_to);

    Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

    @@ -418,17 +418,17 @@ or

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error


    nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                              guint32 from,
    -                              guint32 to);
    + guint32 from, + guint32 to);

    Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error


    @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” @@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ properties.


    nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                    (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    -                                guint32 from,
    -                                guint32 to);
    + guint32 from, + guint32 to);

    Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                    (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map,
    @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ properties.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ properties.

    void
     nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                       NMVlanPriorityMap map);
    -

    Clear all the entires from “ingress_priority_map” or +

    Clear all the entries from “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

    Parameters

    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

    nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                       NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                       const char *str);
    @@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

    +

    TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

    @@ -739,6 +739,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

    NMSettingVlan

    typedef struct _NMSettingVlan NMSettingVlan;
    +

    VLAN Settings


    @@ -832,7 +833,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

    Property Details

    The “egress-priority-map” property

    -
      “egress-priority-map”      GStrv
    +
      “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

    For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

    @@ -858,7 +859,7 @@ is still considered as 0.


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       guint
    +
      “id”                       guint

    The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -868,7 +869,7 @@ be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

    The “ingress-priority-map” property

    -
      “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv
    +
      “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

    For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

    @@ -877,7 +878,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +
      “parent”                   gchar *

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html index 0a51b06a..439e24b9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout () @@ -179,35 +179,35 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * data Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean persistent Read / Write -GHashTable * +GHashTable * secrets Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * service-type Read / Write -guint +guint timeout Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * user-name Read / Write @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingVpn
     
    @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ properties.

    void
     (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                       const char *value,
    -                  gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Parameters

    @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

    nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

    nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

    Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

    @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ by

    nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                      const char *key);

    Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.


    nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

    Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

    @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ by

    nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   const char *key);

    Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

    Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.


    nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -831,13 +831,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (

    NMSettingVpn

    typedef struct _NMSettingVpn NMSettingVpn;
    +

    VPN Settings

    Property Details

    The “data” property

    -
      “data”                     GHashTable *
    +
      “data”                     GHashTable *

    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.

    Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

    @@ -846,8 +847,8 @@ values must be strings.


    The “persistent” property

    -
      “persistent”               gboolean
    -

    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

      “persistent”               gboolean
    +

    If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -856,7 +857,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.


    The “secrets” property

    -
      “secrets”                  GHashTable *
    +
      “secrets”                  GHashTable *

    Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.

    Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

    @@ -865,7 +866,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.


    The “service-type” property

    -
      “service-type”             gchar *
    +
      “service-type”             gchar *

    D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

    @@ -875,7 +876,7 @@ plugin.


    The “timeout” property

    -
      “timeout”                  guint
    +
      “timeout”                  guint

    Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden @@ -888,7 +889,7 @@ timeout in seconds.


    The “user-name” property

    -
      “user-name”                gchar *
    +
      “user-name”                gchar *

    If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html index ae79a96d..53f5b707 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

    - + - + - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingVxlan
     
    @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (

    nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -905,13 +905,14 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

    NMSettingVxlan

    typedef struct _NMSettingVxlan NMSettingVxlan;
    +

    VXLAN Settings

    Property Details

    The “ageing” property

    -
      “ageing”                   guint
    +
      “ageing”                   guint

    Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: 300

    @@ -920,7 +921,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

    The “destination-port” property

    -
      “destination-port”         guint
    +
      “destination-port”         guint

    Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -931,7 +932,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “id” property

    -
      “id”                       guint
    +
      “id”                       guint

    Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -942,7 +943,7 @@ use.


    The “l2-miss” property

    -
      “l2-miss”                  gboolean
    +
      “l2-miss”                  gboolean

    Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -951,7 +952,7 @@ use.


    The “l3-miss” property

    -
      “l3-miss”                  gboolean
    +
      “l3-miss”                  gboolean

    Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -960,7 +961,7 @@ use.


    The “learning” property

    -
      “learning”                 gboolean
    +
      “learning”                 gboolean

    Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -970,7 +971,7 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


    The “limit” property

    -
      “limit”                    guint
    +
      “limit”                    guint

    Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -980,7 +981,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


    The “local” property

    -
      “local”                    gchar *
    +
      “local”                    gchar *

    If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -989,7 +990,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


    The “parent” property

    -
      “parent”                   gchar *
    +
      “parent”                   gchar *

    If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -998,7 +999,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


    The “proxy” property

    -
      “proxy”                    gboolean
    +
      “proxy”                    gboolean

    Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1007,7 +1008,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


    The “remote” property

    -
      “remote”                   gchar *
    +
      “remote”                   gchar *

    Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

    @@ -1018,7 +1019,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.


    The “rsc” property

    -
      “rsc”                      gboolean
    +
      “rsc”                      gboolean

    Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1027,7 +1028,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.


    The “source-port-max” property

    -
      “source-port-max”          guint
    +
      “source-port-max”          guint

    Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1038,7 +1039,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “source-port-min” property

    -
      “source-port-min”          guint
    +
      “source-port-min”          guint

    Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1049,7 +1050,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “tos” property

    -
      “tos”                      guint
    +
      “tos”                      guint

    Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 255

    @@ -1059,7 +1060,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


    The “ttl” property

    -
      “ttl”                      guint
    +
      “ttl”                      guint

    Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Allowed values: <= 255

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html index 1c7d41b4..b3211dda 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
    +gchar * +gchar * @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWimax
     
    @@ -234,13 +234,14 @@ to.

    NMSettingWimax

    typedef struct _NMSettingWimax NMSettingWimax;
    +

    WiMax Settings

    Property Details

    The “mac-address” property

    -
      “mac-address”              gchar *
    +
      “mac-address”              gchar *

    If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing).

    @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).


    The “network-name” property

    -
      “network-name”             gchar *
    +
      “network-name”             gchar *

    Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html index 68eb0a3a..1866c91a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +GHashTable * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -411,9 +411,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GFlags
    +
        GFlags
         ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWired
     
    @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

    nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

    nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist

    nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting);
    @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
    const char *
     nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_id () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
    -guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss () @@ -187,85 +187,85 @@
    guintguint ageing Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint destination-port Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean l2-miss Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean l3-miss Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean learning Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint limit Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *local Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *parent Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean proxy Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *remote Read / Write / Construct
    gbooleangboolean rsc Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint source-port-max Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint source-port-min Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint tos Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint ttl Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *mac-address Read / Write
    -gchar *network-name Read / Write
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -250,80 +250,80 @@
    gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *cloned-mac-address Read / Write
    -gchar *duplex Read / Write
    -gchar *generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write
    -gchar *mac-address Read / Write
    GStrvGStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write
    guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *port Read / Write
    -gchar *s390-nettype Read / Write
    -GHashTable *s390-options Read / Write
    GStrvGStrv s390-subchannels Read / Write
    guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
    guintguint wake-on-lan Read / Write / Construct
    -gchar *wake-on-lan-password Read / Write
    @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ at index idx

    nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

    @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

    void
     nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

    @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

    nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ the blacklist

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

    nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.


    nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

    Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this device when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each s390 @@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ option individually using

    nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
    -                                  guint32 idx,
    +                                  guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_key,
                                       const char **out_value);

    Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index. indexes @@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ modified.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

    TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

    @@ -1030,14 +1030,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

    Returns

    -

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

    the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


    nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                       const char *key,
                                       const char *value);
    @@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ may already exist.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                          const char *key);

    Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key @@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1122,6 +1122,8 @@ list, NMSettingWired *setting
    );

    Returns a list of valid s390 options.

    +

    The setting + argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

    Parameters

    @@ -1132,14 +1134,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options - - + +

    setting

    the NMSettingWired

     

    the NMSettingWired.

    [allow-none]

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1195,7 +1197,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password

    Returns

    -

    the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

    +

    the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -1401,15 +1403,16 @@ are supported by all devices.

    NMSettingWired

    typedef struct _NMSettingWired NMSettingWired;
    +

    Wired Ethernet Settings

    Property Details

    The “auto-negotiate” property

    -
      “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration +

      “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    Default value: FALSE

    @@ -1417,7 +1420,7 @@ will be skipped.


    The “cloned-mac-address” property

    -
      “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
    +
      “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

    If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

    Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1438,7 +1441,7 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"


    The “duplex” property

    -
      “duplex”                   gchar *
    +
      “duplex”                   gchar *

    Can be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. @@ -1449,14 +1452,14 @@ Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.


    The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

    -
      “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
    +
      “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

    With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

    -

    If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

    If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

    If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1480,7 +1483,7 @@ administered.


    The “mac-address” property

    -
      “mac-address”              gchar *
    +
      “mac-address”              gchar *

    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

    @@ -1490,7 +1493,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


    The “mac-address-blacklist” property

    -
      “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
    +
      “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

    If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation @@ -1500,7 +1503,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1509,7 +1512,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


    The “port” property

    -
      “port”                     gchar *
    +
      “port”                     gchar *

    Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1520,7 +1523,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.


    The “s390-nettype” property

    -
      “s390-nettype”             gchar *
    +
      “s390-nettype”             gchar *

    s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1529,7 +1532,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.


    The “s390-options” property

    -
      “s390-options”             GHashTable *
    +
      “s390-options”             GHashTable *

    Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only @@ -1540,7 +1543,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).


    The “s390-subchannels” property

    -
      “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
    +
      “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

    Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property @@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@ period (.) character.


    The “speed” property

    -
      “speed”                    guint
    +
      “speed”                    guint

    Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. @@ -1565,7 +1568,7 @@ Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.


    The “wake-on-lan” property

    -
      “wake-on-lan”              guint
    +
      “wake-on-lan”              guint

    The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST, @@ -1581,9 +1584,9 @@ NetworkManager).


    The “wake-on-lan-password” property

    -
      “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *
    +
      “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

    If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based -Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, +Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.

    Flags: Read / Write

    Default value: NULL

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 740f31e2..f650348e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -254,88 +254,88 @@ -gchar * +gchar * band Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * bssid Read / Write -guint +guint channel Read / Write / Construct -gchar * +gchar * cloned-mac-address Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean hidden Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * mac-address Read / Write -GStrv +GStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write -guint +guint mac-address-randomization Read / Write -gchar * +gchar * mode Read / Write -guint +guint mtu Read / Write / Construct -guint +guint powersave Read / Write -guint +guint rate Read / Write / Construct -GStrv +GStrv seen-bssids Read / Write -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read / Write -guint +guint tx-power Read / Write / Construct @@ -443,9 +443,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWireless
     
    @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

    nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

    nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ at index idx

    nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

    TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

    @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

    @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

    nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *mac);
    @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ the blacklist

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

    nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

    nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

    Parameters

    @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ setting


    nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                         const char *bssid);

    Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting. @@ -1076,14 +1076,14 @@ not be preserved.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not


    nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                    (NMSettingWireless *setting);
    @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

    nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
    -                                    guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

    nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                    (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                     NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
    @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

    - + @@ -1203,8 +1203,8 @@ capabilities

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

    +

    TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

    @@ -1393,13 +1393,14 @@ for this connection.

    NMSettingWireless

    typedef struct _NMSettingWireless NMSettingWireless;
    +

    Wi-Fi Settings

    Property Details

    The “band” property

    -
      “band”                     gchar *
    +
      “band”                     gchar *

    802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1412,7 +1413,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.


    The “bssid” property

    -
      “bssid”                    gchar *
    +
      “bssid”                    gchar *

    If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when @@ -1423,7 +1424,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.


    The “channel” property

    -
      “channel”                  guint
    +
      “channel”                  guint

    Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1434,7 +1435,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.


    The “cloned-mac-address” property

    -
      “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
    +
      “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

    If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

    Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1455,14 +1456,14 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"


    The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

    -
      “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
    +
      “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

    With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

    -

    If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

    If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

    If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1486,8 +1487,8 @@ administered.


    The “hidden” property

    -
      “hidden”                   gboolean
    -

    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

      “hidden”                   gboolean
    +

    If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1498,7 +1499,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.


    The “mac-address” property

    -
      “mac-address”              gchar *
    +
      “mac-address”              gchar *

    If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

    @@ -1508,7 +1509,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


    The “mac-address-blacklist” property

    -
      “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
    +
      “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

    A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

    @@ -1517,7 +1518,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").


    The “mac-address-randomization” property

    -
      “mac-address-randomization” guint
    +
      “mac-address-randomization” guint

    One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never @@ -1535,7 +1536,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or

    The “mode” property

    -
      “mode”                     gchar *
    +
      “mode”                     gchar *

    Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1544,7 +1545,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.


    The “mtu” property

    -
      “mtu”                      guint
    +
      “mtu”                      guint

    If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

    Flags: Read / Write / Construct

    @@ -1553,7 +1554,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


    The “powersave” property

    -
      “powersave”                guint
    +
      “powersave”                guint

    One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently @@ -1566,7 +1567,7 @@ globally configured value). All other values are reserved.


    The “rate” property

    -
      “rate”                     guint
    +
      “rate”                     guint

    If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1577,7 +1578,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.


    The “seen-bssids” property

    -
      “seen-bssids”              GStrv
    +
      “seen-bssids”              GStrv

    A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The @@ -1589,14 +1590,14 @@ preserved.


    The “ssid” property

    -
      “ssid”                     GBytes *
    +
      “ssid”                     GBytes *

    SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

    Flags: Read / Write


    The “tx-power” property

    -
      “tx-power”                 guint
    +
      “tx-power”                 guint

    If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index 98a086a8..7d4cb824 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -323,23 +323,23 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * - + - + +gchar * @@ -360,30 +360,30 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMWepKeyType
    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ╰── NMSetting
             ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
     
    @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Parameters

    s_wireless_sec

    a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

    a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

     
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -295,24 +295,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    -gchar *auth-alg Read / Write
    GStrvGStrv group Read / Write
    -gchar *key-mgmt Read / Write
    -gchar *leap-password Read / Write
    -gchar *leap-username Read / Write
    GStrvGStrv pairwise Read / Write
    GStrvGStrv proto Read / Write
    -gchar *psk Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key0 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key1 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key2 Read / Write
    -gchar *wep-key3 Read / Write
    guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
    @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *proto);
    @@ -643,8 +643,8 @@ with the access point.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

    +

    TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list


    @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

    Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

    Parameters

    @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *proto);
    @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

    @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *pairwise);
    @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

    @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ already in the list

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

    @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ algorithm list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *pairwise);
    @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ algorithm list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

    @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *group);
    @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

    TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

    @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ already in the list

    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 i);
    + guint32 i);

    Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

    @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ algorithm list.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                     const char *group);
    @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ algorithm list.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

    +

    TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


    @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
    const char *
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx);
    + guint32 idx);

    Parameters

    @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
    void
     nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
    -                                guint32 idx,
    +                                guint32 idx,
                                     const char *key);

    Sets a WEP key in the given index.

    @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ property.


    nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                    (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
    @@ -1608,13 +1608,14 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

    NMSettingWirelessSecurity

    typedef struct _NMSettingWirelessSecurity NMSettingWirelessSecurity;
    +

    Wi-Fi Security Settings

    Property Details

    The “auth-alg” property

    -
      “auth-alg”                 gchar *
    +
      “auth-alg”                 gchar *

    When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1626,7 +1627,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the


    The “group” property

    -
      “group”                    GStrv
    +
      “group”                    GStrv

    A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each @@ -1636,7 +1637,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".


    The “key-mgmt” property

    -
      “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
    +
      “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

    Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1647,7 +1648,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “leap-password” property

    -
      “leap-password”            gchar *
    +
      “leap-password”            gchar *

    The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1664,7 +1665,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “leap-username” property

    -
      “leap-username”            gchar *
    +
      “leap-username”            gchar *

    The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1673,7 +1674,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


    The “pairwise” property

    -
      “pairwise”                 GStrv
    +
      “pairwise”                 GStrv

    A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element @@ -1683,7 +1684,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".


    The “proto” property

    -
      “proto”                    GStrv
    +
      “proto”                    GStrv

    List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

    @@ -1692,7 +1693,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.


    The “psk” property

    -
      “psk”                      gchar *
    +
      “psk”                      gchar *

    Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1735,7 +1736,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key0” property

    -
      “wep-key0”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key0”                 gchar *

    Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1744,7 +1745,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key1” property

    -
      “wep-key1”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key1”                 gchar *

    Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1753,7 +1754,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key2” property

    -
      “wep-key2”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key2”                 gchar *

    Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1762,7 +1763,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-key3” property

    -
      “wep-key3”                 gchar *
    +
      “wep-key3”                 gchar *

    Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

    Flags: Read / Write

    @@ -1771,7 +1772,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


    The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

    -
      “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
    +
      “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

    When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html index 35e9b224..4409af01 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMSimpleConnection
     
    @@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

    nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

    NMConnection *
    -nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
    -                                    GError **error);
    +nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict, + GError **error);

    Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the connection and normalize the connection. See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected hash table.

    @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

    - + @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

    Returns

    the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with -settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the +settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to normalize.

    [transfer full]

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html index 90e97b8f..2c6878cb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
    +gchar * @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ - +

    dict

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

    a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

     
    -gchar *banner Read
    void vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First
    @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMActiveConnection
                 ╰── NMVpnConnection
    @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
     

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMVpnConnection implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    Property Details

    The “banner” property

    -
      “banner”                   gchar *
    +
      “banner”                   gchar *

    The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -237,10 +237,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

    The “vpn-state-changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
    -               guint            arg1,
    -               guint            arg2,
    -               gpointer         user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data)
    +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html index 2260ccc0..18967a8a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -gsize +gsize nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export () @@ -152,19 +152,19 @@ -gchar * +gchar * description Read -gchar * +gchar * name Read -gchar * +gchar * service Read @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void changed -Run First +Run First
    @@ -227,9 +227,9 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GFlags
    +
        GFlags
         ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
    -    GInterface
    +    GInterface
         ├── NMVpnEditor
         ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
     
    @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

    Prerequisites

    NMVpnEditor requires - GObject.

    + GObject.

    Description

    @@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ NMVpnEditor requires

    NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

    NMVpnEditorPlugin *
    -(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);
    +(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

    nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

    NMVpnEditorPlugin *
    -nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);
    +nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

    @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor * nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin, NMConnection *connection, - GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parameters

    @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ( - + @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (

    Returns

    -

    a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

    +

    a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (

    nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

    -
    gsize
    +
    gsize
     nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
    -                             gsize vt_size);
    + gsize vt_size);

    Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ size of plugin's VT.

    NMConnection *
     nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  const char *path,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parameters

    error

    on return, an error or NULL

    on return, an error or NULL

     
    @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

    error

    -
    + @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

    Returns

    a new NMConnection imported from path -, or NULL +, or NULL on error or if the file at path was not recognized by this plugin.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin.


    nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  const char *path,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    @@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service, int check_owner, NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

    Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ loading the shared library.

    Returns

    -

    a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

    +

    a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ loading the shared library.

    NMVpnEditorPlugin *
     nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                                const char *check_service,
    -                           GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ the given service.

    Returns

    -

    a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

    +

    a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 1.4

    @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

    - + @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

    +if non-NULL.

    @@ -719,27 +719,27 @@ if non- @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

    Property Details

    The “description” property

    -
      “description”              gchar *
    +
      “description”              gchar *

    Longer description of the VPN plugin.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    Short display name of the VPN plugin.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

    The “service” property

    -
      “service”                  gchar *
    +
      “service”                  gchar *

    D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -801,8 +801,8 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

    The “changed” signal

    void
     user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
    -               gpointer     user_data)
    -

    Flags: Run First

    + gpointer user_data) +

    Flags: Run First

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index 167505c5..b4f48849 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
    +gchar * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ - + @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GObject
    +
        GObject
         ╰── NMObject
             ╰── NMWimaxNsp
     
    @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

    Implemented Interfaces

    NMWimaxNsp implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    + GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

    Description

    @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

    nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

    -
    guint32
    +
    guint32
     nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

    Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

    @@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

    nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    +
    GPtrArray *
     nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
    -                                 const GPtrArray *connections);
    + const GPtrArray *connections);

    Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and return connections which may be activated with the NSP. Any returned connections will match the nsp @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ connections will match the nsp

    - @@ -270,16 +270,16 @@ filter.

    Returns

    an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp +NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    +be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

    [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


    nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                    NMConnection *connection);

    Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the @@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ against

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

    +

    TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

    @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ against

    Property Details

    The “name” property

    -
      “name”                     gchar *
    +
      “name”                     gchar *

    The name of the WiMAX NSP.

    Flags: Read

    Default value: NULL

    @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ against


    The “signal-quality” property

    -
      “signal-quality”           guint
    +
      “signal-quality”           guint

    The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

    Flags: Read

    Allowed values: <= 100

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html index cc1bc431..23e29073 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html @@ -207,6 +207,10 @@
    +NMActiveConnection::state-changed, object signal in nm-types +
    +
    +
    NMActiveConnection:connection, object property in nm-types
    @@ -271,6 +275,10 @@
    +NMActiveConnectionStateReason, enum in nm-dbus-interface +
    +
    +
    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_CONNECTION, macro in NMActiveConnection
    @@ -347,6 +355,10 @@
    +nm_active_connection_get_state_reason, function in NMActiveConnection +
    +
    +
    nm_active_connection_get_uuid, function in NMActiveConnection
    @@ -422,6 +434,10 @@ NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6, macro in nm-version
    +
    +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8, macro in nm-version +
    +

    B

    NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum in nm-dbus-interface @@ -953,19 +969,19 @@
    -NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types +NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types
    -NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types
    -NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types
    -NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types
    @@ -1085,6 +1101,10 @@
    +nm_connection_get_setting_dummy, function in NMConnection +
    +
    +
    nm_connection_get_setting_generic, function in NMConnection
    @@ -1298,6 +1318,10 @@
    +NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY, macro in nm-dbus-interface +
    +
    +
    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GENERIC, macro in nm-dbus-interface
    @@ -1574,6 +1598,14 @@
    +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8, macro in nm-version +
    +
    +
    +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR, macro in nm-vpn-dbus-interface +
    +
    +
    NMDevice, struct in nm-types
    @@ -1750,6 +1782,10 @@
    +NMDeviceDummy, struct in nm-types +
    +
    +
    NMDeviceError, enum in nm-errors
    @@ -1850,63 +1886,63 @@
    -NMDeviceMacsec, struct in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec, struct in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:cipher-suite, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:cipher-suite, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:encoding-sa, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:encoding-sa, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:encrypt, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:encrypt, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:es, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:es, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:hw-address, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:hw-address, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:icv-length, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:icv-length, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:include-sci, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:include-sci, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:parent, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:parent, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:protect, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:protect, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:replay-protect, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:replay-protect, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:scb, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:scb, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:sci, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:sci, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:validation, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:validation, object property in nm-types
    -NMDeviceMacsec:window, object property in nm-types +NMDeviceMacsec:window, object property in nm-types
    @@ -2702,115 +2738,115 @@ NMDeviceMacsec:window, object property in nm-types
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCRYPT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ENCRYPT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ES, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ES, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_es, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_es, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_hw_address, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_hw_address, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_parent, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_parent, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_protect, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_protect, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_scb, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_scb, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_sci, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_sci, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_validation, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_validation, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -nm_device_macsec_get_window, function in NMDeviceMacsec +nm_device_macsec_get_window, function in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_HW_ADDRESS, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_HW_ADDRESS, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ICV_LENGTH, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_ICV_LENGTH, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_INCLUDE_SCI, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_INCLUDE_SCI, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PARENT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PARENT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PROTECT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_PROTECT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCB, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCB, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCI, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_SCI, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_VALIDATION, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_VALIDATION, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec +NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    @@ -3595,6 +3631,62 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_CWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITCWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITRWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_CWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITCWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITRWND, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_MTU, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_WINDOW, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_MTU, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +nm_ip_route_attribute_validate, function in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    nm_ip_route_dup, function in NMSettingIPConfig
    @@ -3639,6 +3731,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec, function in NMSettingIPConfig +
    +
    +
    nm_ip_route_new, function in NMSettingIPConfig
    @@ -4048,10 +4144,22 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021x:auth-timeout, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:ca-cert, object property in NMSetting8021x
    +NMSetting8021x:ca-cert-password, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NMSetting8021x:ca-cert-password-flags, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:ca-path, object property in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4060,6 +4168,14 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021x:client-cert-password, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NMSetting8021x:client-cert-password-flags, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match, object property in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4092,6 +4208,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021x:phase1-auth-flags, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:phase1-fast-provisioning, object property in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4120,6 +4240,14 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021x:phase2-ca-cert-password, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NMSetting8021x:phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:phase2-ca-path, object property in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4128,6 +4256,14 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021x:phase2-client-cert-password, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NMSetting8021x:phase2-client-cert-password-flags, object property in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match, object property in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4176,6 +4312,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSetting8021xAuthFlags, enum in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NMSetting8021xCKFormat, enum in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -4296,6 +4436,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSettingCdma:mtu, object property in NMSettingCdma +
    +
    +
    NMSettingCdma:number, object property in NMSettingCdma
    @@ -4480,6 +4624,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSettingDummy, struct in NMSettingDummy +
    +
    +
    NMSettingGeneric, struct in NMSettingGeneric
    @@ -4500,6 +4648,10 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    +NMSettingGsm:mtu, object property in NMSettingGsm +
    +
    +
    NMSettingGsm:network-id, object property in NMSettingGsm
    @@ -4724,47 +4876,47 @@ NM_DEVICE_MACSEC_WINDOW, macro in NMDeviceMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec, struct in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec, struct in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:encrypt, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:encrypt, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:mka-cak, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:mka-cak, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:mka-cak-flags, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:mka-cak-flags, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:mka-ckn, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:mka-ckn, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:mode, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:mode, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:parent, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:parent, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:port, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:port, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsec:validation, object property in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsec:validation, object property in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsecMode, enum in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsecMode, enum in NMSettingMacsec
    -NMSettingMacsecValidation, enum in NMSettingMacsec +NMSettingMacsecValidation, enum in NMSettingMacsec
    @@ -5020,6 +5172,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NMSettingUser, struct in nm-core-types +
    +
    +
    +NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types +
    +
    +
    NMSettingValueIterFn, user_function in NMSetting
    @@ -5384,10 +5544,22 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT, macro in NMSetting8021x
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_PATH, macro in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5420,6 +5592,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_DOMAIN_SUFFIX_MATCH, macro in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5436,10 +5616,22 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob, function in NMSetting8021x
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password_flags, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path, function in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5460,6 +5652,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password_flags, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path, function in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5516,6 +5716,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning, function in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5544,6 +5748,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password_flags, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_path, function in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5564,6 +5776,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password_flags, function in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_path, function in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5684,6 +5904,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_FAST_PROVISIONING, macro in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5712,6 +5936,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_PATH, macro in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -5720,6 +5952,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_DOMAIN_SUFFIX_MATCH, macro in NMSetting8021x
    @@ -6192,6 +6432,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu, function in NMSettingCdma +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_cdma_get_number, function in NMSettingCdma
    @@ -6208,6 +6452,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_CDMA_MTU, macro in NMSettingCdma +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_cdma_new, function in NMSettingCdma
    @@ -6672,6 +6920,14 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_dummy_new, function in NMSettingDummy +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_DUMMY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingDummy +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_duplicate, function in NMSetting
    @@ -6720,6 +6976,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu, function in NMSettingGsm +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_gsm_get_network_id, function in NMSettingGsm
    @@ -6760,6 +7020,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    +NM_SETTING_GSM_MTU, macro in NMSettingGsm +
    +
    +
    NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_ID, macro in NMSettingGsm
    @@ -7312,83 +7576,83 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_ENCRYPT, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_ENCRYPT, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak_flags, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_cak_flags, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_ckn, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_mka_ckn, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_mode, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_mode, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_parent, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_parent, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_port, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_port, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_get_validation, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_get_validation, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_FLAGS, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_FLAGS, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_LENGTH, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CAK_LENGTH, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN_LENGTH, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MKA_CKN_LENGTH, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_MODE, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -nm_setting_macsec_new, function in NMSettingMacsec +nm_setting_macsec_new, function in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PARENT, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PARENT, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PORT, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_PORT, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    -NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION, macro in NMSettingMacsec +NM_SETTING_MACSEC_VALIDATION, macro in NMSettingMacsec
    @@ -7856,6 +8120,38 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_setting_user_check_key, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_user_check_val, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_USER_DATA, macro in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_user_get_data, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_user_get_keys, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_user_new, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +NM_SETTING_USER_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    +nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user +
    +
    +
    nm_setting_verify, function in NMSetting
    @@ -8817,6 +9113,10 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_utils_format_variant_attributes, function in nm-utils +
    +
    +
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin, function in nm-utils
    @@ -8965,6 +9265,10 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy
    +nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes, function in nm-utils +
    +
    +
    nm_utils_same_ssid, function in nm-utils
    @@ -9022,6 +9326,10 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy

    V

    +NMVariantAttributeSpec, struct in nm-utils +
    +
    +
    NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING, macro in NMConnection
    @@ -9078,7 +9386,7 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy
    -NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor +NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
    @@ -9154,7 +9462,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
    -nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
    @@ -9214,7 +9522,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
    -nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html index 82f3f9b7..0d2a1593 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
    - +

    on return, an error or NULL

    on return, an error or NULL

     

    plugin_info

    a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

    a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

    [allow-none]

    get_editor ()

    returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection -if non-NULL.

     

    import_from_file ()

    Try to import a connection from the specified path. On -success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and +success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and set error with additional information. Note that error -can be NULL, in +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

     

    export_to_file ()

    Export the given connection to the specified path. Return -TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error +TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error with additional error information. Note that error -can be NULL, in which case no +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

     

    get_suggested_filename ()

    For a given connection, return a suggested file -name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by +name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by the caller.

     
    -guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
    -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
    -gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
    -gchar *name Read
    Read
    guintguint signal-quality Read

    connections

    an array of NMConnections to +

    an array of NMConnections to filter.

    [element-type NMConnection]
    Home PrevPrev Next
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html index 9b411960..0b11027a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ NMSettingDcb — Connection properties for Data Center Bridging
    +NMSettingDummy — Describes connection properties for dummy interfaces +
    +
    NMSettingGeneric — Describes connection properties for generic devices
    @@ -82,6 +85,9 @@ NMSettingIPTunnel — Describes connection properties for IP tunnel devices
    +NMSettingMacsec — Describes connection properties for MACSEC interfaces +
    +
    NMSettingMacvlan — Describes connection properties for macvlan interfaces
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html index bd207fa5..6a14ecc7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ NMDeviceBt
    +NMDeviceDummy +
    +
    NMDeviceEthernet
    @@ -51,6 +54,9 @@ NMDeviceIPTunnel
    +NMDeviceMacsec +
    +
    NMDeviceMacvlan
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html index e93a7482..78e47df6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html @@ -15,12 +15,12 @@

    - for libnm 1.6.2 + for libnm 1.8.0 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/stable/.

    -
    +

    Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this @@ -48,6 +48,10 @@

    Overview
    +
    +
    Introduction to libnm
    +
    Using libnm
    +
    Client Object API Reference
    @@ -105,6 +109,9 @@ NMSettingDcb — Connection properties for Data Center Bridging
    +NMSettingDummy — Describes connection properties for dummy interfaces +
    +
    NMSettingGeneric — Describes connection properties for generic devices
    @@ -127,6 +134,9 @@ NMSettingIPTunnel — Describes connection properties for IP tunnel devices
    +NMSettingMacsec — Describes connection properties for MACSEC interfaces +
    +
    NMSettingMacvlan — Describes connection properties for macvlan interfaces
    @@ -193,6 +203,9 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security NMDeviceBt
    +NMDeviceDummy +
    +
    NMDeviceEthernet
    @@ -205,6 +218,9 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security NMDeviceIPTunnel
    +NMDeviceMacsec +
    +
    NMDeviceMacvlan
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html index 7038eb1f..fdbddb36 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html @@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ #define +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8 + + +#define NM_DBUS_SERVICE @@ -134,6 +138,10 @@ #define +NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY + + +#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM @@ -290,6 +298,10 @@ enum +NMActiveConnectionStateReason + + +enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags @@ -381,9 +393,10 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NM80211Mode
         ├── NMActiveConnectionState
    +    ├── NMActiveConnectionStateReason
         ├── NMCapability
         ├── NMConnectivityState
         ├── NMDeviceState
    @@ -393,7 +406,7 @@
         ├── NMMetered
         ├── NMState
         ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
    -    GFlags
    +    GFlags
         ├── NM80211ApFlags
         ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
         ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
    @@ -419,6 +432,11 @@
     

    +

    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8

    +
    #define             NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DBUS_SERVICE

    #define NM_DBUS_SERVICE                     "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager"
     
    @@ -551,6 +569,12 @@

    +

    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY

    +
    #define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Dummy"
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM

    #define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Team"
     
    @@ -730,56 +754,74 @@ extensions.

    NM_STATE_UNKNOWN

    -

    networking state is unknown

    +

    Networking state is unknown. This indicates a daemon error + that makes it unable to reasonably assess the state. In such event the + applications are expected to assume Internet connectivity might be present + and not disable controls that require network access. + The graphical shells may hide the network accessibility indicator altogether + since no meaningful status indication can be provided.

     

    NM_STATE_ASLEEP

    -

    networking is not enabled

    +

    Networking is not enabled, the system is being suspended or + resumed from suspend.

     

    NM_STATE_DISCONNECTED

    -

    there is no active network connection

    +

    There is no active network connection. + The graphical shell should indicate no network connectivity and the + applications should not attempt to access the network.

     

    NM_STATE_DISCONNECTING

    -

    network connections are being cleaned up

    +

    Network connections are being cleaned up. + The applications should tear down their network sessions.

     

    NM_STATE_CONNECTING

    -

    a network connection is being started

    +

    A network connection is being started + The graphical shell should indicate the network is being connected while + the applications should still make no attempts to connect the network.

     

    NM_STATE_CONNECTED_LOCAL

    -

    there is only local IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity

    +

    There is only local IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity, + but no default route to access the Internet. The graphical shell should + indicate no network connectivity.

     

    NM_STATE_CONNECTED_SITE

    -

    there is only site-wide IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity

    +

    There is only site-wide IPv4 and/or IPv6 connectivity. + This means a default route is available, but the Internet connectivity check + (see "Connectivity" property) did not succeed. The graphical shell should + indicate limited network connectivity.

     

    NM_STATE_CONNECTED_GLOBAL

    -

    there is global IPv4 and/or IPv6 Internet connectivity

    +

    There is global IPv4 and/or IPv6 Internet connectivity + This means the Internet connectivity check succeeded, the graphical shell should + indicate full network connectivity.

      @@ -802,30 +844,41 @@ extensions.

    NM_CONNECTIVITY_UNKNOWN

    -

    Network connectivity is unknown.

    +

    Network connectivity is unknown. This means the + connectivity checks are disabled (e.g. on server installations) or has + not run yet. The graphical shell should assume the Internet connection + might be available and not present a captive portal window.

     

    NM_CONNECTIVITY_NONE

    -

    The host is not connected to any network.

    +

    The host is not connected to any network. There's + no active connection that contains a default route to the internet and + thus it makes no sense to even attempt a connectivity check. The graphical + shell should use this state to indicate the network connection is unavailable.

     

    NM_CONNECTIVITY_PORTAL

    -

    The host is behind a captive portal and - cannot reach the full Internet.

    +

    The Internet connection is hijacked by a captive + portal gateway. The graphical shell may open a sandboxed web browser window + (because the captive portals typically attempt a man-in-the-middle attacks + agains the https connections) for the purpose of authenticating to a gateway + and retrigger the connectivity check with CheckConnectivity() when the + browser window is dismissed.

     

    NM_CONNECTIVITY_LIMITED

    -

    The host is connected to a network, but - does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet.

    +

    The host is connected to a network, does not appear + to be able to reach the full Internet, but a captive portal has not been + detected.

      @@ -1010,6 +1063,13 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

      + +

    NM_DEVICE_TYPE_DUMMY

    + +

    a dummy interface

    + +  +
    @@ -1055,6 +1115,13 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

      + +

    NM_DEVICE_CAP_SRIOV

    + +

    this device supports single-root I/O virtualization

    + +  +
    @@ -2185,6 +2252,144 @@ network.


    +

    enum NMActiveConnectionStateReason

    +

    Active connection state reasons.

    +
    +

    Members

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_UNKNOWN

    +

    The reason for the active connection + state change is unknown.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NONE

    +

    No reason was given for the active + connection state change.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_USER_DISCONNECTED

    +

    The active connection changed + state because the user disconnected it.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_DISCONNECTED

    +

    The active connection + changed state because the device it was using was disconnected.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_STOPPED

    +

    The service providing the + VPN connection was stopped.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_IP_CONFIG_INVALID

    +

    The IP config of the active + connection was invalid.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

    +

    The connection attempt to + the VPN service timed out.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_TIMEOUT

    +

    A timeout occurred + while starting the service providing the VPN connection.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_SERVICE_START_FAILED

    +

    Starting the service + providing the VPN connection failed.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_NO_SECRETS

    +

    Necessary secrets for the + connection were not provided.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_LOGIN_FAILED

    +

    Authentication to the + server failed.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_CONNECTION_REMOVED

    +

    The connection was + deleted from settings.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEPENDENCY_FAILED

    +

    Master connection of this + connection failed to activate.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_REALIZE_FAILED

    +

    Could not create the + software device link.

    +
     

    NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON_DEVICE_REMOVED

    +

    The device this connection + depended on disappeared.

    +
     
    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +

    enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags

    NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags values modify the behavior of a GetSecrets request.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html index acb0782f..071c5eb4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_agent_manager_error_quark () @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_crypto_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_manager_error_quark () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_settings_error_quark () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMAgentManagerError
         ├── NMConnectionError
         ├── NMCryptoError
    @@ -202,49 +202,49 @@
     

    Functions

    nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

    nm_connection_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_connection_error_quark (void);

    nm_crypto_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

    nm_device_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_device_error_quark (void);

    nm_manager_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_manager_error_quark (void);

    nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

    nm_settings_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_settings_error_quark (void);

    nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

    -
    GQuark
    +
    GQuark
     nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);
    @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void

    enum NMAgentManagerError

    Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

    These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be -requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus +requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

    Members

    @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ errors in that namespace.

    when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager" namespace.

    -

    Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error +

    Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html index a794916f..fdd9876f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_json_object () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant () @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_certificate () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_private_key () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid () -const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs () -const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs () @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ -gsize +gsize nm_utils_hwaddr_len () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ -GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ -guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_matches () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_utils_hexstr2bin () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name () @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ipaddr_valid () @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_enum_from_str () @@ -537,12 +537,28 @@ -guint +guint nm_utils_version () + + +GHashTable * + + +nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes () + + + + +char * + + +nm_utils_format_variant_attributes () + +
    @@ -567,6 +583,10 @@ NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN +  +NMVariantAttributeSpec + + struct stat @@ -575,7 +595,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
     
    @@ -588,9 +608,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

    Functions

    nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
    -                        gsize len);
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
    +                        gsize len);

    Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

    @@ -619,15 +639,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not


    nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

    const char *
    -nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
    -                      gsize len);
    +nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

    This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not @@ -664,12 +684,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function


    nm_utils_same_ssid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
    -                    gsize len1,
    -                    const guint8 *ssid2,
    -                    gsize len2,
    -                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
    +                    gsize len1,
    +                    const guint8 *ssid2,
    +                    gsize len2,
    +                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

    Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -709,7 +729,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

    ignore_trailing_null

    -

    TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

    +

    TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

      @@ -717,15 +737,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

    +

    TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not


    nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
    -                       gsize len);
    +nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

    Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -771,19 +791,19 @@ _only_.

    Returns

    an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

    +representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_security_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                              NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
    -                         gboolean have_ap,
    -                         gboolean adhoc,
    +                         gboolean have_ap,
    +                         gboolean adhoc,
                              NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                              NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                              NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);
    @@ -848,15 +868,15 @@ e.g. (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

    TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

    +, FALSE if they are not


    nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                      NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

    Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check @@ -888,15 +908,15 @@ e.g.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

    TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

    +, FALSE if they are not.


    nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                             NMWepKeyType wep_type);

    Checks if key @@ -925,14 +945,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not


    nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

    Checks if psk is a valid WPA PSK

    @@ -953,16 +973,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not


    nm_utils_is_json_object ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_json_object (const char *str,
    -                         GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parameters

    @@ -989,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_utils_is_json_object (const ch

    Returns

    whether the passed string is valid JSON. If libnm is not compiled with libjansson support, this check will -also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem +also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

    Since: 1.6

    @@ -997,9 +1017,9 @@ for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.


    nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
    -

    Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

    Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

    Parameters

    @@ -1018,7 +1038,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing dns +

    a new floating GVariant representing dns .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1027,8 +1047,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

    nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

    char **
    -nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

    +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

    Parameters

    @@ -1040,29 +1060,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

    - +

    value

    a GVariant of type 'au'

    a GVariant of type 'au'

     

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

    [transfer full][type utf8]


    nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
    +
    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                        const char *gateway);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

    + (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

    Parameters

    @@ -1087,7 +1107,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1095,12 +1115,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

    nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
    +
    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                          char **out_gateway);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and -gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of +gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored.

    @@ -1115,7 +1135,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

    - + @@ -1129,17 +1149,17 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


    nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

    @@ -1159,7 +1179,7 @@ metric).

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing routes +

    a new floating GVariant representing routes .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1167,11 +1187,11 @@ metric).


    nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array +

    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, -and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    +and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    Parameters

    value

    a GVariant of type 'aau'

    a GVariant of type 'aau'

     
    @@ -1182,7 +1202,7 @@ and metric) into a

    value

    -
    +

    GVariant of type 'aau'

    GVariant of type 'aau'

     
    @@ -1190,15 +1210,15 @@ and metric) into a

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


    nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

    Parameters

    @@ -1222,8 +1242,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

    nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

    Parameters

    @@ -1247,8 +1267,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

    nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

    When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it @@ -1276,9 +1296,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.


    nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    +
    GVariant *
     nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
    -

    Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

    Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

    Parameters

    @@ -1297,7 +1317,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing dns +

    a new floating GVariant representing dns .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1306,8 +1326,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

    nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

    char **
    -nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

    +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

    Parameters

    @@ -1319,29 +1339,29 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

    - +

    value

    a GVariant of type 'aay'

    a GVariant of type 'aay'

     

    Returns

    -

    a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

    +

    a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

    [transfer full][type utf8]


    nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
    +
    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                        const char *gateway);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be + (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be all 0s.

    Parameters

    @@ -1367,7 +1387,7 @@ all 0s.

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1375,12 +1395,12 @@ all 0s.


    nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
    +
    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                          char **out_gateway);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, -and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field +and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored.

    @@ -1395,7 +1415,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

    value

    -

    a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

    +

    a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

      @@ -1409,17 +1429,17 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


    nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of +

    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

    @@ -1439,7 +1459,7 @@ metric).

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing routes +

    a new floating GVariant representing routes .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1447,11 +1467,11 @@ metric).


    nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an +

    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next -hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    +hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    Parameters

    @@ -1462,7 +1482,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a

    value

    -
    +

    GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

    GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

     
    @@ -1470,17 +1490,17 @@ hop, and metric) into a

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


    nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an +

    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include additional attributes.

    @@ -1501,7 +1521,7 @@ include additional attributes.

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

    a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1509,12 +1529,12 @@ include additional attributes.


    nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
    +
    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                         int family);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for -nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress +nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    Parameters

    @@ -1527,7 +1547,7 @@ objects.

    value

    -

    a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

    +

    a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

      @@ -1541,17 +1561,17 @@ objects.

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


    nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

    -
    GVariant *
    -nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array +

    GVariant *
    +nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
    +

    Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination, prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

    @@ -1571,7 +1591,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

    Returns

    -

    a new floating GVariant representing routes +

    a new floating GVariant representing routes .

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1579,12 +1599,12 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).


    nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

    -
    GPtrArray *
    -nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
    +
    GPtrArray *
    +nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      int family);
    -

    Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

    Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination, -prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of +prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    Parameters

    @@ -1597,7 +1617,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

    value

    -

    a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

    +

    a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

      @@ -1611,7 +1631,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

    Returns

    a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    +GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

    [transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

    @@ -1623,13 +1643,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

    Returns

    a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

    +object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()


    nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

    Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file @@ -1652,15 +1672,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not


    nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
    -                              gboolean *out_encrypted);
    + gboolean *out_encrypted);

    Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format @@ -1689,13 +1709,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not


    nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

    Tests if filename is a PKCS#12 file.

    @@ -1716,24 +1736,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

    +

    TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not


    NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
    -                                      gpointer user_data);
    + gpointer user_data);

    NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                                   const struct stat *stat,
    -                              gpointer user_data,
    -                              GError **error);
    + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

    @@ -1742,10 +1762,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error);
    + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

    Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

    @@ -1772,16 +1792,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

    paths

    -

    a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

    a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

    [allow-none]

    file_test_flags

    -

    the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

    the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

    +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

      @@ -1802,7 +1822,7 @@ function.

    error

    -

    on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

    +

    on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

    [allow-none] @@ -1810,7 +1830,7 @@ function.

    Returns

    -

    the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

    the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

    [transfer none]

    @@ -1819,8 +1839,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.


    nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

    Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

    Parameters

    @@ -1845,8 +1865,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

    nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                    const char *band);

    Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

    @@ -1881,8 +1901,8 @@ is invalid


    nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

    -
    guint32
    -nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
    +
    guint32
    +nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                      int direction,
                                      char *band);

    Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

    @@ -1921,8 +1941,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

    nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                     const char *band);

    Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

    @@ -1949,13 +1969,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

    -
    const guint *
    +
    const guint *
     nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

    Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

    @@ -1967,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void

    nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

    -
    const guint *
    +
    const guint *
     nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

    Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

    @@ -1980,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void

    nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

    const char *
    -nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);
    +nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

    Converts strength into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal @@ -2009,7 +2029,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent


    nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

    -
    gsize
    +
    gsize
     nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

    Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type .

    @@ -2040,8 +2060,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t

    nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
    -                      gsize length);
    +nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

    Converts addr to textual form.

    @@ -2077,12 +2097,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

    nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

    -
    GByteArray *
    +
    GByteArray *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
    -                       gsize length);
    + gsize length);

    Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

    + and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

    Parameters

    @@ -2107,7 +2127,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

    Returns

    -

    a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

    a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -2116,10 +2136,10 @@ be parsed.


    nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

    -
    guint8 *
    +
    guint8 *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
    -                      gpointer buffer,
    -                      gsize length);
    + gpointer buffer, + gsize length);

    Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2156,7 +2176,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

    Returns

    buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

    @@ -2165,9 +2185,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

    nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
    -                       gssize length);
    + gssize length);

    Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length.

    @@ -2197,9 +2217,9 @@ is expected to convert to

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if asc +

    TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

    +of the indicated length, FALSE if not.


    @@ -2207,7 +2227,7 @@ of the indicated length,

    nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

    char *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
    -                           gssize length);
    + gssize length);

    Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with @@ -2240,18 +2260,18 @@ is expected to convert to

    Returns

    the canonicalized address if asc appears to -be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

    +be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
    -                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
    -                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
    -                         gssize hwaddr2_len);
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
    +                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
    +                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
    +                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

    Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 @@ -2265,7 +2285,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

    before being compared.

  • If hwaddr1 or hwaddr2 - is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was + is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len or hwaddr2_len bytes long.

  • @@ -2294,7 +2314,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

    - + @@ -2306,7 +2326,7 @@ is ASCII

    - + @@ -2321,9 +2341,9 @@ is ASCII

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if hwaddr1 +

    TRUE if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 -are equivalent, FALSE if they are +are equivalent, FALSE if they are different (or either of them is invalid).

    @@ -2331,8 +2351,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).

    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    -                     gsize len,
    +nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    +                     gsize len,
                          int final_len);

    Converts the byte array src into a hexadecimal string. If final_len @@ -2377,7 +2397,7 @@ array


    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);

    Converts a hexadecimal string hex into an array of bytes. The optional @@ -2403,18 +2423,18 @@ may not start or end with ':'.

    Returns

    -

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    +

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

    nm_utils_iface_valid_name has been deprecated since version 1.6 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    -

    use nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name() insteead, with better error reporting.

    +

    use nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name() instead, with better error reporting.

    Validate the network interface name.

    @@ -2434,15 +2454,15 @@ nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.


    nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name (const char *name,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validate the network interface name.

    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation function in net/core/dev.c.

    @@ -2462,7 +2482,7 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    - + @@ -2470,13 +2490,13 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.


    nm_utils_is_uuid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

    Checks if str is a UUID

    @@ -2497,8 +2517,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not


    @@ -2527,7 +2547,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

    dst

    Returns

    the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    @@ -2598,7 +2618,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.


    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                            const char *ip);

    Checks if ip @@ -2628,16 +2648,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
    -                               (GType virtual_type,
    -                                GType other_type);
    + (GType virtual_type, + GType other_type);

    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2651,7 +2671,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

    -

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2683,7 +2703,7 @@ underlying device driver.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    @@ -2750,12 +2770,12 @@ available modes.

    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
    +nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                           int value);

    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a -G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. -If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the -function returns NULL.

    +G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. +If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the +function returns NULL.

    Parameters

    hwaddr1

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

     

    hwaddr2

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

     

    error

    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore

    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore

     

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2573,7 +2593,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2590,7 +2610,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

    @@ -2767,7 +2787,7 @@ function returns

    type

    -
    + @@ -2780,22 +2800,22 @@ function returns

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    +

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    Since: 1.2


    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                             const char *str,
                             int *out_value,
                             char **err_token);

    Converts a string to the matching enum value.

    -

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values +

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found -the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string +the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string containing the unrecognized token in err_token .

    @@ -2809,7 +2829,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
    - + @@ -2825,14 +2845,14 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token - +

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     

    type

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     

    err_token

    location to store the first unrecognized token.

    [out][allow-none][out][allow-none][transfer full]

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2840,9 +2860,9 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token

    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()

    const char **
    -nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
    -                          gint from,
    -                          gint to);
    +nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type, + gint from, + gint to);

    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.

    Parameters

    @@ -2855,7 +2875,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    type

    -

    the GType of the enum

    +

    the GType of the enum

      @@ -2874,15 +2894,15 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    Returns

    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings -or NULL on error.

    -

    [transfer full]

    +or NULL on error.

    +

    [transfer container]

    Since: 1.2


    nm_utils_version ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_utils_version (void);

    Returns

    @@ -2891,6 +2911,74 @@ at runtime.

    Since: 1.6.0

    +
    +
    +

    nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()

    +
    GHashTable *
    +nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const char *string,
    +                                   char attr_separator,
    +                                   char key_value_separator,
    +                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
    +                                   const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *spec,
    +                                   GError **error);
    +

    Parse attributes from a string.

    +
    +

    Parameters

    +
    +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    string

    the input string

     

    attr_separator

    the attribute separator character

     

    key_value_separator

    character separating key and values

     

    ignore_unknown

    whether unknown attributes should be ignored

     

    spec

    the attribute format specifiers

     

    error

    location to store the error on failure.

    [out][allow-none]
    +
    +
    +

    Returns

    +

    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values.

    +

    [transfer full]

    +
    +

    Since: 1.8

    +
    +
    +
    +

    nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()

    +
    char *
    +nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
    +                                    char attr_separator,
    +                                    char key_value_separator);
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -2996,6 +3084,11 @@ for both +

    NMVariantAttributeSpec

    +
    typedef struct _NMVariantAttributeSpec NMVariantAttributeSpec;
    +
    +
    +

    struct stat

    struct stat;
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html index 3ec2defa..e4cee3e4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html @@ -69,6 +69,12 @@ NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_6_FOR() + +#define + +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR() + +
    @@ -128,6 +134,14 @@ #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6 + +#define +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8 + + +#define +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8 +
    @@ -165,6 +179,11 @@
    # define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_6_FOR(f)    G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
     
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR()

    +
    #define             NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR(f)
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -238,6 +257,17 @@
    # define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6            G_UNAVAILABLE(1,6)
     
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8

    +
    # define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8           G_DEPRECATED
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8

    +
    #define             NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
    +
    +

    Functions

    +
    ++++ + + + + +
    #define +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR() +
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -305,7 +320,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
    +
        GEnum
         ├── NMVpnConnectionState
         ├── NMVpnConnectionStateReason
         ├── NMVpnPluginFailure
    @@ -317,7 +332,10 @@
     

    Functions

    -

    +
    +

    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR()

    +
    #define             NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR(f)
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -616,6 +634,7 @@

    enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason

    +

    NMVpnConnectionStateReason is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

    VPN connection state reasons

    Members

    @@ -770,6 +789,7 @@

    NM_VPN_PLUGIN_CONFIG_TUNDEV

    #define NM_VPN_PLUGIN_CONFIG_TUNDEV      "tundev"
     
    +

    NM_VPN_PLUGIN_CONFIG_TUNDEV is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.


    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 index d4df1c65..4d0ee48d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ - + + + + @@ -22,6 +25,7 @@ + @@ -29,6 +33,7 @@ + @@ -51,10 +56,12 @@ + + @@ -276,6 +283,7 @@ + @@ -298,6 +306,7 @@ + @@ -337,6 +346,7 @@ + @@ -397,6 +407,7 @@ + @@ -548,6 +559,8 @@ + + @@ -561,6 +574,8 @@ + + @@ -571,6 +586,8 @@ + + @@ -584,6 +601,8 @@ + + @@ -606,32 +625,44 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -645,12 +676,18 @@ + + + + + + @@ -659,6 +696,7 @@ + @@ -666,8 +704,12 @@ + + + + @@ -804,12 +846,15 @@ + + + @@ -871,6 +916,9 @@ + + + @@ -885,6 +933,7 @@ + @@ -900,10 +949,12 @@ + + @@ -1004,6 +1055,8 @@ + + @@ -1048,6 +1101,19 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -1138,6 +1204,37 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -1744,6 +1841,7 @@ + @@ -1807,6 +1905,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -2008,6 +2149,7 @@ + @@ -2047,6 +2189,7 @@ + @@ -2207,7 +2350,7 @@ - + @@ -2220,15 +2363,19 @@ + + + + @@ -2241,6 +2388,9 @@ + + + @@ -2268,9 +2418,9 @@ - + - + @@ -2455,10 +2605,12 @@ + + @@ -2586,6 +2738,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -2651,6 +2818,12 @@ + + + + + + @@ -2661,6 +2834,11 @@ + + + + + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html index a7c7bfc5..36652fe0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ├── NMSetting
            ├── NMSetting8021x
            ├── NMSettingAdsl
    @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
            ├── NMSettingCdma
            ├── NMSettingConnection
            ├── NMSettingDcb
    +       ├── NMSettingDummy
            ├── NMSettingGeneric
            ├── NMSettingGsm
            ├── NMSettingInfiniband
    @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@
            ├── NMSettingIPConfig
               ├── NMSettingIP4Config
               ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
    -       ├── NMSettingMacsec
    +       ├── NMSettingMacsec
            ├── NMSettingMacvlan
            ├── NMSettingOlpcMesh
            ├── NMSettingPpp
    @@ -51,6 +52,7 @@
            ├── NMSettingTeamPort
            ├── NMSettingTeam
            ├── NMSettingTun
    +       ├── NMSettingUser
            ├── NMSettingVlan
            ├── NMSettingVpn
            ├── NMSettingVxlan
    @@ -67,11 +69,12 @@
               ├── NMDeviceBond
               ├── NMDeviceBridge
               ├── NMDeviceBt
    +          ├── NMDeviceDummy
               ├── NMDeviceEthernet
               ├── NMDeviceGeneric
               ├── NMDeviceInfiniband
               ├── NMDeviceIPTunnel
    -          ├── NMDeviceMacsec
    +          ├── NMDeviceMacsec
               ├── NMDeviceMacvlan
               ├── NMDeviceModem
               ├── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
    @@ -88,11 +91,11 @@
         ├── NMClient
         ├── NMSecretAgentOld
         ╰── NMSimpleConnection
    -    GInterface
    +    GInterface
         ├── NMConnection
         ├── NMVpnEditor
         ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
    -    GFlags
    +    GFlags
         ├── NM80211ApFlags
         ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
         ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
    @@ -102,12 +105,13 @@
         ├── NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
         ├── NMSecretAgentCapabilities
         ├── NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
    +    ├── NMSetting8021xAuthFlags
         ├── NMSettingDcbFlags
         ├── NMSettingSecretFlags
         ├── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
         ├── NMVlanFlags
         ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
    -    GEnum
    +    GEnum
         ├── NMAgentManagerError
         ├── NMConnectionError
         ├── NMDeviceError
    @@ -117,6 +121,7 @@
         ├── NMVpnPluginError
         ├── NM80211Mode
         ├── NMActiveConnectionState
    +    ├── NMActiveConnectionStateReason
         ├── NMCapability
         ├── NMClientError
         ├── NMClientPermission
    @@ -137,8 +142,8 @@
         ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
         ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
         ├── NMSettingMacRandomization
    -    ├── NMSettingMacsecMode
    -    ├── NMSettingMacsecValidation
    +    ├── NMSettingMacsecMode
    +    ├── NMSettingMacsecValidation
         ├── NMSettingMacvlanMode
         ├── NMSettingProxyMethod
         ├── NMSettingSerialParity
    @@ -153,7 +158,7 @@
         ├── NMVpnServiceState
         ├── NMWepKeyType
         ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
    -    GBoxed
    +    GBoxed
         ├── NMDnsEntry
         ├── NMIPAddress
         ├── NMIPRoute
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    index f1b5e704..d2f12619 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -17,29 +17,49 @@
     
    - +
    Home PrevNextNext

    Overview

    + +
    +

    +Introduction to libnm

    - libnm maps fairly closely to the actual D-Bus API that NetworkManager - provides, wrapping the remote D-Bus objects as native GObjects, - mapping D-Bus signals and properties to GObject signals and properties, - and providing helpful accessor and utility functions. However, unlike - the old libnm-util/libnm-glib API, the mapping to the D-Bus API is not - exact, and various inconveniences and historical anomolies of the D-Bus - API are papered over. -

    + libnm is a client library for NetworkManager, the standard Linux network + management service. NetworkManager supports a wide variety of network + configuration scenarios, hardware devices and protocol families. Most of + the functionality is exposed on a + D-Bus API, + allowing other tools to use the functionality provided by NetworkManager. +

    +

    + libnm provides C language bindings for functionality provided by + NetworkManager, optionally useful from other language runtimes as well. +

    - The following is a rough overview of the libnm object structure and - how to use the various parts of it: + libnm maps fairly closely to the actual D-Bus API that NetworkManager + provides, wrapping the remote D-Bus objects as native GObjects, + mapping D-Bus signals and properties to GObject signals and properties, + and providing helpful accessor and utility functions. However, unlike + the old libnm-util/libnm-glib API, the mapping to the D-Bus API is not + exact, and various inconveniences and historical anomolies of the D-Bus + API are papered over.

    +

    + The following is a rough overview of the libnm object structure and + how to use the various parts of it: +

    -

    +

    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f7cb3f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + + +Using libnm: libnm Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    +

    +Using libnm

    +
    +

    +When to use libnm

    +

    + libnm is fairly simple to use from C. It's based on glib and GObject. + If your project uses these already you'll find integration libnm with your + project rather convenient. In fact, the nmcli tool shipped + with NetworkManager is based on libnm. +

    +

    + libnm should be also the way to go if your project does something non-trivial + with NetworkManager, such as manipulating the connection profiles. + That is, if you're writing a specialized networking control tool or a desktop + environment, libnm is probably the right choice. The popular desktop + environments in fact all use libnm directly or with nm-applet and + nm-connection-editor that are all based on libnm. +

    +

    + An alternative to use of libnm is the use of the + D-Bus API + directly. This gives you larger flexibility and reduces the overhead of linking + with the libnm library. This makes sense if your task is simple and you have a good + D-Bus library at your disposal. Activating a particular connection profile + from a Python script is a good example of a task that is perfectly simple + without using libnm. +

    +
    +
    +

    +How to use libnm

    +

    + You can use the libnm's C API directly. To do so, all libnm programs need to + include NetworkManager.h that provides necessary definitions. + The rest of the API is documented in the reference manual. +

    +
    + + + + + + + +
    1
    +2
    +3
    +4
    +5
    +6
    +7
    +8
    +9
    +10
    +11
    +12
    #include <glib.h>
    +#include <NetworkManager.h>
    +
    +int
    +main (int argc, char *argv[])
    +{
    +    NMClient *client;
    +
    +    client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL);
    +    if (client)
    +        g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client));
    +}
    +
    + +

    + Use pkg-config for libnm to discover the necessary + compiler flags. +

    +
    $ cc $(pkg-config --libs --cflags libnm) -o hello-nm hello-nm.c
    +  $ ./hello-nm
    +  NetworkManager version: 1.8.0
    +
    +  $ 
    +

    + Utilize the PKG_CHECK_MODULES macro to integrate with an + autoconf-based build system. It's also recommended to use + NM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED and NM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED + macros to tell libnm headers which API version does your application need to work with. + If you use them, the compiler will warn you when you use functionality that is not + available in the versions you specified. +

    +
    + + + + + + + +
    1
    +2
    +3
    PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBNM, libnm >= 1.8)
    +LIBNM_CFLAGS="$LIBNM_CFLAGS -DNM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED=NM_VERSION_1_8"
    +LIBNM_CFLAGS="$LIBNM_CFLAGS -DNM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED=NM_VERSION_1_8"
    +
    + +

    + You can use libnm from other languages than C with the use of GObject introspection. + This includes Perl, Python, Javascript, Lua, Ruby and more. The example below shows what the + typical libnm use in Python would look like. +

    +
    + + + + + + + +
    1
    +2
    +3
    +4
    +5
    +6
    import gi
    +gi.require_version('NM', '1.0')
    +from gi.repository import NM
    +
    +client = NM.Client.new(None)
    +print ("NetworkManager version " + client.get_version())
    +
    + +

    + There's NM-1.0 Python API Reference + maintained a third party that is generated from the introspection metadata. +

    +

    + In general, the C API documentation applies to the use GObject introspection + from other languages, with the calling convention respecting the language's + customs. Consult the source tree for + some examples. +

    +
    +
    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml b/docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml index fdc83666..b03efc33 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml +++ b/docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml @@ -14,7 +14,12 @@ - 2012-2014 + 2012 + 2013 + 2014 + 2015 + 2016 + 2017 The NetworkManager Authors @@ -43,24 +48,130 @@ Overview - - libnm maps fairly closely to the actual D-Bus API that NetworkManager - provides, wrapping the remote D-Bus objects as native GObjects, - mapping D-Bus signals and properties to GObject signals and properties, - and providing helpful accessor and utility functions. However, unlike - the old libnm-util/libnm-glib API, the mapping to the D-Bus API is not - exact, and various inconveniences and historical anomolies of the D-Bus - API are papered over. - - - The following is a rough overview of the libnm object structure and - how to use the various parts of it: - - - - - - +
    + Introduction to libnm + + libnm is a client library for NetworkManager, the standard Linux network + management service. NetworkManager supports a wide variety of network + configuration scenarios, hardware devices and protocol families. Most of + the functionality is exposed on a + D-Bus API, + allowing other tools to use the functionality provided by NetworkManager. + + + libnm provides C language bindings for functionality provided by + NetworkManager, optionally useful from other language runtimes as well. + + + libnm maps fairly closely to the actual D-Bus API that NetworkManager + provides, wrapping the remote D-Bus objects as native GObjects, + mapping D-Bus signals and properties to GObject signals and properties, + and providing helpful accessor and utility functions. However, unlike + the old libnm-util/libnm-glib API, the mapping to the D-Bus API is not + exact, and various inconveniences and historical anomolies of the D-Bus + API are papered over. + + + The following is a rough overview of the libnm object structure and + how to use the various parts of it: + + + + + + +
    + +
    + Using libnm + + When to use libnm + + libnm is fairly simple to use from C. It's based on glib and GObject. + If your project uses these already you'll find integration libnm with your + project rather convenient. In fact, the nmcli tool shipped + with NetworkManager is based on libnm. + + + libnm should be also the way to go if your project does something non-trivial + with NetworkManager, such as manipulating the connection profiles. + That is, if you're writing a specialized networking control tool or a desktop + environment, libnm is probably the right choice. The popular desktop + environments in fact all use libnm directly or with nm-applet and + nm-connection-editor that are all based on libnm. + + + An alternative to use of libnm is the use of the + D-Bus API + directly. This gives you larger flexibility and reduces the overhead of linking + with the libnm library. This makes sense if your task is simple and you have a good + D-Bus library at your disposal. Activating a particular connection profile + from a Python script is a good example of a task that is perfectly simple + without using libnm. + + + + + How to use libnm + + You can use the libnm's C API directly. To do so, all libnm programs need to + include NetworkManager.h that provides necessary definitions. + The rest of the API is documented in the reference manual. + + +#include + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + NMClient *client; + + client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL); + if (client) + g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client)); +}]]> + + Use pkg-config for libnm to discover the necessary + compiler flags. + + $ cc $(pkg-config --libs --cflags libnm) -o hello-nm hello-nm.c + $ ./hello-nm + NetworkManager version: &version; + $ + + Utilize the PKG_CHECK_MODULES macro to integrate with an + autoconf-based build system. It's also recommended to use + NM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED and NM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED + macros to tell libnm headers which API version does your application need to work with. + If you use them, the compiler will warn you when you use functionality that is not + available in the versions you specified. + + = 1.8) +LIBNM_CFLAGS="$LIBNM_CFLAGS -DNM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED=NM_VERSION_1_8" +LIBNM_CFLAGS="$LIBNM_CFLAGS -DNM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED=NM_VERSION_1_8"]]> + + You can use libnm from other languages than C with the use of GObject introspection. + This includes Perl, Python, Javascript, Lua, Ruby and more. The example below shows what the + typical libnm use in Python would look like. + + + + There's NM-1.0 Python API Reference + maintained a third party that is generated from the introspection metadata. + + + In general, the C API documentation applies to the use GObject introspection + from other languages, with the calling convention respecting the language's + customs. Consult the source tree for + some examples. + + +
    @@ -87,6 +198,7 @@ + @@ -94,6 +206,7 @@ + @@ -120,10 +233,12 @@ + + diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt index 4f59d7aa..969bfde8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt +++ b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path nm_active_connection_get_devices nm_active_connection_get_state +nm_active_connection_get_state_reason nm_active_connection_get_master nm_active_connection_get_default nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config @@ -247,6 +248,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port nm_connection_get_setting_cdma nm_connection_get_setting_connection nm_connection_get_setting_dcb +nm_connection_get_setting_dummy nm_connection_get_setting_generic nm_connection_get_setting_gsm nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband @@ -285,6 +287,7 @@ NM_TYPE_802_11_AP_FLAGS NM_TYPE_802_11_AP_SECURITY_FLAGS NM_TYPE_802_11_MODE NM_TYPE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE +NM_TYPE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON NM_TYPE_AGENT_MANAGER_ERROR NM_TYPE_BLUETOOTH_CAPABILITIES NM_TYPE_CAPABILITY @@ -306,6 +309,7 @@ NM_TYPE_SECRET_AGENT_CAPABILITIES NM_TYPE_SECRET_AGENT_ERROR NM_TYPE_SECRET_AGENT_GET_SECRETS_FLAGS NM_TYPE_SETTINGS_ERROR +NM_TYPE_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_FLAGS NM_TYPE_SETTING_802_1X_CK_FORMAT NM_TYPE_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME NM_TYPE_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAGS @@ -341,6 +345,7 @@ nm_802_11_ap_flags_get_type nm_802_11_ap_security_flags_get_type nm_802_11_mode_get_type nm_active_connection_state_get_type +nm_active_connection_state_reason_get_type nm_agent_manager_error_get_type nm_bluetooth_capabilities_get_type nm_capability_get_type @@ -361,6 +366,7 @@ nm_metered_get_type nm_secret_agent_capabilities_get_type nm_secret_agent_error_get_type nm_secret_agent_get_secrets_flags_get_type +nm_setting_802_1x_auth_flags_get_type nm_setting_802_1x_ck_format_get_type nm_setting_802_1x_ck_scheme_get_type nm_setting_compare_flags_get_type @@ -408,6 +414,7 @@ NMSettingBridgePort NMSettingCdma NMSettingConnection NMSettingDcb +NMSettingDummy NMSettingGeneric NMSettingGsm NMSettingIP4Config @@ -425,6 +432,7 @@ NMSettingSerial NMSettingTeam NMSettingTeamPort NMSettingTun +NMSettingUser NMSettingVlan NMSettingVpn NMSettingVxlan @@ -438,6 +446,7 @@ NMSimpleConnection
    nm-dbus-interface NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_2 +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8 NM_DBUS_SERVICE NM_DBUS_PATH NM_DBUS_INTERFACE @@ -460,6 +469,7 @@ NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP6_CONFIG NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP6_CONFIG NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_INFINIBAND NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BOND +NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VLAN NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BRIDGE @@ -499,6 +509,7 @@ NMDeviceState NMDeviceStateReason NMMetered NMActiveConnectionState +NMActiveConnectionStateReason NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags NMSecretAgentCapabilities NM_LLDP_ATTR_DESTINATION @@ -704,6 +715,21 @@ NM_TYPE_DEVICE_BT nm_device_bt_get_type
    +
    +nm-device-dummy +NMDeviceDummy +NMDeviceDummy + +NMDeviceDummyClass +NM_DEVICE_DUMMY +NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_CLASS +NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_GET_CLASS +NM_IS_DEVICE_DUMMY +NM_IS_DEVICE_DUMMY_CLASS +NM_TYPE_DEVICE_DUMMY +nm_device_dummy_get_type +
    +
    nm-device-ethernet NMDeviceEthernet @@ -1322,28 +1348,38 @@ NM_SETTING_802_1X_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_PATH NM_SETTING_802_1X_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_PKCS11 NMSetting8021xCKFormat NMSetting8021xCKScheme +NMSetting8021xAuthFlags NM_SETTING_802_1X_SETTING_NAME NM_SETTING_802_1X_EAP NM_SETTING_802_1X_IDENTITY NM_SETTING_802_1X_ANONYMOUS_IDENTITY NM_SETTING_802_1X_PAC_FILE NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_CA_PATH NM_SETTING_802_1X_SUBJECT_MATCH NM_SETTING_802_1X_ALTSUBJECT_MATCHES NM_SETTING_802_1X_DOMAIN_SUFFIX_MATCH NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD +NM_SETTING_802_1X_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_PEAPVER NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_PEAPLABEL NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_FAST_PROVISIONING +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE1_AUTH_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_AUTH NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_AUTHEAP NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CA_PATH NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_SUBJECT_MATCH NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_ALTSUBJECT_MATCHES NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_DOMAIN_SUFFIX_MATCH NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD +NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_CLIENT_CERT_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PASSWORD_RAW @@ -1357,6 +1393,7 @@ NM_SETTING_802_1X_PHASE2_PRIVATE_KEY_PASSWORD_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_PIN NM_SETTING_802_1X_PIN_FLAGS NM_SETTING_802_1X_SYSTEM_CA_CERTS +NM_SETTING_802_1X_AUTH_TIMEOUT NMSetting8021x nm_setting_802_1x_new nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme @@ -1377,6 +1414,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_uri nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password +nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match @@ -1390,6 +1429,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_uri nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password +nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning @@ -1400,6 +1441,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_path nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_uri nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match @@ -1413,6 +1456,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_path nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_uri nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_password nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw @@ -1435,6 +1480,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format +nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags +nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout NMSetting8021xClass NM_IS_SETTING_802_1X @@ -1622,12 +1669,14 @@ NM_SETTING_CDMA_NUMBER NM_SETTING_CDMA_USERNAME NM_SETTING_CDMA_PASSWORD NM_SETTING_CDMA_PASSWORD_FLAGS +NM_SETTING_CDMA_MTU NMSettingCdma nm_setting_cdma_new nm_setting_cdma_get_number nm_setting_cdma_get_username nm_setting_cdma_get_password nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags +nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu NMSettingCdmaClass NM_IS_SETTING_CDMA @@ -1765,6 +1814,23 @@ NM_TYPE_SETTING_DCB nm_setting_dcb_get_type
    +
    +nm-setting-dummy +NMSettingDummy +NM_SETTING_DUMMY_SETTING_NAME +NMSettingDummy +nm_setting_dummy_new + +NMSettingDummyClass +NM_IS_SETTING_DUMMY +NM_IS_SETTING_DUMMY_CLASS +NM_SETTING_DUMMY +NM_SETTING_DUMMY_CLASS +NM_SETTING_DUMMY_GET_CLASS +NM_TYPE_SETTING_DUMMY +nm_setting_dummy_get_type +
    +
    nm-setting-generic NMSettingGeneric @@ -1798,6 +1864,7 @@ NM_SETTING_GSM_HOME_ONLY NM_SETTING_GSM_DEVICE_ID NM_SETTING_GSM_SIM_ID NM_SETTING_GSM_SIM_OPERATOR_ID +NM_SETTING_GSM_MTU NMSettingGsm nm_setting_gsm_new nm_setting_gsm_get_number @@ -1810,6 +1877,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only nm_setting_gsm_get_device_id nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_id nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id +nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags @@ -1892,6 +1960,21 @@ nm_ip_route_set_metric nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names nm_ip_route_get_attribute nm_ip_route_set_attribute +nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec +nm_ip_route_attribute_validate +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_CWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITCWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_INITRWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_MTU +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_WINDOW +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_CWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITCWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_INITRWND +NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_LOCK_MTU NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DNS @@ -2256,13 +2339,13 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_METHOD NM_SETTING_PROXY_BROWSER_ONLY NM_SETTING_PROXY_PAC_URL NM_SETTING_PROXY_PAC_SCRIPT +NMSettingProxy nm_setting_proxy_new nm_setting_proxy_get_method nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only nm_setting_proxy_get_pac_url nm_setting_proxy_get_pac_script -NMSettingProxy NMSettingProxyClass NM_IS_SETTING_PROXY NM_IS_SETTING_PROXY_CLASS @@ -2369,6 +2452,27 @@ NM_TYPE_SETTING_TUN nm_setting_tun_get_type
    +
    +nm-setting-user +NM_SETTING_USER_SETTING_NAME +NM_SETTING_USER_DATA +nm_setting_user_new +nm_setting_user_get_keys +nm_setting_user_get_data +nm_setting_user_set_data +nm_setting_user_check_key +nm_setting_user_check_val + +NMSettingUserClass +NM_IS_SETTING_USER +NM_IS_SETTING_USER_CLASS +NM_SETTING_USER +NM_SETTING_USER_CLASS +NM_SETTING_USER_GET_CLASS +NM_TYPE_SETTING_USER +nm_setting_user_get_type +
    +
    nm-setting-vlan NMSettingVlan @@ -2725,6 +2829,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl NMDeviceBond NMDeviceBridge NMDeviceBt +NMDeviceDummy NMDeviceEthernet NMDeviceGeneric NMDeviceIPTunnel @@ -2816,6 +2921,9 @@ nm_utils_enum_to_str nm_utils_enum_from_str nm_utils_enum_get_values nm_utils_version +nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes +nm_utils_format_variant_attributes +NMVariantAttributeSpec stat
    @@ -2838,6 +2946,9 @@ NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_4 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_6 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_6_FOR NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6 +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8 +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
    @@ -2861,6 +2972,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_type
    nm-vpn-dbus-interface +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR NM_DBUS_PATH_VPN NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_VPN NM_DBUS_PATH_VPN_CONNECTION diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm.types b/docs/libnm/libnm.types index 2cb52242..2d96d430 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/libnm.types +++ b/docs/libnm/libnm.types @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ nm_802_11_mode_get_type nm_access_point_get_type nm_active_connection_get_type nm_active_connection_state_get_type +nm_active_connection_state_reason_get_type nm_agent_manager_error_get_type nm_bluetooth_capabilities_get_type nm_capability_get_type @@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_type nm_device_bridge_get_type nm_device_bt_get_type nm_device_capabilities_get_type +nm_device_dummy_get_type nm_device_error_get_type nm_device_ethernet_get_type nm_device_generic_get_type @@ -57,6 +59,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_capabilities_get_type nm_secret_agent_error_get_type nm_secret_agent_get_secrets_flags_get_type nm_secret_agent_old_get_type +nm_setting_802_1x_auth_flags_get_type nm_setting_802_1x_ck_format_get_type nm_setting_802_1x_ck_scheme_get_type nm_setting_802_1x_get_type @@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_lldp_get_type nm_setting_dcb_flags_get_type nm_setting_dcb_get_type nm_setting_diff_result_get_type +nm_setting_dummy_get_type nm_setting_generic_get_type nm_setting_get_type nm_setting_gsm_get_type @@ -101,6 +105,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_type nm_setting_team_port_get_type nm_setting_tun_get_type nm_setting_tun_mode_get_type +nm_setting_user_get_type nm_setting_vlan_get_type nm_setting_vpn_get_type nm_setting_vxlan_get_type diff --git a/docs/libnm/version.xml b/docs/libnm/version.xml index fdd3be6d..27f9cd32 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/version.xml +++ b/docs/libnm/version.xml @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.6.2 +1.8.0 -- cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5